NEC NP-P350W REPLACED BY NP-P401W 3500-lumen Widescreen User Manual

Portable Projector

P420X/P350X/P350W

User’s Manual

Model No.

NP-P420X, NP-P350X, NP-P350W

2nd edition, January 2011

•฀Macintosh,฀Mac฀OS฀X฀and฀PowerBook฀are฀trademarks฀of฀Apple฀Inc.฀registered฀in฀the฀U.S.฀and฀other฀countries.

•฀Microsoft,฀Windows,฀Windows฀Vista,฀Internet฀Explorer,฀.NET฀Framework฀and฀PowerPoint฀are฀either฀a฀registered฀

trademark฀or฀trademark฀of฀Microsoft฀Corporation฀in฀the฀United฀States฀and/or฀other฀countries.

•฀MicroSaver฀is฀a฀registered฀trademark฀of฀Kensington฀Computer฀Products฀Group,฀a฀division฀of฀ACCO฀Brands.

•฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀uses฀WinI2C/DDC฀library,฀©฀Nicomsoft฀Ltd.

•฀HDMI,฀the฀HDMI฀Logo฀and฀High-Denition฀Multimedia฀Interface฀are฀trademarks฀or฀registered฀trademarks฀of฀HDMI฀

Licensing฀LLC.

•฀Trademark฀PJLink฀is฀a฀trademark฀applied฀for฀trademark฀rights฀in฀Japan,฀the฀United฀States฀of฀America฀and฀other฀

countries฀and฀areas.

•฀Wi-Fi

,฀Wi-Fi฀Alliance

,฀and฀Wi-Fi฀Protected฀Access฀(WPA,฀WPA2)

฀are฀registered฀trademarks฀of฀the฀Wi-Fi฀Alli-

ance.

•฀Blu-ray฀is฀a฀trademark฀of฀Blu-ray฀Disc฀Association

•฀Crestron,฀Crestron฀Control,฀and฀Crestron฀RoomView฀are฀trademarks฀or฀registered฀trademarks฀of฀Crestron฀Electron-

ics,฀Inc.

•฀Other฀product฀and฀company฀names฀mentioned฀in฀this฀user’s฀manual฀may฀be฀the฀trademarks฀or฀registered฀trademarks฀

of฀their฀respective฀holders.

•฀GPL/LGPL฀Software฀Licenses

฀The฀product฀includes฀software฀licensed฀under฀GNU฀General฀Public฀License฀(GPL),฀GNU฀Lesser฀General฀Public฀

License฀(LGPL),฀and฀others.

฀For฀more฀information฀on฀each฀software,฀see฀“readme.pdf”฀inside฀the฀“about฀GPL&LGPL”฀folder฀on฀the฀supplied฀CD-

ROM.

NOTES

(1)฀The฀contents฀of฀this฀user’s฀manual฀may฀not฀be฀reprinted฀in฀part฀or฀whole฀without฀permission.

(2)฀The฀contents฀of฀this฀user’s฀manual฀are฀subject฀to฀change฀without฀notice.

(3)฀Great฀care฀has฀been฀taken฀in฀the฀preparation฀of฀this฀user’s฀manual;฀however,฀should฀you฀notice฀any฀questionable฀

points,฀errors฀or฀omissions,฀please฀contact฀us.

(4)฀Notwithstanding฀article฀(3),฀NEC฀will฀not฀be฀responsible฀for฀any฀claims฀on฀loss฀of฀prot฀or฀other฀matters฀deemed฀

to฀result฀from฀using฀the฀Projector.

Important Information

Safety Cautions

Precautions

Please฀read฀this฀manual฀carefully฀before฀using฀your฀NEC฀projector฀and฀keep฀the฀manual฀handy฀for฀future฀reference.

CAUTION

To฀turn฀off฀main฀power,฀be฀sure฀to฀remove฀the฀plug฀from฀power฀outlet.

The฀power฀outlet฀socket฀should฀be฀installed฀as฀near฀to฀the฀equipment฀as฀possible,฀and฀should฀be฀easily฀

accessible.

CAUTION

TO฀PREVENT฀SHOCK,฀DO฀NOT฀OPEN฀THE฀CABINET.

THERE฀ARE฀HIGH-VOLTAGE฀COMPONENTS฀INSIDE.

REFER฀SERVICING฀TO฀QUALIFIED฀SERVICE฀PERSONNEL.

This฀symbol฀warns฀the฀user฀that฀uninsulated฀voltage฀within฀the฀unit฀may฀be฀sufcient฀to฀cause฀electrical฀

shock.฀Therefore,฀it฀is฀dangerous฀to฀make฀any฀kind฀of฀contact฀with฀any฀part฀inside฀of฀the฀unit.

This฀symbol฀alerts฀the฀user฀that฀important฀information฀concerning฀the฀operation฀and฀maintenance฀of฀this฀

unit฀has฀been฀provided.

The฀information฀should฀be฀read฀carefully฀to฀avoid฀problems.

WARNING: TO฀PREVENT฀FIRE฀OR฀SHOCK,฀DO฀NOT฀EXPOSE฀THIS฀UNIT฀TO฀RAIN฀OR฀MOISTURE.

DO฀NOT฀USE฀THIS฀UNIT’S฀PLUG฀WITH฀AN฀EXTENSION฀CORD฀OR฀IN฀AN฀OUTLET฀UNLESS฀ALL฀THE฀PRONGS฀

CAN฀BE฀FULLY฀INSERTED.

DOC Compliance Notice (for Canada only)

This฀Class฀B฀digital฀apparatus฀meets฀all฀requirements฀of฀the฀Canadian฀Interference-Causing฀Equipment฀Regula-

tions.

Machine Noise Information Regulation - 3. GPSGV,

The฀highest฀sound฀pressure฀level฀is฀less฀than฀70฀dB฀(A)฀in฀accordance฀with฀EN฀ISO฀7779.

CAUTION

Avoid฀displaying฀stationary฀images฀for฀a฀prolonged฀period฀of฀time.

Doing฀so฀can฀result฀in฀these฀images฀being฀temporarily฀sustained฀on฀the฀surface฀of฀the฀LCD฀panel.

If฀this฀should฀happen,฀continue฀to฀use฀your฀projector.฀The฀static฀background฀from฀previous฀images฀will฀

disappear.

Disposing of your used product

EU-wide฀legislation฀as฀implemented฀in฀each฀Member฀State฀requires฀that฀used฀electrical฀and฀electronic฀

products฀carrying฀the฀mark฀(left)฀must฀be฀disposed฀of฀separately฀from฀normal฀household฀waste.฀This฀in-

cludes฀projectors฀and฀their฀electrical฀accessories฀or฀lamps.฀When฀you฀dispose฀of฀such฀products,฀please฀

follow฀the฀guidance฀of฀your฀local฀authority฀and/or฀ask฀the฀shop฀where฀you฀purchased฀the฀product.

After฀collecting฀the฀used฀products,฀they฀are฀reused฀and฀recycled฀in฀a฀proper฀way.฀This฀effort฀will฀help฀us฀

reduce฀the฀wastes฀as฀well฀as฀the฀negative฀impact฀such฀as฀mercury฀contained฀in฀a฀lamp฀to฀the฀human฀

health฀and฀the฀environment฀at฀the฀minimum฀level.

The฀mark฀on฀the฀electrical฀and฀electronic฀products฀only฀applies฀to฀the฀current฀European฀Union฀Member฀

States.

Important Information

WARNING TO CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS:

Handling฀the฀cables฀supplied฀with฀this฀product฀will฀expose฀you฀to฀lead,฀a฀chemical฀known฀to฀the฀State฀of฀California฀

to฀cause฀birth฀defects฀or฀other฀reproductive฀harm.฀

WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING.

RF Interference (for USA only)

WARNING

The฀Federal฀Communications฀Commission฀does฀not฀allow฀any฀modications฀or฀changes฀to฀the฀unit฀EXCEPT฀those฀

specied฀by฀NEC฀Display฀Solutions฀of฀America,฀Inc.฀in฀this฀manual.฀Failure฀to฀comply฀with฀this฀government฀regu-

lation฀could฀void฀your฀right฀to฀operate฀this฀equipment.฀This฀equipment฀has฀been฀tested฀and฀found฀to฀comply฀with฀

the฀limits฀for฀a฀Class฀B฀digital฀device,฀pursuant฀to฀Part฀15฀of฀the฀FCC฀Rules.฀These฀limits฀are฀designed฀to฀provide฀

reasonable฀protection฀against฀harmful฀interference฀in฀a฀residential฀installation.฀This฀equipment฀generates,฀uses,฀and฀

can฀radiate฀radio฀frequency฀energy฀and,฀if฀not฀installed฀and฀used฀in฀accordance฀with฀the฀instructions,฀may฀cause฀

harmful฀interference฀to฀radio฀communications.฀However,฀there฀is฀no฀guarantee฀that฀interference฀will฀not฀occur฀in฀a฀

particular฀installation.

If฀this฀equipment฀does฀cause฀harmful฀interference฀to฀radio฀or฀television฀reception,฀which฀can฀be฀determined฀by฀

turning฀the฀equipment฀off฀and฀on,฀the฀user฀is฀encouraged฀to฀try฀to฀correct฀the฀interference฀by฀one฀or฀more฀of฀the฀

following฀measures:

•฀Reorient฀or฀relocate฀the฀receiving฀antenna.

•฀Increase฀the฀separation฀between฀the฀equipment฀and฀receiver.

•฀Connect฀the฀equipment฀into฀an฀outlet฀on฀a฀circuit฀different฀from฀that฀to฀which฀the฀receiver฀is฀connected.

•฀Consult฀the฀dealer฀or฀an฀experienced฀radio฀/฀TV฀technician฀for฀help.

For฀UK฀only:฀In฀UK,฀a฀BS฀approved฀power฀cord฀with฀moulded฀plug฀has฀a฀Black฀(ve฀Amps)฀fuse฀installed฀for฀use฀with฀

this฀equipment.฀If฀a฀power฀cord฀is฀not฀supplied฀with฀this฀equipment฀please฀contact฀your฀supplier.

Important Safeguards

These฀safety฀instructions฀are฀to฀ensure฀the฀long฀life฀of฀your฀projector฀and฀to฀prevent฀re฀and฀shock.฀Please฀read฀them฀

carefully฀and฀heed฀all฀warnings.

Installation

•฀Do฀not฀place฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀following฀conditions:

-฀on฀an฀unstable฀cart,฀stand,฀or฀table.

-฀near฀water,฀baths,฀or฀damp฀rooms.

-฀in฀direct฀sunlight,฀near฀heaters,฀or฀heat฀radiating฀appliances.

-฀in฀a฀dusty,฀smoky฀or฀steamy฀environment.฀

-฀on฀a฀sheet฀of฀paper฀or฀cloth,฀rugs฀or฀carpets.

•฀If฀you฀wish฀to฀have฀the฀projector฀installed฀on฀the฀ceiling:

-฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀install฀the฀projector฀yourself.

-฀The฀projector฀must฀be฀installed฀by฀qualied฀technicians฀in฀order฀to฀ensure฀proper฀operation฀and฀reduce฀the฀risk฀

of฀bodily฀injury.

-฀In฀addition,฀the฀ceiling฀must฀be฀strong฀enough฀to฀support฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀installation฀must฀be฀in฀accordance฀

with฀any฀local฀building฀codes.

-฀Please฀consult฀your฀dealer฀for฀more฀information.

iii

Important Information

Fire and Shock Precautions

•฀Ensure฀that฀there฀is฀sufcient฀ventilation฀and฀that฀vents฀are฀unobstructed฀to฀prevent฀the฀build-up฀of฀heat฀inside฀your฀

projector.฀Allow฀at฀least฀4฀inches฀(10cm)฀of฀space฀between฀your฀projector฀and฀a฀wall.

•฀Do฀not฀try฀to฀touch฀the฀ventilation฀outlet฀on฀the฀left฀front฀(when฀seen฀from฀the฀front)฀as฀it฀can฀become฀heated฀while฀

the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀immediately฀after฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off.฀Parts฀of฀the฀projector฀may฀become฀tem-

porarily฀heated฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀POWER฀button฀or฀if฀the฀AC฀power฀supply฀is฀disconnected฀during฀

normal฀projector฀operation.฀

฀Use฀caution฀when฀picking฀up฀the฀projector.

•฀Prevent฀foreign฀objects฀such฀as฀paper฀clips฀and฀bits฀of฀paper฀from฀falling฀into฀your฀projector.฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀retrieve฀

any฀objects฀that฀might฀fall฀into฀your฀projector.฀Do฀not฀insert฀any฀metal฀objects฀such฀as฀a฀wire฀or฀screwdriver฀into฀your฀

projector.฀If฀something฀should฀fall฀into฀your฀projector,฀disconnect฀it฀immediately฀and฀have฀the฀object฀removed฀by฀a฀

qualied฀service฀personnel.

•฀Do฀not฀place฀any฀objects฀on฀top฀of฀the฀projector.

•฀Do฀not฀touch฀the฀power฀plug฀during฀a฀thunderstorm.฀Doing฀so฀can฀cause฀electrical฀shock฀or฀re.

•฀The฀projector฀is฀designed฀to฀operate฀on฀a฀power฀supply฀of฀100-240V฀AC฀50/60฀Hz.฀Ensure฀that฀your฀power฀supply฀

ts฀this฀requirement฀before฀attempting฀to฀use฀your฀projector.

•฀Do฀not฀look฀into฀the฀lens฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀on.฀Serious฀damage฀to฀your฀eyes฀could฀result.

•฀Keep฀any฀items฀(magnifying฀glass฀etc.)฀out฀of฀the฀light฀path฀of฀the฀projector.฀The฀light฀path฀being฀projected฀from฀the฀

lens฀is฀extensive,฀therefore฀any฀kind฀of฀abnormal฀objects฀that฀can฀redirect฀light฀coming฀out฀of฀the฀lens,฀can฀cause฀

an฀unpredictable฀outcome฀such฀as฀a฀re฀or฀injury฀to฀the฀eyes.

WARNING

•฀Do฀not฀use฀any฀other฀object฀than฀the฀projector’s฀sliding฀lens฀cover฀to฀cover฀the฀lens฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀on.฀

฀Doing฀so฀can฀cause฀the฀object฀to฀get฀extremely฀hot,฀and฀possibly฀resulting฀in฀a฀re฀or฀damage฀due฀to฀the฀heat฀

emitted฀from฀the฀light฀output.

Place the projector in a horizontal position

The฀tilt฀angle฀of฀the฀projector฀should฀not฀exceed฀10฀degrees,฀nor฀should฀the฀projector฀be฀installed฀in฀any฀way฀other฀

than฀the฀desktop฀and฀ceiling฀mount,฀otherwise฀lamp฀life฀could฀decrease฀dramatically.

10°

Important Information

•฀Do฀not฀place฀any฀objects,฀which฀are฀easily฀affected฀by฀heat,฀in฀front฀of฀a฀projector฀exhaust฀vent.

฀Doing฀so฀could฀lead฀to฀the฀object฀melting฀or฀getting฀your฀hands฀burned฀from฀the฀heat฀that฀is฀emitted฀from฀the฀ex-

haust.

•฀Handle฀the฀power฀cord฀carefully.฀A฀damaged฀or฀frayed฀power฀cord฀can฀cause฀electric฀shock฀or฀re.

-฀Do฀not฀use฀any฀power฀cord฀other฀than฀the฀one฀supplied฀with฀the฀projector.

-฀Do฀not฀bend฀or฀tug฀the฀power฀cord฀excessively.

-฀Do฀not฀place฀the฀power฀cord฀under฀the฀projector,฀or฀any฀heavy฀object.

-฀Do฀not฀cover฀the฀power฀cord฀with฀other฀soft฀materials฀such฀as฀rugs.

-฀Do฀not฀heat฀the฀power฀cord.

-฀Do฀not฀handle฀the฀power฀plug฀with฀wet฀hands.

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀have฀the฀projector฀serviced฀by฀a฀qualied฀service฀personnel฀under฀

the฀following฀conditions:

-฀When฀the฀power฀cord฀or฀plug฀is฀damaged฀or฀frayed.

-฀If฀liquid฀has฀been฀spilled฀into฀the฀projector,฀or฀if฀it฀has฀been฀exposed฀to฀rain฀or฀water.฀

-฀If฀the฀projector฀does฀not฀operate฀normally฀when฀you฀follow฀the฀instructions฀described฀in฀this฀user’s฀manual.

-฀If฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀dropped฀or฀the฀cabinet฀has฀been฀damaged.

-฀If฀the฀projector฀exhibits฀a฀distinct฀change฀in฀performance,฀indicating฀a฀need฀for฀service.

•฀Disconnect฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀any฀other฀cables฀before฀carrying฀the฀projector.

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀before฀cleaning฀the฀cabinet฀or฀replacing฀the฀lamp.

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀not฀to฀be฀used฀for฀an฀extended฀period฀of฀time.

•฀When฀using฀a฀LAN฀cable฀(only฀models฀with฀the฀RJ-45฀LAN฀port):

฀For฀safety,฀do฀not฀connect฀to฀the฀connector฀for฀peripheral฀device฀wiring฀that฀might฀have฀excessive฀voltage.

CAUTION

•฀Do฀not฀use฀the฀tilt-foot฀for฀purposes฀other฀than฀originally฀intended.฀Misuses฀such฀as฀gripping฀the฀tilt-foot฀or฀hang-

ing฀on฀the฀wall฀can฀cause฀damage฀to฀the฀projector.

•฀Do฀not฀send฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀soft฀case฀by฀parcel฀delivery฀service฀or฀cargo฀shipment.฀The฀projector฀inside฀the฀

soft฀case฀could฀be฀damaged.

•฀Select฀[HIGH]฀in฀Fan฀mode฀if฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀consecutive฀days.฀(From฀the฀menu,฀select฀

[SETUP]฀฀[OPTIONS(1)]฀฀[FAN฀MODE]฀฀[HIGH].)

•฀Do฀not฀try฀to฀touch฀the฀ventilation฀outlet฀on฀the฀left฀front฀(when฀seen฀from฀the฀front)฀as฀it฀can฀become฀heated฀while฀

the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀immediately฀after฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off.

•฀Do฀not฀turn฀off฀the฀AC฀power฀for฀60฀seconds฀after฀the฀lamp฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀while฀the฀POWER฀indicator฀is฀blink-

ing฀blue.฀Doing฀so฀could฀cause฀premature฀lamp฀failure.

Remote Control Precautions

•฀Handle฀the฀remote฀control฀carefully.

•฀If฀the฀remote฀control฀gets฀wet,฀wipe฀it฀dry฀immediately.

•฀Avoid฀excessive฀heat฀and฀humidity.

•฀Do฀not฀short,฀heat,฀or฀take฀apart฀batteries.

•฀Do฀not฀throw฀batteries฀into฀re.

•฀If฀you฀will฀not฀be฀using฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀a฀long฀time,฀remove฀the฀batteries.

•฀Ensure฀that฀you฀have฀the฀batteries’฀polarity฀(+/−)฀aligned฀correctly.

•฀Do฀not฀use฀new฀and฀old฀batteries฀together,฀or฀use฀different฀types฀of฀batteries฀together.

•฀Dispose฀of฀used฀batteries฀according฀to฀your฀local฀regulations.

Important Information

Note for US Residents

The฀lamp฀in฀this฀product฀contains฀mercury.฀Please฀dispose฀according฀to฀Local,฀State฀or฀Federal฀Laws.

Lamp Replacement

•฀Use฀the฀specied฀lamp฀for฀safety฀and฀performance.

•฀To฀replace฀the฀lamp,฀follow฀all฀instructions฀provided฀on฀page฀

147.

•฀Be฀sure฀to฀replace฀the฀lamp฀and฀lter฀when฀the฀message฀[THE LAMP HAS REACHED THE END OF ITS USABLE

LIFE. PLEASE REPLACE THE LAMP AND FILTER.]฀appears.฀If฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀lamp฀after฀the฀lamp฀has฀

reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀usable฀life,฀the฀lamp฀bulb฀may฀shatter,฀and฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀be฀scattered฀in฀the฀lamp฀

case.฀Do฀not฀touch฀them฀as฀the฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀cause฀injury.

฀If฀this฀happens,฀contact฀your฀dealer฀for฀lamp฀replacement.

A Lamp Characteristic

The฀projector฀has฀a฀high-pressure฀mercury฀lamp฀as฀a฀light฀source.

A฀lamp฀has฀a฀characteristic฀that฀its฀brightness฀gradually฀decreases฀with฀age.฀Also฀repeatedly฀turning฀the฀lamp฀on฀

and฀off฀will฀increase฀the฀possibility฀of฀its฀lower฀brightness.

CAUTION:

•฀DO฀NOT฀TOUCH฀THE฀LAMP฀immediately฀after฀it฀has฀been฀used.฀It฀will฀be฀extremely฀hot.฀Turn฀the฀projector฀off฀

and฀then฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord.฀Allow฀at฀least฀one฀hour฀for฀the฀lamp฀to฀cool฀before฀handling.

•฀When฀removing฀the฀lamp฀from฀a฀ceiling-mounted฀projector,฀make฀sure฀that฀no฀one฀is฀under฀the฀projector.฀Glass฀

fragments฀could฀fall฀if฀the฀lamp฀has฀been฀burned฀out.

About High Altitude mode

•฀

Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀when฀using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀or฀

higher.

฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀or฀higher฀without฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀

can฀cause฀the฀projector฀to฀overheat฀and฀the฀protector฀could฀shut฀down.฀If฀this฀happens,฀wait฀a฀couple฀minutes฀and฀

turn฀on฀the฀projector.

•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀less฀than฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀and฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀

can฀cause฀the฀lamp฀to฀overcool,฀causing฀the฀image฀to฀icker.฀Switch฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[AUTO].

•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀or฀higher฀can฀shorten฀the฀life฀of฀optical฀com-

ponents฀such฀as฀the฀lamp.

About Copyright of original projected pictures:

Please฀note฀that฀using฀this฀projector฀for฀the฀purpose฀of฀commercial฀gain฀or฀the฀attraction฀of฀public฀attention฀in฀a฀venue฀

such฀as฀a฀coffee฀shop฀or฀hotel฀and฀employing฀compression฀or฀expansion฀of฀the฀screen฀image฀with฀the฀following฀func-

tions฀may฀raise฀concern฀about฀the฀infringement฀of฀copyrights฀which฀are฀protected฀by฀copyright฀law.

[ASPECT฀RATIO],฀[KEYSTONE],฀Magnifying฀feature฀and฀other฀similar฀features.

Turkish RoHS information relevant for Turkish market

EEE Yönetmeliğine Uygundur.

This฀device฀is฀not฀intended฀for฀use฀in฀the฀direct฀eld฀of฀view฀at฀visual฀display฀workplaces.฀To฀avoid฀incommoding฀reec-

tions฀at฀visual฀display฀workplaces฀this฀device฀must฀not฀be฀placed฀in฀the฀direct฀eld฀of฀view.

Important Information

Information on Wireless LAN:

In฀some฀areas฀and฀countries,฀the฀P420X,฀P350X,฀and฀P350W฀series฀projectors฀come฀standard฀with฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀

LAN฀Unit.฀If฀you฀purchase฀the฀projector฀model฀without฀the฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit,฀the฀optional฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀must฀be฀

installed฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀via฀a฀wireless฀connection.

Note฀that฀use฀in฀other฀than฀supported฀countries฀and฀areas฀may฀violate฀radio฀wave฀laws฀of฀the฀country฀where฀a฀wire-

less฀LAN฀unit฀is฀used.฀Use฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀according฀to฀the฀combinations฀of฀the฀product฀names฀and฀supported฀

countries฀listed฀on฀page฀

viii.

Certiﬁcate marks and codes of the NP02LM Series (English)

NP02LM1MexicoCFT฀ID:฀RCPNENP10-0740

Brazil

NP02LM2ArgentinaCNC฀ID:฀C-8400

Australia

New฀Zealand

N56฀

Hong฀Kong

HK0011000150

Vietnam

A0557240610AE01A2฀

FPT Distribution Co, Ltd.

A0557

240610

Indonesia

15809/POSTEL/2010

South฀Africa

India730/2010/WRLO

Singapore

Complies with

IDA Standards

DB00901

UAE

TRA

REGISTERED No:

ER0042849/10

DEALER No:

DA0038690/10

Pakistan

South฀Korea

인증번호฀:฀NDS-NP02LM

vii

Important Information

EnglishHereby,฀NEC฀Display฀Solutions,฀Ltd.฀declares฀that฀this฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀(Model:฀NP02LM)฀

is฀in฀compliance฀with฀the฀essential฀requirements฀and฀other฀relevant฀provisions฀of฀Directive฀

1999/5/EC.

Finnish

NEC฀Display฀Solutions,฀Ltd.฀vakuuttaa฀täten฀että฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀(Model:฀NP02LM)฀tyyp-

pinen฀laite฀on฀direktiivin฀1999/5/EY฀oleellisten฀vaatimusten฀ja฀sitä฀koskevien฀direktiivin฀muiden฀

ehtojen฀mukainen.

GermanHiermit฀erklärt฀NEC฀Display฀Solutions,฀Ltd.,฀dass฀sich฀dieser/diese/dieses฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀

(Model:฀NP02LM)฀in฀Übereinstimmung฀mit฀den฀grundlegenden฀Anforderungen฀und฀den฀anderen฀

relevanten฀Vorschriften฀der฀Richtlinie฀1999/5/EG฀bendet”.฀(BMWi)

Hiermit฀erklärt฀NEC฀Display฀Solutions,฀Ltd.฀die฀Übereinstimmung฀des฀Gerätes฀Wireless฀LAN฀

Unit฀(Model:฀NP02LM)฀mit฀den฀grundlegenden฀Anforderungen฀und฀den฀anderen฀relevanten฀

Festlegungen฀der฀Richtlinie฀1999/5/EG.฀(Wien)

FrenchPar฀la฀presente฀NEC฀Display฀Solutions,฀Ltd.฀declare฀que฀l’appareil฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀(Model:฀

NP02LM)฀est฀conforme฀aux฀exigences฀essentielles฀et฀aux฀autres฀dispositions฀pertinentes฀de฀

la฀directive฀1999/5/CE.

Par฀la฀presente,฀NEC฀Display฀Solutions,฀Ltd.฀declare฀que฀ce฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀(Model:฀

NP02LM)฀est฀conforme฀aux฀exigences฀essentielles฀et฀aux฀autres฀dispositions฀de฀la฀directive฀

1999/5/CE฀qui฀lui฀sont฀applicables.

ItalianCon฀la฀presente฀NEC฀Display฀Solutions,฀Ltd.฀dichiara฀che฀questo฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀(Model:฀

NP02LM)฀è฀conforme฀ai฀requisiti฀essenziali฀ed฀alle฀altre฀disposizioni฀pertinenti฀stabilite฀dalla฀

direttiva฀1999/5/CE.

SpanishPor฀medio฀de฀la฀presente฀NEC฀Display฀Solutions,฀Ltd.฀declara฀que฀el฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀(Model:฀

NP02LM)฀cumple฀con฀los฀requisitos฀esenciales฀y฀cualesquiera฀otras฀disposiciones฀aplicables฀

o฀exigibles฀de฀la฀Directiva฀1999/5/CE.

PortugueseNEC฀Display฀Solutions,฀Ltd.฀declara฀que฀este฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀(Model:฀NP02LM)฀está฀con-

forme฀com฀os฀requisitos฀essenciais฀e฀outras฀disposições฀da฀Directiva฀1999/5/CE.

SwedishHärmed฀intygar฀NEC฀Display฀Solutions,฀Ltd.฀att฀denna฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀(Model:฀NP02LM)฀

står฀I฀överensstämmelse฀med฀de฀väsentliga฀egenskapskrav฀och฀övriga฀relevanta฀bestämmelser฀

som฀framgår฀av฀direktiv฀1999/5/EG.

DutchHierbij฀verklaart฀NEC฀Display฀Solutions,฀Ltd.฀dat฀het฀toestel฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀(Model:฀

NP02LM)฀in฀overeenstemming฀is฀met฀de฀essentiële฀eisen฀en฀de฀andere฀relevante฀bepalingen฀

van฀richtlijn฀1999/5/EG.

Bij฀deze฀verklaart฀NEC฀Display฀Solutions,฀Ltd.฀dat฀deze฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀(Model:฀NP02LM)฀

voldoet฀aan฀de฀essentiële฀eisen฀en฀aan฀de฀overige฀relevante฀bepalingen฀van฀Richtlijn฀1999/5/

EC.

Danish

Undertegnede฀NEC฀Display฀Solutions,฀Ltd.฀erklærer฀herved,฀at฀følgende฀udstyr฀Wireless฀

LAN฀Unit฀(Model:฀NP02LM)฀overholder฀de฀væsentlige฀krav฀og฀øvrige฀relevante฀krav฀i฀direktiv฀

1999/5/EF.

Greek

ΜΕ ΤΗΝ ΠΑΡOΥΣΑ NEC Display Solutions, Ltd. ΔΗΛΩΝΕΙ OΤΙ Wireless LAN Unit (Model:

NP02LM) ΣΥΜΜOΡΦΩΝΕΤΑΙ ΠΡOΣ ΤΙΣ OΥΣΙΩΔΕΙΣ ΑΠΑΙΤΗΣΕΙΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΙΣ ΛOΙΠΕΣ ΣXΕΤΙΚΕΣ

ΔΙΑΤΑΞΕΙΣ ΤΗΣ OΔΗΓΙΑΣ 1999/5/ΕΚ.

viii

Important Information

Table of Supported Areas and Countries

Note฀that฀use฀with฀other฀than฀the฀combinations฀of฀the฀product฀names฀and฀supported฀countries฀and฀areas฀listed฀below฀

may฀violate฀radio฀wave฀laws฀of฀the฀country฀where฀the฀device฀is฀used.

Product฀NameSupported฀countries฀and฀areas

NP02LM1Brazil฀/฀Canada฀/฀Colombia฀/฀Mexico฀/฀Taiwan฀/฀United฀States

NP02LM2Argentina฀/฀Australia฀/฀Austria฀/฀Belgium฀/฀Bulgaria฀/฀Chile฀/฀China฀/฀Cyprus฀/฀Czech฀/฀Denmark฀

/฀Ecuador฀/฀Egypt฀/฀Estonia฀/฀Finland฀/฀France฀/฀Germany฀/฀Greece฀/฀Hong฀Kong฀/฀Hungary฀/฀

Iceland฀/฀India฀/฀Indonesia฀/฀Ireland฀/฀Israel฀/฀Italy฀/฀Japan฀/฀Latvia฀/฀Liechtenstein฀/฀Lithuania฀/฀

Luxembourg฀/฀Malaysia฀/฀Malta฀/฀New฀Zealand฀/฀Norway฀/฀Oman฀/฀Pakistan฀/฀Peru฀/฀Philippines฀

/฀Poland฀/฀Portugal฀/฀Romania฀/฀Saudi฀Arabia฀/฀Singapore฀/฀Slovak฀/฀Slovenia฀/฀South฀Africa฀/฀

South฀Korea฀/฀Spain฀/฀Sri฀Lanka฀/฀Sweden฀/฀Switzerland฀/฀Thailand฀/฀The฀Netherlands฀/฀Turkey฀

/฀Ukraine฀/฀United฀Arab฀Emirates฀/฀United฀Kingdom฀/฀Vietnam

NP02LM3Russia

Cautions

•฀Cautions฀on฀Usage

Warning

•฀The฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀is฀not฀meant฀for฀use฀with฀facilities฀or฀equipment฀involving฀the฀safeguard฀of฀human฀life,฀

such฀as฀medical฀equipment,฀nuclear฀facilities฀or฀equipment,฀aeronautical฀or฀space฀equipment,฀transportation฀

facilities฀or฀equipment,฀etc.,฀or฀with฀facilities฀or฀equipment฀requiring฀high฀levels฀of฀reliability.฀Do฀not฀use฀the฀Wire-

less฀LAN฀Unit฀in฀such฀cases.฀

•฀Do฀not฀use฀the฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀near฀cardiac฀pacemakers.฀

•฀Do฀not฀use฀the฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀near฀medical฀equipment.฀Doing฀so฀may฀cause฀electromagnetic฀interference฀

with฀the฀medical฀equipment,฀possible฀leading฀to฀death.฀

•฀Do฀not฀disassemble฀or฀modify฀the฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀in฀any฀way.฀Doing฀so฀could฀lead฀to฀re฀or฀electric฀shock.฀

•฀Do฀not฀use฀the฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀in฀wet฀or฀moist฀places,฀such฀as฀in฀bathrooms฀or฀near฀humidiers.฀Doing฀so฀

could฀lead฀to฀re,฀electric฀shock฀or฀malfunction.

Caution

To฀prevent฀damage฀due฀to฀static฀electricity,฀eliminate฀any฀static฀electricity฀from฀your฀body฀before฀touching฀the฀Wire-

less฀LAN฀Unit.฀

•฀Static฀electricity฀from฀the฀human฀body฀may฀damage฀the฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit.฀Before฀touching฀the฀Wireless฀LAN฀

Unit,฀touch฀an฀aluminum฀sash,฀a฀door฀knob,฀or฀some฀other฀metal฀object฀around฀you฀to฀eliminate฀the฀static฀elec-

tricity.

Caution

The฀radio฀waves฀used฀by฀the฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀pass฀through฀the฀wood฀or฀glass฀used฀in฀normal฀homes฀(but฀not฀

through฀window฀panes฀with฀built-in฀metallic฀mesh).

The฀radio฀waves฀do฀not฀pass฀through฀iron฀reinforcing฀bars,฀metal฀or฀concrete,฀however,฀so฀the฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀

cannot฀be฀used฀for฀communicating฀through฀walls฀or฀oors฀made฀with฀these฀materials.฀

Important Information

•฀FCC฀Compliance฀

This฀device฀complies฀with฀Part฀15฀of฀the฀FCC฀Rules.฀Operation฀is฀subject฀to฀the฀following฀two฀conditions:(1)฀this฀

device฀may฀not฀cause฀harmful฀interference฀and฀(2)฀this฀device฀must฀accept฀any฀interference฀received,฀including฀

interference฀that฀may฀cause฀undesired฀operation.฀

This฀equipment฀has฀been฀tested฀and฀found฀to฀comply฀with฀the฀limits฀for฀a฀Class฀B฀Personal฀Computer฀and฀Peripheral,฀

pursuant฀to฀Part฀15฀of฀the฀FCC฀Rules.฀These฀limits฀are฀designed฀to฀provide฀reasonable฀protection฀against฀harmful฀

interference฀in฀a฀residential฀installation.

This฀equipment฀generates,฀uses฀and฀can฀radiate฀radio฀frequency฀energy฀and,฀if฀not฀installed฀and฀used฀in฀accordance฀

with฀the฀instructions,฀may฀cause฀harmful฀interference฀to฀radio฀communications.

However,฀there฀is฀no฀guarantee฀that฀interference฀will฀not฀occur฀in฀a฀particular฀installation.฀If฀this฀equipment฀does฀cause฀

harmful฀interference฀to฀radio฀or฀television฀reception,฀which฀can฀be฀determined฀by฀turning฀the฀equipment฀off฀and฀on,฀

the฀user฀is฀encouraged฀to฀try฀to฀correct฀the฀interference฀by฀one฀or฀more฀of฀the฀following฀measures:฀

•฀Reorient฀or฀relocate฀the฀receiving฀antenna.฀

•฀Increase฀the฀separation฀between฀the฀equipment฀and฀receiver.฀

•฀Connect฀the฀equipment฀into฀an฀outlet฀on฀a฀circuit฀different฀from฀that฀to฀which฀the฀receiver฀is฀connected.฀

•฀Consult฀the฀dealer฀or฀an฀experienced฀radio/TV฀technician฀for฀help.฀

This฀equipment฀has฀been฀tested฀to฀comply฀with฀the฀limits฀for฀a฀Class฀B฀personal฀computer฀and฀periph-eral,฀pursuant฀to฀

Subpart฀B฀of฀Part฀15฀of฀FCC฀Rules.฀Only฀peripherals฀(computer฀input/output฀devices,฀terminals,฀printers,฀etc.)฀certied฀

(DoC)฀or฀veried฀to฀comply฀with฀Class฀B฀limits฀may฀be฀attached฀to฀this฀equipment.฀Operation฀with฀non-certied฀(DoC)฀

or฀non-veried฀personal฀computer฀and/or฀peripherals฀is฀likely฀to฀result฀in฀Interference฀to฀radio฀and฀TV฀reception.฀

The฀connection฀of฀a฀unshielded฀equipment฀interface฀cable฀to฀this฀equipment฀will฀invalidate฀the฀FCC฀Certication฀of฀

this฀device฀and฀may฀cause฀interference฀levels฀which฀Exceed฀the฀limits฀established฀by฀FCC฀for฀equipment.฀

You฀are฀cautioned฀that฀changes฀or฀modications฀not฀expressly฀approved฀by฀the฀party฀responsible฀for฀compliance฀could฀

void฀your฀authority฀to฀operate฀the฀equipment.฀

Regulatory Information/Disclaimers

Installation฀and฀use฀of฀this฀Wireless฀LAN฀device฀must฀be฀in฀strict฀accordance฀with฀the฀instructions฀included฀in฀the฀

user฀documentation฀provided฀with฀the฀product.฀Any฀changes฀or฀modications฀(including฀the฀antennas)฀made฀to฀this฀

device฀that฀are฀not฀expressly฀approved฀by฀the฀manufacturer฀may฀void฀the฀user’s฀authority฀to฀operate฀the฀equipment.฀

The฀manufacturer฀is฀not฀responsible฀for฀any฀radio฀or฀television฀interference฀caused฀by฀unauthorized฀modication฀of฀

this฀device,฀or฀the฀substitution฀of฀the฀connecting฀cables฀and฀equipment฀other฀than฀manufacturer฀specied.฀It฀is฀the฀

responsibility฀of฀the฀user฀to฀correct฀any฀interference฀caused฀by฀such฀unauthorized฀modication,฀substitution฀or฀attach-

ment.฀Manufacturer฀and฀its฀authorized฀resellers฀or฀distributors฀will฀assume฀no฀liability฀for฀any฀damage฀or฀violation฀of฀

government฀regulations฀arising฀from฀failing฀to฀comply฀with฀these฀guidelines.

IEEE฀802.11b฀or฀802.11g฀operation฀of฀this฀product฀in฀the฀U.S.A.฀is฀rmware-limited฀to฀channels฀1฀through฀11.

CAUTION

This฀equipment฀complies฀with฀FCC฀RF฀radiation฀exposure฀limits฀set฀forth฀for฀an฀uncontrolled฀environment.฀This฀device฀

and฀its฀antenna฀must฀not฀be฀co-located฀or฀operating฀in฀conjunction฀with฀any฀other฀antenna฀or฀transmitter.

To฀comply฀with฀FCC฀RF฀exposure฀compliance฀requirements,฀the฀antenna฀used฀for฀this฀transmitter฀must฀be฀installed฀

to฀provide฀a฀separation฀distance฀of฀at฀least฀7.87"/20cm฀from฀all฀persons฀and฀must฀not฀be฀co-located฀or฀operating฀in฀

conjunction฀with฀any฀other฀antenna฀or฀transmitter.

This฀Class฀B฀digital฀apparatus฀complies฀with฀Canadian฀RSS-210.

Cet฀appareil฀numerique฀de฀la฀Classe฀B฀est฀conforme฀a฀la฀norme฀CNR-210฀du฀Canada.

Industry Canada Statement

This฀device฀complies฀with฀RSS-210฀of฀the฀Industry฀Canada฀Rules.฀Operation฀is฀subject฀to฀the฀following฀two฀condi-

tions:

1)฀this฀device฀may฀not฀cause฀interference฀and

2)฀฀this฀device฀must฀accept฀any฀interference,฀including฀interference฀that฀may฀cause฀undesired฀operation฀of฀the฀device

Important Information

Regulatory Statement:

Operation฀of฀this฀device฀is฀subjected฀to฀the฀following฀National฀regulations฀and฀may฀be฀prohibited฀to฀use฀if฀certain฀

restriction฀should฀be฀applied.฀

France:

Outdoor฀use฀limited฀to฀10mW฀e.i.r.p.฀within฀the฀band฀2454฀–฀2483.5฀MHz.฀Derogation฀in฀French฀overseas฀departments฀

of฀Guyane฀and฀La฀Reunion:฀outdoor฀use฀not฀allowed฀in฀band฀2400฀-฀2420฀MHz.

•฀Cautions฀on฀security฀when฀using฀wireless฀LAN฀products฀

With฀a฀wireless฀LAN,฀radio฀waves฀are฀used฀instead฀of฀LAN฀cables฀for฀the฀exchange฀of฀data฀between฀the฀wireless฀

access฀points฀(computers,฀etc.),฀offering฀the฀advantage฀that฀LAN฀connections฀can฀be฀made฀freely฀within฀the฀range฀

of฀the฀radio฀waves.

On฀the฀other฀hand,฀the฀radio฀waves฀reach฀all฀points฀within฀this฀range,฀regardless฀of฀walls฀or฀other฀obstacles,฀possibly฀

resulting฀in฀the฀problems฀described฀below฀if฀the฀proper฀security฀measures฀are฀not฀taken.฀

•฀Contents฀of฀transmissions฀may฀be฀intercepted฀

Malicious฀third฀parties฀may฀purposely฀intercept฀the฀radio฀waves฀and฀steal฀information฀contained฀in฀the฀transmissions,฀

including฀such฀personal฀information฀as฀ID฀numbers,฀passwords,฀credit฀card฀numbers,฀e-mail฀messages,฀etc.฀

•฀Improper฀intrusions฀

Malicious฀third฀parties฀may฀without฀permission฀access฀the฀personal฀or฀company฀network฀and฀steal฀personal฀or฀

condential฀information,฀pretend฀to฀be฀someone฀else฀and฀leak฀incorrect฀information,฀rewrite฀information฀that฀has฀

been฀intercepted,฀introduce฀computer฀viruses฀or฀otherwise฀damage฀data฀or฀the฀system,฀etc.฀

Wireless฀LAN฀cards฀and฀wireless฀access฀points฀generally฀include฀security฀measures฀for฀dealing฀with฀these฀problems.฀

Making฀the฀proper฀security฀settings฀before฀using฀the฀products฀can฀reduce฀the฀risk฀of฀such฀problems฀arising.฀

We฀recommend฀that฀you฀fully฀understand฀the฀problems฀that฀can฀arise฀when฀using฀the฀products฀without฀making฀the฀

security฀settings,฀then฀that฀you฀make฀the฀security฀settings฀based฀on฀your฀own฀decision฀and฀at฀your฀own฀discretion.฀

Important Information

Speciﬁcations

(1) Speciﬁcations common to the NP02LM series

Operating฀Voltage5V฀(power฀supplied฀from฀the฀projector)

MAX฀Amps460฀mA

Wireless฀StandardIEEE802.11b฀/฀IEEE802.11g฀/฀IEEE802.11n

Modulation฀MethodCCK฀/฀DQPSK฀/฀DBPSK฀/฀OFDM฀/฀DS-SS

LED฀Display฀

(Green)

During฀communication:฀blinking

Standby:฀slow฀blinking

No฀operation:฀light฀off

InterfaceUSB฀2.0฀(connected฀to฀USB฀wireless฀LAN฀port฀on฀the฀projector)

DimensionsWidth:฀1.1"฀/฀28฀mm

Height:฀0.43"฀/฀11฀mm

Length:฀

3.03"฀/฀81฀mm฀(including฀the฀cap)

Weight0.049฀lbs฀/฀22฀g฀(including฀the฀cap)

Environmental

Considerations

Operational฀Temperatures฀:

41°฀to฀104°F฀/฀5°฀to฀40°C,฀20%฀to฀80%฀humidity฀

(non-condensing)

Storage฀Temperatures฀:

14°฀to฀122°F฀(-10°฀to฀50°C),฀20%฀to฀80%฀humidity฀

(non-condensing)

(2) Compliant standards according to model

NP02LM1

IEEE802.11bCenter฀Frequency฀Range/

Operating฀channels

2412฀to฀2462฀MHz

1฀to฀11฀channels

Transmission฀methodDS-SS฀method฀(direct฀dispersion฀spectrum฀dispersion฀

method)

Data฀Rates11/5.5/2/1฀Mbps

IEEE802.11gCenter฀Frequency฀Range/

Operating฀channels

2412฀to฀2462฀MHz

1฀to฀11฀channels

Transmission฀methodOFDM฀method฀(Orthogonal฀Frequency฀Division฀Multiplex-

ing฀method)

Data฀Rates54/48/36/24/18/12/9/6฀Mbps

IEEE802.11nCenter฀Frequency฀Range/

Operating฀channels

2412฀to฀2462฀MHz

1฀to฀11฀channels

Transmission฀methodOFDM฀method฀(Orthogonal฀Frequency฀Division฀Multiplex-

ing฀method)/฀

MIMO฀method฀(Multiple-Input฀

Multiple-Output฀method)

Data฀Rates*When฀dual฀channel฀communication฀is฀disabled

130/117/104/78/52/39/26/19.5/13฀Mbps

When฀dual฀channel฀communication฀is฀enabled

300/270/243/216/162/108/81/54/40.5/27/13.5฀Mbps

xii

Important Information

NP02LM2

IEEE802.11bCenter฀Frequency฀Range/

Operating฀channels

2412฀to฀2472฀MHz

1฀to฀13฀channels

Transmission฀methodDS-SS฀method฀(direct฀dispersion฀spectrum฀dispersion฀

method)

Data฀Rates11/5.5/2/1฀Mbps

IEEE802.11gCenter฀Frequency฀Range/

Operating฀channels

2412฀to฀2472฀MHz

1฀to฀13฀channels

Transmission฀methodOFDM฀method฀(Orthogonal฀Frequency฀Division฀Multiplex-

ing฀method)

Data฀Rates54/48/36/24/18/12/9/6฀Mbps

IEEE802.11nCenter฀Frequency฀Range/

Operating฀channels

2412฀to฀2472฀MHz

1฀to฀13฀channels

Transmission฀methodOFDM฀method฀(Orthogonal฀Frequency฀Division฀Multiplex-

ing฀method)/฀

MIMO฀method฀(Multiple-Input฀

Multiple-Output฀method)

Data฀Rates*When฀dual฀channel฀communication฀is฀disabled

130/117/104/78/52/39/26/19.5/13฀Mbps

When฀dual฀channel฀communication฀is฀enabled

300/270/243/216/162/108/81/54/40.5/27/13.5฀Mbps

NP02LM3

IEEE802.11bCenter฀Frequency฀Range/

Operating฀channels

2412฀to฀2472฀MHz

1฀to฀13฀channels

Transmission฀methodDS-SS฀method฀(direct฀dispersion฀spectrum฀dispersion฀

method)

Data฀Rates11/5.5/2/1฀Mbps

IEEE802.11gCenter฀Frequency฀Range/

Operating฀channels

2412฀to฀2472฀MHz

1฀to฀13฀channels

Transmission฀methodOFDM฀method฀(Orthogonal฀Frequency฀Division฀Multiplex-

ing฀method)

Data฀Rates54/48/36/24/18/12/9/6฀Mbps

IEEE802.11nCenter฀Frequency฀Range/

Operating฀channels

Not฀available

Transmission฀methodNot฀available

Data฀RatesNot฀available

*฀Dual฀channel฀communication฀will฀be฀automatically฀switched฀between฀"enabled"฀and฀"disabled"฀according฀to฀the฀

usage฀environment.

注意

依據　低功率電波輻射性電機管理辦法

第十二條　經型式認證合格之低功率射頻電機，非經許可，公司、商號或使用者均不得擅自變更頻率、加大功率或

變更原設計之特性及功能。

第十四條　低功率射頻電機之使用不得影響飛航安全及干擾合法通信；經發現有干擾現象時，應立即停用，並改善

至無干擾時方得繼續使用。前項合法通信，指依電信規定作業之無線電信。低功率射頻電機須忍受合法通信或工

業、科學及醫療用電波輻射性電機設備之干擾。

xiii

Table of Contents

Important Information ............................................................................................i

1. Introduction .......................................................................................................... 1

1฀What’s฀in฀the฀Box? ......................................................................................................... 1

฀Introduction฀to฀the฀Projector .......................................................................................... 2

Congratulations฀on฀Your฀Purchase฀of฀the฀Projector ................................................. 2

Features฀you’ll฀enjoy: ............................................................................................... 2

About฀this฀user’s฀manual .......................................................................................... 3

฀Part฀Names฀of฀the฀Projector .......................................................................................... 4

Front/Top .................................................................................................................. 4

Rear ......................................................................................................................... 5

Top฀Features ............................................................................................................ 6

Terminal฀Panel฀Features .......................................................................................... 7

฀Part฀Names฀of฀the฀Remote฀Control ............................................................................... 8

Battery฀Installation ................................................................................................... 9

Remote฀Control฀Precautions .................................................................................... 9

Operating฀Range฀for฀Wireless฀Remote฀Control ........................................................ 9

฀Operating฀Environment฀for฀Software฀Included฀on฀CD-ROM ........................................ 10

Operating฀Environment .......................................................................................... 11

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation) .............................................. 12

1฀Flow฀of฀Projecting฀an฀Image ........................................................................................ 12

฀Connecting฀Your฀Computer/Connecting฀the฀Power฀Cord ............................................. 13

฀Turning฀on฀the฀Projector .............................................................................................. 14

Note฀on฀Startup฀screen฀(Menu฀Language฀Select฀screen) ...................................... 15

฀Selecting฀a฀Source ...................................................................................................... 16

Selecting฀the฀computer฀or฀video฀source................................................................. 16

฀Adjusting฀the฀Picture฀Size฀and฀Position ....................................................................... 17

Adjusting฀the฀vertical฀position฀of฀a฀projected฀image฀(Lens฀shift) ............................ 18

Focus ..................................................................................................................... 19

Zoom ...................................................................................................................... 20

Adjust฀the฀Tilt฀Foot ................................................................................................. 21

฀Correcting฀Keystone฀Distortion฀Manually .................................................................... 22

Adjusting฀with฀buttons฀on฀the฀cabinet .................................................................... 22

Adjusting฀with฀the฀remote฀control ........................................................................... 23

฀Optimizing฀Computer฀Signal฀Automatically ................................................................. 24

Adjusting฀the฀Image฀Using฀Auto฀Adjust .................................................................. 24

฀Turning฀Up฀or฀Down฀Volume ........................................................................................ 24

฀Turning฀off฀the฀Projector .............................................................................................. 25

฀After฀Use...................................................................................................................... 26

3. Convenient Features ..................................................................................... 27

1฀Turning฀off฀the฀Image฀and฀Sound ................................................................................ 27

฀Freezing฀a฀Picture ....................................................................................................... 27

฀Enlarging฀a฀Picture ...................................................................................................... 27

฀Changing฀Eco฀Mode/Checking฀Energy-Saving฀Effect฀Using฀Eco฀Mode฀[ECO฀

MODE] ................................................................................................................... 28

xiv

Table of Contents

Checking฀Energy-Saving฀Effect฀[CARBON฀METER] ............................................. 29

฀Preventing฀the฀Unauthorized฀Use฀of฀the฀Projector฀[SECURITY] ................................. 30

฀Operating฀Your฀Computer’s฀Mouse฀Functions฀from฀the฀Projector’s฀Remote฀Control฀

via฀the฀USB฀Cable฀(Remote฀Mouse฀Function) ....................................................... 33

฀Projecting฀Your฀Computer’s฀Screen฀Image฀from฀the฀Projector฀via฀the฀USB฀Cable฀

(USB฀Display) ........................................................................................................ 34

฀Controlling฀the฀Projector฀by฀Using฀an฀HTTP฀Browser ................................................. 36

฀Projecting฀Your฀Computer’s฀Screen฀Image฀from฀the฀Projector฀via฀a฀Network฀

[NETWORK฀PROJECTOR] .................................................................................... 43

฀Using฀the฀Projector฀to฀Operate฀Your฀Computer฀via฀a฀Network฀[REMOTE฀

DESKTOP] ............................................................................................................. 47

4. Using the Viewer ............................................................................................. 52

❶฀What฀you฀can฀do฀with฀the฀Viewer ................................................................................. 52

❷฀Preparing฀presentation฀materials ................................................................................ 55

❸฀Projecting฀images฀stored฀in฀a฀USB฀memory฀device .................................................... 56

Starting฀the฀Viewer ................................................................................................. 56

Exiting฀the฀Viewer .................................................................................................. 59

Names฀and฀functions฀of฀Viewer฀screen .................................................................. 60

Viewer฀option฀settings ............................................................................................ 65

❹฀Projecting฀data฀from฀shared฀folder .............................................................................. 68

Connecting฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀shared฀folder ....................................................... 68

Disconnecting฀the฀shared฀folder฀from฀the฀projector ............................................... 71

❺฀Projecting฀data฀from฀media฀server............................................................................... 72

Setting฀up฀“Media฀Sharing”฀in฀Windows฀Media฀Player 11 ...................................... 72

Setting฀up฀“Media฀Sharing”฀in฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀12 ...................................... 74

Connecting฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀media฀server ........................................................ 75

Disconnecting฀the฀projector฀from฀the฀media฀server ............................................... 76

❻฀Restrictions฀on฀displaying฀les .................................................................................... 77

Some฀restrictions฀on฀PowerPoint฀les .................................................................... 77

Some฀restrictions฀on฀PDF฀les .............................................................................. 77

5. Using On-Screen Menu ................................................................................ 78

1฀Using฀the฀Menus .......................................................................................................... 78

฀Menu฀Elements ............................................................................................................ 79

฀List฀of฀Menu฀Items ....................................................................................................... 80

฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[SOURCE] ................................................................ 82

COMPUTER฀1฀and฀2 ............................................................................................. 82

HDMI ...................................................................................................................... 82

VIDEO .................................................................................................................... 82

S-VIDEO ................................................................................................................ 82

VIEWER ................................................................................................................. 82

NETWORK ............................................................................................................. 82

USB฀DISPLAY ........................................................................................................ 82

฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[ADJUST] .................................................................. 83

[PICTURE] ............................................................................................................. 83

[IMAGE฀OPTIONS] ................................................................................................ 86

[AUDIO] .................................................................................................................. 90

Table of Contents

฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[SETUP] .................................................................... 91

[GENERAL] ............................................................................................................ 91

[MENU] .................................................................................................................. 93

[INSTALLATION] .................................................................................................... 95

[OPTIONS(1)] ........................................................................................................ 97

[OPTIONS(2)] ........................................................................................................ 99

฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[INFO.] .................................................................... 101

[USAGE฀TIME] ..................................................................................................... 101

[SOURCE]............................................................................................................ 102

[WIRED฀LAN] ....................................................................................................... 102

[WIRELESS฀LAN] ................................................................................................ 102

[VERSION(1)] ...................................................................................................... 103

[VERSION(2)] ...................................................................................................... 103

[OTHERS] ............................................................................................................ 103

฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[RESET] .................................................................. 104

Returning฀to฀Factory฀Default฀[RESET] ................................................................. 104

❾฀Application฀Menu ....................................................................................................... 105

IMAGE฀EXPRESS฀UTILITY ................................................................................. 105

DESKTOP฀CONTROL฀UTILITY ........................................................................... 105

NETWORK฀PROJECTOR .................................................................................... 106

REMOTE฀DESKTOP฀CONNECTION .................................................................. 106

NETWORK฀SETTINGS ........................................................................................ 107

TOOLS ................................................................................................................. 123

6. Installation and Connections ................................................................. 128

1฀Setting฀Up฀the฀Screen฀and฀the฀Projector ................................................................... 128

Selecting฀a฀Location............................................................................................. 128

Throw฀Distance฀and฀Screen฀Size ......................................................................... 130

฀Making฀Connections .................................................................................................. 132

Connecting฀Your฀Computer .................................................................................. 132

Connecting฀an฀External฀Monitor .......................................................................... 134

Connecting฀Your฀DVD฀Player฀or฀Other฀AV฀Equipment .......................................... 135

Connecting฀Component฀Input .............................................................................. 136

Connecting฀HDMI฀Input........................................................................................ 137

Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN ................................................................................. 138

Connecting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(NP02LM฀series) ................................................. 139

Attaching฀the฀Optional฀Cable฀Cover฀(NP01CV) ................................................... 142

7. Maintenance .................................................................................................... 143

1฀Cleaning฀the฀Filters.................................................................................................... 143

฀Cleaning฀the฀Lens...................................................................................................... 146

฀Cleaning฀the฀Cabinet ................................................................................................. 146

฀Replacing฀the฀Lamp฀and฀the฀Filters ........................................................................... 147

8. User Supportware ......................................................................................... 152

฀Installing฀Software฀Program ...................................................................................... 152

Installation฀for฀Windows฀software ......................................................................... 152

Installation฀for฀Macintosh฀software ....................................................................... 154

฀Using฀the฀Computer฀Cable฀(VGA)฀to฀Operate฀the฀Projector฀(Virtual฀Remote฀Tool) ... 155

xvi

Table of Contents

฀Projecting฀Your฀Computer’s฀Screen฀Image฀from฀the฀Projector฀over฀a฀LAN฀(Image฀

Express฀Utility฀Lite) .............................................................................................. 160

฀Projecting฀an฀Image฀from฀an฀Angle฀(Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀in฀Image฀Express฀

Utility฀Lite) ............................................................................................................ 163

What฀you฀can฀do฀with฀GCT .................................................................................. 163

Projecting฀an฀Image฀from฀an฀Angle฀(GCT) ........................................................... 163

 Projecting฀Images฀or฀Videos฀from฀the฀Projector฀over฀a฀LAN฀(Image฀Express฀Utility฀

2.0) ....................................................................................................................... 165

What฀you฀can฀do฀with฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0 .................................................. 165

Connecting฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN ....................................................................... 166

Basic฀Operation฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0 ....................................................... 167

฀Using฀the฀Projector฀to฀Operate฀Your฀Computer฀over฀a฀LAN฀(Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀

1.0) ....................................................................................................................... 176

What฀you฀can฀do฀with฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0 ................................................ 176

Connecting฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN ....................................................................... 176

Using฀the฀projector฀to฀operate฀your฀computer’s฀desktop฀screen .......................... 177

฀Controlling฀the฀Projector฀over฀a฀LAN฀(PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4) ................................. 185

฀Converting฀PowerPoint฀les฀to฀Slides฀(Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0) ........................... 186

฀Projecting฀Your฀Mac’s฀Screen฀Image฀from฀the฀Projector฀over฀a฀LAN฀(Image฀

Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac) ..................................................................................... 188

What฀you฀can฀do฀with฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2 ..................................................... 188

Operating฀environment ........................................................................................ 188

Connecting฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN ....................................................................... 188

Using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2 .............................................................................. 189

9. Appendix ............................................................................................................. 192

1฀Troubleshooting ......................................................................................................... 192

Indicator฀Messages .............................................................................................. 192

Common฀Problems฀&฀Solutions ........................................................................... 193

If฀there฀is฀no฀picture,฀or฀the฀picture฀is฀not฀displayed฀correctly. .............................. 194

฀Specications ............................................................................................................ 195

฀Cabinet฀Dimensions .................................................................................................. 197

฀Pin฀Assignments฀of฀D-Sub฀COMPUTER฀Input฀Connector ........................................ 198

฀Compatible฀Input฀Signal฀List ...................................................................................... 199

฀PC฀Control฀Codes฀and฀Cable฀Connection ................................................................. 200

฀Troubleshooting฀Check฀List ........................................................................................ 201

฀TravelCare฀Guide ....................................................................................................... 203

Projector

1. Introduction

1 What’s in the Box?

Make฀sure฀your฀box฀contains฀everything฀listed.฀If฀any฀pieces฀are฀missing,฀contact฀your฀dealer.

Please฀save฀the฀original฀box฀and฀packing฀materials฀if฀you฀ever฀need฀to฀ship฀your฀projector.

Power cord

(US: 7N080236)

(EU: 7N080022)

Computer cable (VGA)

(7N520073)

NEC Projector CD-ROM

User’s manual (PDF) and the utility

software

(7N951551)

For North America only

Registration฀card

Limited฀warranty

For customers in Europe:

You฀will฀nd฀our฀current฀valid฀Guar-

antee฀Policy฀on฀our฀Web฀Site:฀

www.nec-display-solutions.com

In฀some฀areas฀and฀countries,฀the฀projector฀comes฀

standard฀with฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit.฀If฀you฀pur-

chase฀the฀projector฀model฀without฀the฀Wireless฀LAN฀

Unit,฀the฀optional฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀must฀be฀installed฀

to฀use฀the฀projector฀via฀a฀wireless฀connection.

•฀Important฀Infomation฀(For฀North฀America:฀

7N8N1261) (For Other countries than North

America: 7N8N1261 and 7N8N1271)

•฀Quick฀Setup฀Guide฀(For฀North฀America:฀

7N8N1281) (For Other countries than North

America: 7N8N1281 and 7N8N1291)

Remote control

(7N900922)

Batteries (AAA × 2)

Unless฀otherwise฀described฀in฀the฀user’s฀manual,฀the฀drawings฀for฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀show฀examples฀of฀the฀P420X.

1. Introduction

 Introduction to the Projector

This฀section฀introduces฀you฀to฀your฀new฀projector฀and฀describes฀the฀features฀and฀controls.

Congratulations on Your Purchase of the Projector

This฀projector฀is฀one฀of฀the฀very฀best฀projectors฀available฀today.฀The฀projector฀enables฀you฀to฀project฀precise฀images฀

up฀to฀300฀inches฀across฀(measured฀diagonally)฀from฀your฀PC฀or฀Macintosh฀computer฀(desktop฀or฀notebook),฀VCR,฀

DVD฀player,฀or฀document฀camera.

You฀can฀use฀the฀projector฀on฀a฀tabletop฀or฀cart,฀you฀can฀use฀the฀projector฀to฀project฀images฀from฀behind฀the฀screen,฀

and฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀permanently฀mounted฀on฀a฀ceiling*

.฀The฀remote฀control฀can฀be฀used฀wirelessly.

฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀mount฀the฀projector฀on฀a฀ceiling฀yourself.

฀The฀projector฀must฀be฀installed฀by฀qualied฀technicians฀in฀order฀to฀ensure฀proper฀operation฀and฀reduce฀the฀risk฀

of฀bodily฀injury.

฀In฀addition,฀the฀ceiling฀must฀be฀strong฀enough฀to฀support฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀installation฀must฀be฀in฀accordance฀

with฀any฀local฀building฀codes.฀Please฀consult฀your฀dealer฀for฀more฀information.

Features you’ll enjoy:

•฀Quick฀start฀(3฀seconds*

),฀Quick฀Power฀Off฀(0฀seconds),฀Direct฀Power฀Off

฀3฀seconds*

฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀power,฀the฀projector฀is฀ready฀to฀display฀PC฀or฀video฀images.

฀The฀projector฀can฀be฀put฀away฀immediately฀after฀the฀projector฀is฀powered฀down.฀No฀cool฀down฀period฀is฀required฀

after฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀from฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀cabinet฀control฀panel.

฀The฀projector฀has฀a฀feature฀called฀“Direct฀Power฀Off”.฀This฀feature฀allows฀the฀projector฀to฀be฀turned฀off฀(even฀when฀

projecting฀an฀image)฀by฀using฀the฀Main฀Power฀Switch฀or฀disconnecting฀the฀AC฀power฀supply.

฀To฀turn฀off฀the฀AC฀power฀supply฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀powered฀on,฀use฀a฀power฀strip฀equipped฀with฀a฀switch฀and฀

a฀breaker.

฀*1฀The฀quick฀start฀time฀is฀only฀when฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀is฀set฀to฀[NORMAL]฀in฀the฀on-screen฀message.

•฀0.2฀W฀(100-130฀V฀AC)/0.4฀W฀(200-240฀V฀AC)฀in฀standby฀condition฀with฀energy฀saving฀technology

฀Selecting฀[POWER-SAVING]฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu฀can฀put฀the฀projector฀in฀power-saving฀mode฀

that฀consumes฀only฀0.2฀W฀(100-130฀V฀AC)/0.4฀W฀(200-240฀V฀AC).

•฀Carbon฀Meter฀

฀This฀feature฀will฀show฀energy-saving฀effect฀in฀terms฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀(kg)฀when฀the฀projector’s฀[ECO฀

MODE]฀is฀set฀to฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[ECO1],฀or฀[ECO2]*

฀The฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀the฀conrmation฀message฀at฀the฀time฀of฀power-off฀and฀

in฀the฀INFO฀of฀the฀on-screen฀menu.

฀*2฀[ECO2]฀is฀available฀on฀P350X฀only.

•฀Lamp฀life฀up฀to฀5000฀hours฀(P350X)/3500฀hours฀(P420X/P350W)฀without฀cleaning฀the฀lters฀regularly฀

฀Using฀in฀Eco฀Mode฀allows฀you฀to฀prolong฀the฀projector’s฀lamp฀life฀up฀to฀5000฀hours฀(up฀to฀4000฀hours฀in฀NORMAL฀

Mode฀(ECO฀Mode฀OFF)).฀

฀For฀P420X฀and฀P350W:

฀Using฀in฀Eco฀Mode฀allows฀you฀to฀prolong฀the฀projector’s฀lamp฀life฀up฀to฀3500฀hours฀(up฀to฀3000฀hours฀in฀NORMAL฀

Mode฀(ECO฀Mode฀OFF))฀

฀The฀two-layer,฀large฀lters฀require฀no฀regular฀cleaning.฀Filter฀replacement฀is฀requred฀only฀when฀lamp฀replacement฀

is฀done.

•฀Vertical฀lens฀shift฀mechanism฀offers฀installation฀exibility฀

฀Manual฀lens฀shift฀that฀can฀be฀adjusted฀by฀turning฀dials฀on฀the฀top฀of฀the฀projector.

•฀HDMI฀input฀port฀provides฀digital฀signal฀

฀The฀HDMI฀input฀provides฀HDCP฀compatible฀digital฀signals.฀The฀HDMI฀input฀also฀supports฀audio฀signal.

1. Introduction

•฀10฀W฀built-in฀speaker฀for฀an฀integrated฀audio฀solution

฀Powerful฀10฀watt฀monaural฀speaker฀provides฀volume฀need฀for฀large฀rooms.

•฀The฀supplied฀remote฀control฀allows฀you฀to฀assign฀a฀CONTROL฀ID฀to฀the฀projector

฀Multiple฀projectors฀can฀be฀operated฀separately฀and฀independently฀with฀the฀same฀single฀remote฀control฀by฀assigning฀

an฀ID฀number฀to฀each฀projector.

•฀Vertical฀keystone฀correction

฀Keystone฀feature฀allows฀the฀projector฀to฀correct฀vertical฀distortion.

•฀USB฀Display฀

฀Using฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀cable฀(compatible฀with฀USB฀2.0฀specications)฀to฀connect฀the฀computer฀with฀

the฀projector฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀your฀computer฀screen฀image฀to฀the฀projector฀without฀the฀need฀of฀a฀traditional฀

computer฀cable฀(VGA).

•฀Integrated฀RJ-45฀connector฀for฀wired฀networking฀capability฀along฀with฀wireless฀networking฀capabilities

฀An฀RJ-45฀connector฀is฀standard.฀A฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀is฀equipped฀with฀the฀projector฀for฀models฀distributed฀in฀North฀

America฀models.฀An฀optional฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀is฀available฀for฀models฀for฀Europe,฀Australia,฀Asia฀and฀other฀coun-

tries฀than฀North฀America.

•฀Software฀programs฀(User฀Supportware)฀contained฀in฀the฀supplied฀CD-ROM

฀The฀supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀includes฀seven฀programs:฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite,฀Image฀

Express฀Utility฀2.0,฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0,฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4,฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0,฀and฀Image฀

Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac.฀

•฀LAN-compatible฀Viewer

฀The฀projector’s฀built-in฀Viewer฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀images฀or฀movie฀les฀in฀the฀shared฀folder฀of฀your฀PC฀connected฀

to฀a฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN.

฀*฀The฀Viewer฀supports฀the฀Media฀Sharing฀function฀of฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀11.

•฀AUTO฀POWER฀ON฀and฀AUTO฀POWER฀OFF฀features

฀The฀AUTO฀POWER฀ON(AC),฀AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP1),฀AUTO฀POWER฀OFF,฀and฀OFF฀TIMER฀features฀eliminate฀

the฀need฀to฀always฀use฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀projector฀cabinet.

•฀Preventing฀unauthorized฀use฀of฀the฀projector

฀Enhanced฀smart฀security฀settings฀for฀keyword฀protection,฀cabinet฀control฀panel฀lock,฀security฀slot,฀and฀security฀

chain฀opening฀to฀help฀prevent฀unauthorized฀access,฀adjustments฀and฀theft฀deterrence.

•฀High฀resolution฀up฀to฀UXGA

฀High฀resolution฀display฀-฀up฀to฀UXGA฀compatible,฀XGA฀(P420X/P350X)/WXGA฀(P350W)฀native฀resolution.

•฀Crestron฀RoomView

supported

฀The฀projector฀suppors฀Crestron฀RoomView฀which฀allows฀you฀to฀control฀and฀manage฀equipment฀connected฀to฀your฀

network฀from฀your฀computer.

About this user’s manual

The฀fastest฀way฀to฀get฀started฀is฀to฀take฀your฀time฀and฀do฀everything฀right฀the฀rst฀time.฀Take฀a฀few฀minutes฀now฀to฀

review฀the฀user’s฀manual.฀This฀may฀save฀you฀time฀later฀on.฀At฀the฀beginning฀of฀each฀section฀of฀the฀manual฀you’ll฀nd฀

an฀overview.฀If฀the฀section฀doesn’t฀apply,฀you฀can฀skip฀it.

1. Introduction

 Part Names of the Projector

Front/Top

Controls

( page 6)

Lens Shift Dial (Vertical)

(

 page 18)

Lens

Remote Sensor

( page 9)

Ventilation (inlet) / Filter Cover

(

 page 143, 150)

Zoom Lever

( page 20)

Lens Cover

Focus Lever

(

 page 19)

Adjustable Tilt Foot

(

 page 21)

Adjustable Tilt Foot Lever

(

 page 21)

Ventilation (outlet)

Heated air is exhausted from here.

1. Introduction

Opening and closing the lens cover

Slide฀the฀lens฀cover฀to฀the฀left฀to฀uncover฀the฀lens.

To฀cover฀the฀lens,฀slide฀the฀lens฀cover฀to฀the฀right.

NOTE:

•฀The฀lens฀cover฀works฀in฀conjunction฀with฀the฀AV฀mute฀function.฀Closing฀the฀lens฀cover฀will฀turn฀off฀the฀image฀and฀sound฀during฀

normal฀projector฀operation;฀opening฀it฀will฀restore฀the฀image฀and฀sound.

฀With฀the฀lens฀cover฀closed฀the฀image฀and฀sound฀is฀turned฀off,฀however฀the฀lamp฀is฀still฀lit.฀If฀the฀projector฀stays฀this฀way฀for฀about฀

2฀hours,฀it฀will฀turn฀off฀automatically.

•฀Do฀not฀pull฀the฀lens฀cover฀with฀excessive฀force฀or฀apply฀strong฀pressure฀in฀either฀the฀up฀or฀down฀direction.฀Doing฀so฀can฀cause฀

damage฀to฀the฀lens฀cover฀sliding฀mechanism!

Port Cover for

USB Wireless LAN Unit

When using the USB Wireless LAN

Unit, ﬁrst remove the cover. (



page

141)

Terminal Panel (

 page 7)

Monaural฀Speaker฀(10฀W)

Lamp Cover ( page 148)

Rear

Remote Sensor

( page 9)

AC Input

Connect the supplied power cord’s

three-pin plug here, and plug the

other end into an active wall outlet.

(

 page 13)

*฀This฀security฀slot฀supports฀the฀MicroSaver฀

฀Security฀System.

Rear Foot ( page 21)

Security chain opening

Attach an anti-theft device.

The security chain opening accepts

security wires or chains up to 0.18

inch/4.6 mm in diameter.

Built-in Security Slot (

Cable cover connection (right and

left)

Screw holes and grooves for the

optional cable cover

1. Introduction

Top Features

1/2

811

1. (POWER) Button (฀page฀14, 25)

2. POWER Indicator (฀page฀

13, 14, 25, 192)

3. STATUS Indicator (฀page฀

192)

4.฀LAMP฀Indicator฀(฀page฀

147, 192)

5.฀ECO฀Button฀(฀page฀

28)

6. SOURCE Button (฀page฀

16)

7.฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀Button฀(฀page฀

24)

8. MENU Button (฀page฀

78)

9. ฀/฀Volume฀Buttons฀฀/ Keystone Buttons

 (

฀page฀

22, 24)

10. ENTER Button (฀page฀

78)

11.฀EXIT฀Button฀(฀page฀

78)

1. Introduction

Terminal Panel Features

1235613 12

11 14910

1. COMPUTER 1 IN/ Component Input Connector

(Mini฀D-Sub฀15฀Pin)฀(฀page฀132, 136, 157)

2.฀COMPUTER฀1฀AUDIO฀IN฀Mini฀Jack฀(Stereo฀Mini)฀

(

฀page฀

132, 134, 136)

3. COMPUTER 2 IN / Component Input Connector

(Mini฀D-Sub฀15฀Pin)฀(฀page฀

132, 136)

4.฀COMPUTER฀2฀AUDIO฀IN฀Mini฀Jack฀(Stereo฀Mini)฀

(

฀page฀

132, 134, 136)

5.฀HDMI฀IN฀Connector฀(Type฀A)฀

(

฀page฀

132, 137)

6. USB (PC) Port (Type B)

(

฀page฀

33, 34, 132)

7.฀MONITOR฀OUT฀(COMP.฀1)฀Connector฀(Mini฀D-Sub฀

15฀Pin)฀(฀page฀

134)

8.฀AUDIO฀OUT฀Mini฀Jack฀(Stereo฀Mini)฀(฀page฀

134)

9.฀S-VIDEO฀IN฀Connector฀(Mini฀DIN฀4฀Pin)

฀(฀page฀

135)

10.฀VIDEO฀IN฀Connector฀(RCA)฀(฀page฀

135)

11.฀VIDEO/S-VIDEO฀AUDIO฀IN฀L/MONO,฀R฀(RCA)

(

฀page฀

135)

12.฀LAN฀Port฀(RJ-45)฀(฀page฀

141)

13. USB Port (Type A)฀(฀page฀

59, 180)

14.฀PC฀CONTROL฀[PC฀CONTROL]฀Port฀(D-Sub฀9฀Pin)

(

฀page฀

200)

฀Use฀this฀port฀to฀connect฀a฀PC฀or฀control฀system.฀This฀

enables฀you฀to฀control฀the฀projector฀using฀serial฀commu-

nication฀protocol.฀If฀you฀are฀writing฀your฀own฀program,฀

typical฀PC฀control฀codes฀are฀on฀page฀200.

1. Introduction

 Part Names of the Remote Control

1. Infrared Transmitter

฀(฀page฀9)

2. POWER ON Button

฀(฀page฀

14)

3. POWER OFF Button

฀(฀page฀

25)

4,฀5,฀6.฀COMPUTER฀1/2/3฀Button

฀(

฀page฀

16)฀

฀(COMPUTER฀3฀button฀is฀not฀available.)

7.฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀Button

฀(฀page฀

24)

8.฀VIDEO฀Button

฀(฀page฀

16)

9.฀S-VIDEO฀Button

฀(฀page฀

16)

10. HDMI Button (฀page฀

16)

11.฀VIEWER฀Button฀(฀page฀

16, 56)

12. NETWORK Button (฀page฀

16)

13. USB DISPLAY Button (฀page฀

16)

14.฀ID฀SET฀Button

฀(฀page฀

96)

15.฀Numeric฀Keypad฀Button/CLEAR฀Button

฀(฀page฀

96)

16. FREEZE Button

฀(฀page฀

27)

17.฀AV-MUTE฀Button

฀(฀page฀

27)

18. MENU Button

฀(฀page฀

78)

19.฀EXIT฀Button฀(฀page฀

78)

20.  Button (฀page฀

78)

21. ENTER Button (฀page฀

78)

22.฀D-ZOOM฀(+)(–)฀Button

฀(฀page฀

27)

23.฀MOUSE฀L-CLICK฀Button*

฀(฀page฀

33)

24.฀MOUSE฀R-CLICK฀Button*

฀(฀page฀

33)

25.฀PAGE฀/฀Button*

฀(

฀page฀

33)

26. ECO Button (฀page฀

28)

27. KEYSTONE Button

฀(฀page฀

23)

28. PICTURE Button

฀(฀page฀

83, 85)

29.฀VOL.฀(+)(–)฀Button

฀(฀page฀

24)

30. ASPECT Button

฀(฀page฀

88)

31. FOCUS/ZOOM Button

฀(not฀available฀on฀this฀series฀of฀projectors)

32. HELP Button

฀(฀page฀

101)

*฀The฀PAGE฀/, ,฀MOUSE฀L-CLICK฀and฀MOUSE฀R-CLICK฀buttons฀work฀only฀when฀a฀USB฀cable฀is฀connected฀

with฀your฀computer..

1. Introduction

Remote Control Precautions

•฀Handle฀the฀remote฀control฀carefully.

•฀If฀the฀remote฀control฀gets฀wet,฀wipe฀it฀dry฀immediately.

•฀Avoid฀excessive฀heat฀and฀humidity.

•฀Do฀not฀short,฀heat,฀or฀take฀apart฀batteries.

•฀Do฀not฀throw฀batteries฀into฀re.

•฀If฀you฀will฀not฀be฀using฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀a฀long฀time,฀remove฀the฀batteries.

•฀Ensure฀that฀you฀have฀the฀batteries’฀polarity฀(+/−)฀aligned฀correctly.

•฀Do฀not฀use฀new฀and฀old฀batteries฀together,฀or฀use฀different฀types฀of฀batteries฀together.

•฀฀Dispose฀of฀used฀batteries฀according฀to฀your฀local฀regulations.

Operating Range for Wireless Remote Control

Press฀rmly฀and฀slide฀the฀battery฀

cover฀off.

Install฀new฀batteries฀(AAA).฀Ensure฀

that฀you฀have฀the฀batteries’฀polarity฀

(+/−)฀aligned฀correctly.

•฀The฀infrared฀signal฀operates฀by฀line-of-sight฀up฀to฀a฀distance฀of฀about฀22฀feet/7฀m฀and฀within฀a฀60-degree฀angle฀of฀

the฀remote฀sensor฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

•฀The฀projector฀will฀not฀respond฀if฀there฀are฀objects฀between฀the฀remote฀control฀and฀the฀sensor,฀or฀if฀strong฀light฀falls฀

on฀the฀sensor.฀Weak฀batteries฀will฀also฀prevent฀the฀remote฀control฀from฀properly฀operating฀the฀projector.

Battery Installation

Slip฀the฀cover฀back฀over฀the฀bat-

teries฀until฀it฀snaps฀into฀place.฀Do฀

not฀mix฀different฀types฀of฀batteries฀

or฀new฀and฀old฀batteries.

30°

OPEN

7 m/22 feet

Remote control

Remote sensor on projector cabinet

OPEN

Remote control

1. Introduction

 Operating Environment for Software Included on CD-ROM

Names฀and฀Features฀of฀Bundled฀Software฀Programs

Name฀of฀software฀programFeatures

Virtual฀Remote฀ToolThis฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀control฀the฀power฀ON/OFF฀and฀source฀selec-

tion฀of฀the฀projector฀from฀your฀computer฀by฀using฀the฀supplied฀computer฀cable฀

(VGA)฀and฀it฀is฀also฀used฀to฀send฀an฀image฀to฀the฀projector฀and฀register฀it฀as฀the฀

logo฀data฀of฀the฀projector.฀After฀registering฀it,฀you฀can฀lock฀the฀logo฀to฀prevent฀it฀

from฀changing.฀(฀page฀

155)

Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite•฀This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀project฀your฀computer’s฀screen฀over฀the฀

USB฀cable฀or฀the฀wired/wireless฀network.฀The฀computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀is฀not฀

required.฀(฀page฀

34,฀page฀160)

•฀This฀software฀program฀can฀be฀used฀to฀control฀the฀power฀ON/OFF฀and฀source฀

selection฀of฀the฀projector฀from฀your฀computer.

•฀The฀Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀(GCT)฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀correct฀distortion฀

of฀images฀projected฀on฀a฀curved฀wall.฀(฀page฀163)

Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0•฀This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀send฀the฀screens฀of฀your฀personal฀comput-

ers฀to฀the฀projector฀via฀wired/wireless฀LAN฀(Meeting฀mode).

฀Projected฀images฀can฀be฀transferred฀and฀saved฀to฀personal฀computers.

฀When฀“Meeting฀Mode”฀is฀used,฀projected฀images฀can฀be฀sent฀and฀saved฀to฀

the฀personal฀computers.฀Images฀can฀be฀sent฀from฀a฀personal฀computer฀to฀

not฀only฀one฀projector฀but฀also฀to฀two฀or฀more฀projectors฀at฀the฀same฀time.฀

(฀page฀

165)

Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0•฀This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀operate฀the฀desktop฀screen฀of฀a฀personal฀

computer฀at฀a฀remote฀location฀by฀using฀a฀projector฀via฀wired/wireless฀LAN.฀

(฀page฀

176)

PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀operate฀the฀projector฀from฀the฀computer฀when฀

the฀computer฀and฀the฀projector฀are฀connected฀with฀LAN฀(wired฀or฀wireless)฀or฀

a฀serial฀cable.฀(฀page฀

185)

Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀convert฀les฀created฀with฀PowerPoint฀into฀

JPEG฀les฀that฀can฀be฀displayed฀with฀the฀viewer฀function฀of฀the฀projector฀when฀

a฀USB฀memory฀device฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀projector.฀(฀page฀

186)

Image฀Express฀Utility฀for฀Mac•฀This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀send฀the฀Mac’s฀screen฀image฀to฀the฀projec-

tor฀over฀a฀network฀(wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN).฀(฀page฀

188)฀For฀Mac’s฀operating฀

environment,฀see฀page฀188.

NOTE:

•฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀does฀not฀support฀“Meeting฀Mode”฀in฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀and฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac฀

included฀with฀our฀other฀models.

Download฀service

For฀the฀update฀information฀about฀these฀software฀programs,฀visit฀our฀website:

URL:฀

http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.html

1. Introduction

Operating Environment

The฀following฀is฀the฀operating฀environment฀for฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite.฀For฀the฀operating฀environment฀of฀other฀soft-

ware฀program,฀refer฀to฀the฀help฀function฀of฀each฀software฀program.

Supported฀OSWindows฀7฀Home฀Basic

Windows฀7฀Home฀Premium

Windows฀7฀Professional

Windows฀7฀Ultimate

Windows฀7฀Enterprise

Windows฀Vista฀Home฀Basic

Windows฀Vista฀Home฀Premium

Windows฀Vista฀Business

Windows฀Vista฀Ultimate

Windows฀Vista฀Enterprise

Windows฀XP฀Home฀Edition฀Service฀Pack฀3฀or฀later

Windows฀XP฀Professional฀Service฀Pack฀3฀or฀later

•฀Only฀32-bit฀version

•฀Windows฀power-saving฀function฀is฀not฀supported.

Processor•฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista

Pentium฀M฀1.2฀GHz฀equivalent฀or฀higher฀required

Dual฀core฀1.5฀GHz฀or฀higher฀recommended

•฀Windows฀XP

Pentium฀M฀1.0฀GHz฀equivalent฀or฀higher฀required

Dual฀core฀1.0฀GHz฀or฀higher฀recommended

Memory•฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista

512฀MB฀or฀more฀required

1฀GB฀or฀more฀recommended

•฀Windows฀XP

256฀MB฀or฀more฀required

512฀MB฀or฀more฀recommended

*฀More฀memory฀may฀be฀required฀to฀run฀additional฀applications฀simultaneously.

Graphic฀processor฀•฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista

The฀“Graphics”฀score฀3.0฀or฀more฀of฀“Windows฀Experience฀Index”฀recommended.

Network฀environmentTCP/IP-compatible฀wired฀LAN฀or฀wireless฀LAN

(*฀Use฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀complying฀with฀the฀Wi-Fi฀standard.)

Resolution•฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista฀

SVGA฀(800฀×฀600)฀or฀higher฀required

XGA฀(1024฀×฀768)฀recommended฀

•฀Windows฀XP฀

VGA฀(640฀×฀480)฀or฀higher฀required

XGA฀(1024฀×฀768)฀recommended

1024฀dots฀×฀768฀lines฀-฀1280฀dots฀×฀800฀lines฀recommended฀(P350W)

Screen฀ColorsHigh฀Color฀(15฀bits,฀16฀bits)

True฀Color฀(24฀bits,฀32฀bits)฀(recommended)

•฀256฀or฀fewer฀colors฀are฀not฀supported.

This฀section฀describes฀how฀to฀turn฀on฀the฀projector฀and฀to฀project฀a฀picture฀onto฀the฀screen.

1 Flow of Projecting an Image

Step 1

•฀Connecting฀your฀computer฀/฀Connecting฀the฀power฀cord฀(฀page฀13)

Step 2

•฀Turning฀on฀the฀projector฀(฀page฀14)

Step 3

•฀Selecting฀a฀source฀(฀page฀16)

Step 4

•฀Adjusting฀the฀picture฀size฀and฀position฀(฀page฀17)

•฀Correcting฀keystone฀distortion฀[KEYSTONE]฀(฀page฀22)

Step 5

•฀Adjusting฀a฀picture฀and฀sound

- Optimizing a computer signal automatically ( page 24)

- Turning up or down volume (

 page 24)

Step 6

•฀Making฀a฀presentation

Step 7

•฀Turning฀off฀the฀projector฀(฀page฀25)

Step 8

•฀After฀use฀(฀page฀26)

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Connecting Your Computer/Connecting the Power Cord

1.฀Connect฀your฀computer฀to฀the฀projector.

This section will show you a basic connection to a computer. For information about other connections, see “6.

Installation and Connections” on page 132.

Connect the computer cable (VGA) between the projector’s COMPUTER 1 IN connector and the computer’s port

(mini D-Sub 15 Pin). Turn two thumb screws of both connectors to ﬁx the computer cable (VGA).

2.฀Connect฀the฀supplied฀power฀cord฀to฀the฀projector.

First connect the supplied power cord’s three-pin plug to the AC IN of the projector, and then connect the other

plug of the supplied power cord in the wall outlet.

The projector’s power indicator will ﬂash for a few seconds and then will light orange* (standby mode).

The STATUS indicator will also light green*.

* This will apply for both indicators when [NORMAL] is selected for [STANDBY MODE]. See the Power Indicator

section.( page 192)

COMPUTER 1 IN

Make฀sure฀that฀the฀prongs฀are฀fully฀inserted฀into฀

both the AC IN and the wall outlet.

To wall outlet 

CAUTION:

Parts฀of฀the฀projector฀may฀become฀temporarily฀heated฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀POWER฀button฀or฀if฀the฀

AC฀power฀supply฀is฀disconnected฀during฀normal฀projector฀operation.

Use฀caution฀when฀picking฀up฀the฀projector.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

StandbyBlinkingPower฀On

Steady orange light Blinking blue light Steady blue light

 Turning on the Projector

1.฀Slide฀the฀lens฀cover฀to฀the฀left฀to฀uncover฀the฀lens.

2.฀Press฀the฀

฀(POWER)฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀

or฀the฀POWER฀ON฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.฀

The POWER indicator will turn to blue and the projector

will become ready to use.

TIP:฀

•฀When฀the฀message฀“PROJECTOR฀IS฀LOCKED!฀ENTER฀YOUR฀

PASSWORD.”฀is฀displayed,฀it฀means฀that฀the฀[SECURITY]฀

feature฀is฀turned฀on.฀(฀page฀30)

•฀When฀the฀ECO฀message฀is฀displayed,฀it฀means฀that฀[ON]฀is฀

selected฀for฀[ECO฀MESSAGE].฀(฀page฀94)

•฀Pressing฀buttons฀such฀as฀power฀button฀and฀MENU฀button฀will฀

make฀sound.฀To฀turn฀off฀the฀beep฀sound,฀select฀[OFF]฀for฀[BEEP]฀

from฀the฀menu.฀(฀page฀98)

After you turn on your projector, ensure that the computer

or video source is turned on and that the lens cover is

open.

NOTE:฀When฀no฀input฀signal฀is฀present,฀the฀no-signal฀guidance฀is฀

displayed฀(factory฀menu฀setting).

(฀page฀192)

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Note on Startup screen (Menu Language Select screen)

When฀you฀rst฀turn฀on฀the฀projector,฀you฀will฀get฀the฀Startup฀menu.฀This฀menu฀gives฀you฀the฀opportunity฀to฀select฀one฀

of฀the฀27฀menu฀languages.

To฀select฀a฀menu฀language,฀follow฀these฀steps:

1.฀Use฀the฀

, ,  or ฀button฀to฀select฀one฀of฀the฀27฀

languages฀from฀the฀menu.

2.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀execute฀the฀selection.

After฀this฀has฀been฀done,฀you฀can฀proceed฀to฀the฀menu฀

operation.

If฀you฀want,฀you฀can฀select฀the฀menu฀language฀later.

(฀[LANGUAGE]฀on฀page฀

80 and 93)

NOTE:฀

•฀When฀turning฀off฀the฀power฀supply฀and฀then฀back฀on฀by฀using฀a฀power฀strip฀or฀breaker.

฀Allow฀a฀minimum฀of฀1฀second฀between฀turning฀off฀the฀main฀power฀supply฀and฀turning฀it฀back฀on฀again.

฀Failing฀to฀do฀so฀could฀result฀in฀no฀power฀to฀the฀projector.฀(There฀will฀be฀no฀stand-by฀LED)฀

฀Should฀this฀happen,฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀plug฀it฀in฀again.฀Turn฀on฀the฀main฀power.

•฀If฀one฀of฀the฀following฀things฀happens,฀the฀projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on.

•฀If฀the฀internal฀temperature฀of฀the฀projector฀is฀too฀high,฀the฀projector฀detects฀abnormal฀high฀temperature.฀In฀this฀condition฀the฀

projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on฀to฀protect฀the฀internal฀system.฀If฀this฀happens,฀wait฀for฀the฀projector’s฀internal฀components฀to฀cool฀

down.

•฀When฀the฀lamp฀reaches฀its฀end฀of฀usable฀life,฀the฀projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on.฀If฀this฀happens,฀replace฀the฀lamp.

•฀If฀the฀STATUS฀indicator฀lights฀orange฀with฀the฀power฀button฀pressed,฀it฀means฀that฀the฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK]฀is฀turned฀on.฀

Cancel฀the฀lock฀by฀turning฀it฀off.฀(฀page฀95)

•฀If฀the฀lamp฀fails฀to฀light,฀and฀if฀the฀STATUS฀indicator฀ashes฀on฀and฀off฀in฀a฀cycle฀of฀six฀times,฀wait฀a฀full฀minute฀and฀then฀turn฀on฀

the฀power.

•฀While฀the฀POWER฀indicator฀is฀blinking฀blue฀in฀short฀cycles,฀the฀power฀cannot฀be฀turned฀off฀by฀using฀the฀power฀button.

•฀Immediately฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector,฀screen฀icker฀may฀occur.฀This฀is฀normal.฀Wait฀3฀to฀5฀minutes฀until฀the฀lamp฀lighting฀is฀

stabilized.

•฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on,฀it฀may฀take฀some฀time฀before฀the฀lamp฀light฀becomes฀bright.

•฀If฀you฀turn฀on฀the฀projector฀immediately฀after฀the฀lamp฀is฀turned฀off฀or฀when฀the฀temperature฀is฀high,฀the฀fans฀run฀without฀display-

ing฀an฀image฀for฀some฀time฀and฀then฀the฀projector฀will฀display฀the฀image.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Selecting a Source

Selecting the computer or video source

NOTE:฀Turn฀on฀the฀computer฀or฀video฀source฀equipment฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

Detecting the Signal Automatically

Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀once.฀The฀projector฀will฀search฀for฀the฀available฀

input฀source฀and฀display฀it.฀The฀input฀source฀will฀change฀as฀follows:฀

COMPUTER1฀฀COMPUTER2฀฀HDMI฀฀VIDEO฀฀S-VIDEO฀

VIEWER฀฀USB฀DISPLAY฀฀COMPUTER1฀ ...

•฀With฀the฀SOURCE฀screen฀displayed,฀you฀can฀press฀the฀SOURCE฀

button฀a฀few฀times฀to฀select฀the฀input฀source.

TIP:฀If฀no฀input฀signal฀is฀present,฀the฀input฀will฀be฀skipped.

Using the Remote Control

Press฀any฀one฀of฀the฀COMPUTER1,฀COMPUTER2,฀HDMI,฀VIDEO,฀S-

VIDEO,฀VIEWER,฀NETWORK,฀or฀USB฀DISPLAY฀buttons.

Selecting Default Source

You฀can฀set฀a฀source฀as฀the฀default฀source฀so฀that฀it฀will฀be฀displayed฀

each฀time฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on.

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.

The menu will be displayed.

2.฀Press฀the฀฀button฀twice฀to฀select฀[SETUP]฀and฀press฀the฀ but-

ton฀or฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀select฀[GENERAL].

Press฀the฀



฀button฀three฀times฀to฀select฀[OPTIONS(2)].

4.฀Press฀the฀฀button฀six฀times฀to฀select฀[DEFAULT฀SOURCE฀SE-

LECT]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The [DEFAULT SOURCE SELECT] screen will be displayed.

(

 page 100)

5.฀Select฀a฀source฀as฀the฀default฀source,฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀but-

ton.

6.฀Press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀a฀few฀times฀to฀close฀the฀menu.

7.฀Restart฀the฀projector.

The source you selected in step 5 will be projected.

NOTE:฀Even฀when฀[AUTO]฀is฀turned฀on,฀the฀[NETWORK]฀will฀not฀be฀automatically฀

selected.฀To฀set฀your฀network฀as฀the฀default฀source,฀select฀[NETWORK].

TIP:฀

•฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀Standby฀mode,฀applying฀a฀computer฀signal฀from฀a฀

computer฀connected฀to฀the฀COMPUTER฀1฀IN฀input฀will฀power฀on฀the฀projector฀

and฀simultaneously฀project฀the฀computer’s฀image.

฀([AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP1)]฀฀page฀100)

•฀On฀the฀Windows฀7฀keyboard,฀a฀combination฀of฀the฀Windows฀and฀P฀keys฀allows฀

you฀to฀set฀up฀external฀display฀easily฀and฀quickly.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Adjusting the Picture Size and Position

Use฀the฀lens฀shift฀dial,฀the฀adjustable฀tilt฀foot฀lever,฀the฀zoom฀lever฀and฀the฀focus฀lever฀to฀adjust฀the฀picture฀size฀and฀

position.

In this chapter drawings and cables are omitted for clarity.

Adjusting฀the฀vertical฀position฀of฀a฀projected฀image

[Lens฀shift]

Adjusting฀the฀focus

[Focus฀lever]

Finely฀adjusting฀the฀size฀of฀an฀image

[Zoom฀lever]

Adjusting฀the฀throw฀angle฀(the฀height฀of฀an฀image)

[Tilt฀foot]฀*¹

Adjusting฀the฀left฀and฀right฀tilt฀of฀an฀image

[Rear฀foot]

Adjusting฀the฀keystone฀correction

[Keystone]

NOTE*1:฀Adjust฀the฀throw฀angle฀(the฀height฀of฀an฀image)฀when฀the฀image฀position฀is฀higher฀than฀the฀lens฀shift฀adjustable฀range.฀

( page 18)

( page 20)

( page 21)

( page 19)

( page 21)

( page 22)

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Adjusting the vertical position of a projected image (Lens shift)

Rotate฀the฀lens฀shift฀dial.

In฀this฀user’s฀manual,฀the฀upward฀maximum฀shift฀is฀referred฀to฀as฀“normal฀position”.฀

NOTE:

The฀lens฀shift฀dial฀cannot฀be฀rotated฀beyond฀the฀maximum฀upward฀or฀downward฀shift.฀Forcibly฀rotating฀may฀cause฀damage฀to฀the฀

projector.

TIP:

Lens฀shift฀can฀be฀adjusted฀with฀the฀range฀below.฀If฀you฀wish฀to฀move฀up฀the฀image฀higher฀than฀this฀limit,฀use฀the฀tilt฀foot฀of฀the฀

projector.

Desktop฀front฀projection฀

[P420X/P350X]

[P350W]

Downward

Upward

Lens shift dial

Height of projected

image

Height of projected

image

Vertical shift range (0 to 0.5V)

Vertical shift range (0 to 0.6V)

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Ceiling฀front฀projection฀

[P420X/P350X]

[P350W]

Focus

Use฀the฀FOCUS฀lever฀to฀obtain฀the฀best฀focus.

Height of projected

image

Height of projected

image

Vertical shift range (0 to 0.5V)

Vertical shift range (0 to 0.6V)

Focus Lever

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Zoom

Use฀the฀ZOOM฀lever฀to฀adjust฀the฀image฀size฀on฀the฀screen.

Zoom Lever

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Adjustable Tilt Foot

Adjustable Tilt

Foot Lever

Adjust the Tilt Foot

1.฀฀Lift฀the฀front฀edge฀of฀the฀projector.

CAUTION:

Do฀not฀try฀to฀touch฀the฀ventilation฀outlet฀during฀Tilt฀Foot฀adjustment฀

as฀it฀can฀become฀heated฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀after฀it฀

is฀turned฀off.

2.฀฀Push฀up฀and฀hold฀the฀Adjustable฀Tilt฀Foot฀Lever฀on฀the฀front฀of฀

the฀projector฀to฀extend฀the฀adjustable฀tilt฀foot.

3.฀฀Lower฀the฀front฀of฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀desired฀height.

4.฀฀Release฀the฀Adjustable฀Tilt฀Foot฀Lever฀to฀lock฀the฀Adjustable฀tilt฀

foot.

The tilt foot can be extended up to 1.6 inch/40 mm.

There is approximately 10 degrees (up) of adjustment for the front of

the projector.

Rotate the rear foot to the desired height in order to square the image

on the projection surface.

CAUTION:

•฀Do฀not฀use฀the฀tilt-foot฀for฀purposes฀other฀than฀originally฀intended.

฀Misuses฀such฀as฀using฀the฀tilt฀foot฀to฀carry฀or฀hang฀(from฀the฀wall฀or฀

ceiling)฀the฀projector฀can฀cause฀damage฀to฀the฀projector.

Adjusting฀the฀left฀and฀right฀tilt฀of฀an฀image฀[Rear฀foot]

•฀Rotate฀the฀rear฀foot.

The rear foot can be extended up to 0.5 inch/12 mm. Rotating the rear

foot allows the projector to be placed horizontally.

NOTE:

•฀Do฀not฀extend฀the฀rear฀foot฀beyond฀its฀height฀limit฀(0.5฀inch/12฀mm).฀Doing฀so฀

may฀cause฀the฀rear฀foot฀to฀come฀out฀of฀the฀projector.฀

฀

Rear foot

Up Down

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Correcting Keystone Distortion Manually

If฀the฀screen฀is฀tilted฀vertically,฀keystone฀distortion฀becomes฀large.฀To฀correct฀keystone฀distortion฀manually,฀proceed฀

with฀the฀following฀steps฀to฀correct฀keystone฀distortion.฀

NOTE:฀

•฀The฀maximum฀range฀of฀vertical฀keystone฀correction฀is฀+/−30฀degrees.

•฀The฀Keystone฀correction฀can฀cause฀an฀image฀to฀be฀slightly฀blurred฀because฀the฀correction฀is฀made฀electronically.

•฀The฀Keystone฀correction฀range฀can฀be฀made฀narrower,฀depending฀on฀a฀signal฀or฀its฀aspect฀ratio฀selection.

Adjusting with buttons on the cabinet

1.฀Press฀the฀

or ฀button฀with฀no฀menus฀displayed.

฀The฀keystone฀bar฀will฀be฀displayed.

2.฀Use฀the฀ or ฀to฀correct฀the฀keystone฀distortion.

3.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀keystone฀bar฀will฀be฀closed.

NOTE:฀

•฀When฀the฀menu฀is฀displayed,฀the฀above฀operation฀is฀not฀available.฀When฀the฀menu฀is฀displayed,฀press฀the฀MENU฀button฀to฀close฀

the฀menu฀and฀start฀the฀Keystone฀correction.

฀From฀the฀menu,฀select฀[SETUP]฀฀[GENERAL]฀฀[KEYSTONE].฀The฀changes฀can฀be฀saved฀with฀[KEYSTONE฀SAVE].฀(฀page฀

91)

•฀Keystone฀control฀is฀not฀available฀with฀the฀฀or฀฀button฀when฀VIEWER฀or฀NETWORK฀is฀used.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Adjusting with the remote control

1.฀Press฀the฀KEYSTONE฀button.

The Keystone bar will be displayed.

2.฀Use฀the฀ or ฀button฀to฀correct฀the฀keystone฀distortion.

Adjust so that the right and left sides are parallel.

3.฀Press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

The Keystone bar will be closed.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Optimizing Computer Signal Automatically

Adjusting the Image Using Auto Adjust

Optimizing฀a฀computer฀image฀automatically.฀(COMPUTER1/COMPUTER2)

Press฀the฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button฀to฀optimize฀a฀computer฀image฀automatically.

This฀adjustment฀may฀be฀necessary฀when฀you฀connect฀your฀computer฀for฀the฀rst฀time.

[Poor picture]

[Normal picture]

NOTE:

Some฀signals฀may฀take฀time฀to฀display฀or฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly.

•฀If฀the฀Auto฀Adjust฀operation฀cannot฀optimize฀the฀computer฀signal,฀try฀to฀adjust฀[HORIZONTAL],฀[VERTICAL],฀[CLOCK],฀and฀[PHASE]฀

manually.฀(฀page฀86,฀87)

 Turning Up or Down Volume

Sound฀level฀from฀the฀speaker฀can฀be฀adjusted.

TIP:฀When฀no฀menus฀appear,฀the฀฀and฀฀buttons฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀work฀

as฀a฀volume฀control.฀

NOTE:

•฀Volume฀control฀is฀not฀available฀with฀the฀฀or฀฀button฀when฀an฀image฀is฀enlarged฀

by฀using฀the฀D-ZOOM฀(+)฀button฀or฀when฀the฀menu฀is฀displayed.

•฀Volume฀control฀is฀not฀available฀with฀the฀฀or฀฀button฀when฀VIEWER฀or฀NET-

WORK฀is฀used.

TIP:฀

•฀The฀[BEEP]฀sound฀volume฀cannot฀be฀adjusted.฀To฀turn฀off฀the฀[BEEP]฀sound,฀

from฀the฀menu,฀select฀[SETUP]฀฀[OPTIONS(1)]฀฀[BEEP]฀฀[OFF].

•฀Volume฀can฀be฀controlled฀from฀the฀menu฀([ADJUST]฀฀[AUDIO])

Increase volume

Decrease volume

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Turning off the Projector

To฀turn฀off฀the฀projector:

1.฀First,฀press฀the฀

฀(POWER)฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet฀or฀the฀POWER฀OFF฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀con-

trol.

The [POWER OFF / ARE YOU SURE ? / CARBON SAV-

INGS- SESSION 0.000[g-CO2]] message will appear.

2.฀Secondly,฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀or฀press฀the฀

(POWER)฀or฀the฀POWER฀OFF฀button฀again.

The lamp will turn off and the projector will go into standby

mode. When in standby mode, the POWER indicator will

light orange and the STATUS indicator will light green when

[NORMAL] is selected for [STANDBY MODE].

Power฀On

Steady blue light

Standby

Steady

orange light

Press twice

CAUTION:

Parts฀of฀the฀projector฀may฀become฀temporarily฀heated฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀POWER฀button฀or฀if฀the฀

AC฀power฀supply฀is฀disconnected฀during฀normal฀projector฀operation.

Use฀caution฀when฀picking฀up฀the฀projector.

NOTE:

•฀While฀the฀POWER฀indicator฀is฀blinking฀blue฀in฀short฀cycles,฀the฀power฀cannot฀be฀turned฀off.

•฀You฀cannot฀turn฀off฀the฀power฀for฀60฀seconds฀immediately฀after฀turning฀it฀on฀and฀displaying฀an฀image.

•฀Do฀not฀disconnect฀the฀AC฀power฀supply฀to฀the฀projector฀within฀10฀seconds฀of฀making฀adjustment฀or฀setting฀changes฀and฀closing฀

the฀menu.฀Doing฀so฀can฀cause฀loss฀of฀adjustments฀and฀settings.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 After Use

Preparation:฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off.

1.฀Unplug฀the฀power฀cord.

2.฀Disconnect฀any฀other฀cables.

•฀Remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀if฀it฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀projector.

3.฀Retract฀adjustable฀tilt฀foot฀if฀extended.

4.฀Slide฀the฀lens฀cover฀to฀the฀right฀to฀cover฀the฀lens.

1 Turning off the Image and Sound

Press฀the฀AV-MUTE฀button฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀image฀and฀sound฀for฀a฀short฀

period฀of฀time.฀Press฀again฀to฀restore฀the฀image฀and฀sound.

The฀projector’s฀power-saving฀function฀will฀work฀10฀seconds฀after฀the฀image฀

is฀turned฀off.฀As฀a฀result,฀the฀lamp฀power฀will฀be฀reduced.

NOTE:

•฀

Even฀though฀the฀image฀is฀turned฀off,฀the฀menu฀still฀remains฀on฀the฀screen.

•฀Sound฀from฀the฀AUDIO฀OUT฀jack฀(Stereo฀mini)฀can฀be฀turned฀off.

•฀To฀restore฀the฀image,฀even฀if฀you฀press฀the฀AV-MUTE฀button฀immediately฀after฀

the฀start฀of฀the฀power-saving฀function,฀the฀lamp฀brightness฀may฀not฀be฀restored฀

to฀its฀original฀level.

 Freezing a Picture

Press฀the฀FREEZE฀button฀to฀freeze฀a฀picture.฀Press฀again฀to฀resume฀

motion.

NOTE:฀The฀image฀is฀frozen฀but฀the฀original฀video฀is฀still฀playing฀back.

 Enlarging a Picture

You฀can฀enlarge฀the฀picture฀up฀to฀four฀times.

NOTE:฀The฀maximum฀magnication฀may฀be฀less฀than฀four฀times฀depending฀on฀

the฀signal.

To฀do฀so:

1.฀Press฀the฀D-ZOOM฀(+)฀button฀to฀magnify฀the฀picture.

To move the magniﬁed image, use the ,,฀or  button.

3. Convenient Features

 Changing Eco Mode/Checking Energy-Saving Effect Using Eco

Mode [ECO MODE]

The฀ECO฀MODE฀(ECO1฀and฀ECO2)฀increases฀lamp฀life,฀while฀lowering฀power฀consumption฀and฀cutting฀down฀on฀CO

emissions.฀

Four฀brightness฀modes฀of฀the฀lamp฀can฀be฀selected:฀[OFF],฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[ECO1]฀and฀[ECO2]฀modes.฀

[ECO฀MODE]฀DescriptionStatus฀of฀LAMP฀indicator

[OFF]This฀is฀the฀default฀setting฀(100%฀Brightness).

Off

[AUTO฀ECO]

Lamp฀power฀consumption฀will฀be฀changed฀between฀

[OFF]฀and฀[ECO1]฀automatically฀according฀to฀picture฀

level

NOTE:฀A฀bright฀gradation฀may฀be฀less฀visible฀depending฀

on฀the฀image.

Steady฀Green฀

light

[ECO1]

Low฀lamp฀power฀consumption฀(approx.฀75%฀Bright-

ness).

[ECO2]฀(P350X฀

only)

Lower฀lamp฀power฀consumption฀than฀[ECO1]฀mode฀

(approx.฀60%฀Brightness)

To฀turn฀on฀the฀[ECO฀MODE],฀do฀the฀following:฀

1.฀Press฀the฀ECO฀Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀to฀display฀[ECO฀MODE]฀screen.

2.฀Press฀the฀ECO฀button฀again฀to฀select฀a฀mode฀you฀wish.฀

•฀Each฀time฀the฀ECO฀button฀is฀pressed,฀the฀choices฀will฀be฀changed:

OFF  AUTO ECO  ECO1 ( ECO2)  OFF

•฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀ECO฀mode,฀the฀LAMP฀indicator฀will฀light฀green.

TIP:฀

•฀The฀leaf฀symbol฀at฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀menu฀shows฀the฀current฀selection฀of฀ECO฀mode.

2. Press฀the฀ button.

The area of the magniﬁed image will be moved

3.฀Press฀the฀D-ZOOM฀(−)฀button.

Each time the D-ZOOM (−) button is pressed, the image is reduced.

NOTE:฀

•฀The฀image฀will฀be฀enlarged฀or฀reduced฀at฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen.

•฀Displaying฀the฀menu฀will฀cancel฀the฀current฀magnication.

3. Convenient Features

NOTE:฀

•฀The฀[ECO฀MODE]฀can฀be฀changed฀by฀using฀the฀menu.

฀Select฀[SETUP]฀฀[GENERAL]฀฀[ECO฀MODE].

•฀The฀lamp฀life฀remaining฀and฀lamp฀hours฀used฀can฀be฀checked฀in฀[USAGE฀TIME].฀Select฀[INFO.]฀฀[USAGE฀TIME].

•฀The฀projector฀is฀always฀in฀[ECO1]฀([ECO2])*฀for฀90฀seconds฀after฀the฀lamp฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀while฀the฀POWER฀indicator฀is฀blinking฀

blue.฀The฀lamp฀condition฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[ECO฀MODE]฀is฀changed.

•฀After฀a฀lapse฀of฀1฀minute฀from฀when฀the฀projector฀displays฀no-signal฀guidance,฀a฀blue,฀black฀or฀logo฀screen,฀[ECO฀MODE]฀will฀

automatically฀switch฀to฀[ECO1]฀([ECO2])*.฀The฀projector฀will฀return฀to฀the฀[OFF]฀once฀a฀signal฀is฀accepted.

•฀If฀the฀projector฀is฀overheated฀in฀[OFF]฀mode,฀there฀may฀be฀a฀case฀where฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀automatically฀changes฀to฀[ECO1]฀

([ECO2])*฀mode฀to฀protect฀the฀projector.฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀[ECO1]฀([ECO2])*฀mode,฀the฀picture฀brightness฀decreases.฀

When฀the฀projector฀comes฀back฀to฀normal฀temperature,฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀returns฀to฀[OFF]฀mode.

฀Thermometer฀symbol฀[฀฀]฀indicates฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀is฀automatically฀set฀to฀[ECO1]฀([ECO2])*฀mode฀because฀the฀internal฀tem-

perature฀is฀too฀high.

฀*฀[ECO2]฀on฀P350X฀only

Checking Energy-Saving Effect [CARBON METER]

This฀feature฀will฀show฀energy-saving฀effect฀in฀terms฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀(kg)฀when฀the฀projector’s฀[ECO฀MODE]฀

is฀set฀to฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[ECO1],฀or฀[ECO2].฀This฀feature฀is฀called฀as฀[CARBON฀METER].

There฀are฀two฀messages:฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]฀and฀[CARBON฀SAVINGS-SESSION].฀The฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀

SAVINGS]฀message฀shows฀the฀total฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀from฀the฀time฀of฀shipment฀up฀to฀now.฀You฀can฀

check฀the฀information฀on฀[USAGE฀TIME]฀from฀[INFO.]฀of฀the฀menu.฀(฀page฀

101)

The฀[CARBON฀SAVINGS-SESSION]฀message฀shows฀the฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀between฀the฀time฀of฀

changing฀to฀ECO฀MODE฀immediately฀after฀the฀time฀of฀power-on฀and฀the฀time฀of฀power-off.฀The฀[CARBON฀SAVINGS-

SESSION]฀message฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀the฀[POWER฀OFF/฀ARE฀YOU฀SURE฀?]฀message฀at฀the฀time฀of฀power-off.

TIP:

•฀The฀formula฀as฀shown฀below฀is฀used฀to฀calculate฀the฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction.

฀Amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀=฀(Power฀consumption฀in฀OFF฀for฀ECO฀MODE฀−฀Power฀consumption฀in฀AUTO฀ECO/ECO1/ECO2฀

for฀ECO฀MODE)฀×฀CO

฀conversion฀factor.*฀When฀the฀image฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀AV-MUTE฀button฀or฀with฀the฀lens฀cover฀closed,฀

the฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emmission฀reduction฀will฀also฀increase.

฀*฀฀Calculation฀for฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀is฀based฀on฀an฀OECD฀publication฀“CO

฀Emissions฀from฀Fuel฀Combustion,฀2008฀

Edition”.

•฀The฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]฀is฀calculated฀based฀on฀savings฀recorded฀in฀15฀minutes฀intervals.

•฀This฀formula฀will฀not฀apply฀to฀the฀power฀consumption฀which฀is฀not฀affected฀by฀whether฀[ECO฀MODE]฀is฀turned฀on฀or฀off.

3. Convenient Features



Preventing the Unauthorized Use of the Projector [SECURITY]

A฀keyword฀can฀be฀set฀for฀your฀projector฀using฀the฀Menu฀to฀avoid฀operation฀by฀an฀unauthorized฀user.฀When฀a฀keyword฀

is฀set,฀turning฀on฀the฀projector฀will฀display฀the฀Keyword฀input฀screen.฀Unless฀the฀correct฀keyword฀is฀entered,฀the฀pro-

jector฀cannot฀project฀an฀image.฀

•฀The฀[SECURITY]฀setting฀cannot฀be฀cancelled฀by฀using฀the฀[RESET]฀of฀the฀menu.

To enable the Security function:

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.

The menu will be displayed.

2.฀Press฀the฀฀button฀twice฀to฀select฀[SETUP]฀and฀press฀the฀฀button฀or฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀select฀[GEN-

ERAL].

3.฀Press฀the฀฀button฀to฀select฀[INSTALLATION].

4.฀Press฀the฀฀button฀three฀times฀to฀select฀[SECURITY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The OFF/ON menu will be displayed.

5.฀฀Press฀the฀฀button฀to฀select฀[ON]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The [SECURITY KEYWORD] screen will be displayed.

6.฀Type฀in฀a฀combination฀of฀the฀four฀฀buttons฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

NOTE:฀A฀keyword฀must฀be฀4฀to฀10฀digits฀in฀length.

The [CONFIRM KEYWORD] screen will be displayed.

NOTE:฀Make฀a฀note฀of฀your฀password฀and฀store฀it฀in฀a฀safe฀place.

3. Convenient Features

7.฀Type฀in฀the฀same฀combination฀of฀฀buttons฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The conﬁrmation screen will be displayed.

8.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The SECURITY function has been enabled.

To฀turn฀on฀the฀projector฀when฀[SECURITY]฀is฀enabled:

1.฀Press฀the฀POWER฀button.

฀The฀projector฀will฀be฀turned฀on฀and฀display฀a฀message฀to฀the฀effect฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀locked.

2.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.

3.฀Type฀in฀the฀correct฀keyword฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀The฀projector฀will฀display฀an฀image.

NOTE:฀The฀security฀disable฀mode฀is฀maintained฀until฀the฀main฀power฀is฀turned฀off฀or฀unplugging฀the฀power฀cord.

3. Convenient Features

To disable the SECURITY function:

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.

The menu will be displayed.

2.฀฀Select฀[SETUP]฀฀[INSTALLATION]฀฀[SECURITY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The OFF/ON menu will be displayed.

3.฀Select฀[OFF]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The SECURITY KEYWORD screen will be displayed.

4.฀Type฀in฀your฀keyword฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀When฀the฀correct฀keyword฀is฀entered,฀the฀SECURITY฀function฀will฀be฀disabled.

NOTE:฀If฀you฀forget฀your฀keyword,฀contact฀your฀dealer.฀Your฀dealer฀will฀provide฀you฀with฀your฀keyword฀in฀exchange฀for฀your฀request฀

code.฀Your฀request฀code฀is฀displayed฀in฀the฀Keyword฀Conrmation฀screen.฀In฀this฀example฀[NB52-YGK8-2VD6-K585-JNE6-EYA8]฀

is฀a฀request฀code.

3. Convenient Features



Operating Your Computer’s Mouse Functions from the Projector’s

Remote Control via the USB Cable (Remote Mouse Function)

The฀built-in฀remote฀mouse฀function฀enables฀you฀to฀operate฀your฀computer’s฀mouse฀functions฀from฀the฀supplied฀remote฀

control฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀connected฀to฀a฀computer฀via฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀cable฀(compatible฀with฀USB฀

2.0฀specications).

The฀Remote฀Mouse฀function฀works฀for฀the฀COMPUTER฀1฀or฀COMPUTER฀2฀input฀while฀the฀computer฀screen฀is฀dis-

played.

The฀Remote฀Mouse฀function฀will฀not฀work฀while฀you฀freeze฀or฀magnify฀an฀image.

-฀Using฀the฀USB฀cable฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀computer฀will฀also฀start฀USB฀Display฀function.฀(฀page฀

34)

USB (PC)

NOTE:

•฀A฀USB฀cable฀must฀support฀the฀USB฀2.0฀Specications.

•฀The฀mouse฀function฀can฀be฀used฀with฀the฀following฀operating฀systems:

฀Windows฀7,฀Windows฀XP,฀or฀Windows฀Vista

•฀In฀older฀version฀than฀SP2฀of฀Windows฀XP,฀if฀the฀mouse฀cursor฀will฀not฀move฀correctly,฀do฀the฀following:

฀Clear฀the฀Enhance฀pointer฀precision฀check฀box฀underneath฀the฀mouse฀speed฀slider฀in฀the฀Mouse฀Properties฀dialog฀box฀[Pointer฀

Options฀tab].

•฀Wait฀at฀least฀5฀seconds฀after฀disconnecting฀the฀USB฀cable฀before฀reconnecting฀it฀and฀vice฀versa.฀The฀computer฀may฀not฀identify฀

the฀USB฀cable฀if฀it฀is฀repeatedly฀connected฀and฀disconnected฀in฀rapid฀intervals.

NOTE:

•฀Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀computer฀with฀a฀USB฀cable฀after฀starting฀the฀computer.฀Failure฀to฀so฀may฀fail฀to฀start฀the฀computer.

Operating your computer’s mouse from the remote control

You฀can฀operate฀your฀computer’s฀mouse฀from฀the฀remote฀control.

PAGE / Button ...........................scrolls the viewing area of the window or to move to the previous or next slide in PowerPoint

on your computer.

 Buttons ..............................moves the mouse cursor on your computer.

MOUSE L-CLICK/ENTER Button ......works as the mouse left button.

MOUSE R-CLICK Button ..................works as the mouse right button.

NOTE:

•฀When฀you฀operate฀the฀computer฀using฀the฀฀or฀฀button฀with฀the฀menu฀displayed,฀both฀the฀menu฀and฀the฀mouse฀pointer฀

will฀be฀affected.฀Close฀the฀menu฀and฀perform฀the฀mouse฀operation.

TIP:฀You฀can฀change฀the฀Pointer฀speed฀on฀the฀Mouse฀Properties฀dialog฀box฀on฀the฀Windows.฀For฀more฀information,฀see฀the฀user฀

documentation฀or฀online฀help฀supplied฀with฀your฀computer.

USB cable (not supplied)

3. Convenient Features

 Projecting Your Computer’s Screen Image from the Projector

via the USB Cable (USB Display)

Using฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀cable฀(compatible฀with฀USB฀2.0฀specications)฀to฀connect฀the฀computer฀with฀the฀

projector฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀your฀computer฀screen฀image฀to฀the฀projector฀for฀displaying.฀Power฀On/Off฀and฀source฀

selection฀of฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀done฀from฀your฀computer฀without฀connecting฀a฀computer฀cable฀(VGA).

NOTE:

•฀To฀make฀USB฀DISPLAY฀available฀on฀Windows฀XP,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀“Administrator”฀privilege.

•฀USB฀Display฀uses฀functions฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀contained฀on฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀(฀page฀160).

฀Starting฀USB฀Display,฀however,฀will฀not฀install฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀on฀your฀computer.฀This฀is฀because฀USB฀Display฀executes฀

the฀projector’s฀program฀only.฀

•฀USB฀Display฀will฀not฀work฀in฀[POWER-SAVING]฀of฀[STANDBY฀MODE].฀(฀page฀99)

1.฀Start฀the฀computer.

2.฀Connect฀the฀projector’s฀power฀cord฀to฀the฀wall฀outlet฀and฀put฀the฀projector฀into฀standby฀condition.

•฀Open฀the฀projector’s฀lens฀cover.

3.฀Use฀the฀USB฀cable฀to฀connect฀the฀computer฀with฀the฀projector.

USB (PC)

The message “The projector is in standby mode. Connect it?” will be displayed on the computer screen.

•฀The฀control฀window฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀top฀of฀the฀screen.

NOTE:฀Depending฀on฀the฀computer฀setting,฀the฀“AutoPlay”฀window฀may฀be฀displayed฀when฀the฀

computer฀detects฀the฀connection฀to฀the฀projector.฀If฀this฀happens,฀click฀the฀“Start฀USB฀Display”฀

window.

4.฀Click฀“Yes”.

The projector will turn on and the message “The projector is getting ready. Please wait.” will be displayed on the

computer screen. This message will disappear in a few seconds.

USB cable (not supplied)

 To wall outlet

Power cord (supplied)

3. Convenient Features

5.฀Operate฀the฀control฀window.

(1) (Source) ..... Selects an input source of the projector.

(2)

(Picture) .... Turns on or off the AV-MUTE (Picture mute), FREEZE (Freeze a picture), and Geometric Correction Tool

(GCT) functions.

(3)

(Sound) ..... Turns on or off AV-MUTE (Sound mute), play the sound and turns up or down the volume.

(4)

(Etc) ........... Uses “Update”, “HTTP Server”*, “Settings” and “Information”.

* The HTTP Server cannot be selected when a USB cable is connected.

(5)

(Exit) .......... Exit Image Express Utility Lite. You can also turn off the projector at the same time.

(6)

(Help) ........... Displays the help of Image Express Utility Lite.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)(6)

3. Convenient Features

 Controlling the Projector by Using an HTTP Browser

Overview

The฀HTTP฀Server฀function฀provides฀settings฀and฀operations฀for:

1.฀Setting฀for฀wired/wireless฀network฀(NETWORK฀SETTINGS)

To use wireless LAN connection, the optional USB Wireless LAN Unit is required. ( page 139)

(The North American models are distributed with the USB Wireless LAN Unit as standard.)

To use wired/wireless LAN connection, connect the projector to the computer with a commercially available LAN

cable. (

 page 138)

2.฀Setting฀Alert฀Mail฀(ALERT฀MAIL)

฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀connected฀to฀a฀wired/wireless฀network,฀lamp฀replace฀time฀or฀error฀messages฀will฀be฀sent฀via฀

e-mail.

3.฀Operating฀the฀projector

Power on/off, selecting input, volume control and picture adjustments are possible.

4.฀Setting฀PJLink฀PASSWORD฀and฀AMX฀BEACON

Two฀ways฀of฀access฀to฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀are฀available:

•฀Start฀the฀Web฀browser฀on฀the฀computer฀via฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀and฀enter฀the฀following฀

URL฀:

฀http://<the฀projector’s฀IP฀address>฀/index.html

•฀Use฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀contained฀on฀the฀supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM.

TIP:฀The฀factory฀setting฀IP฀address฀is฀[DHCP฀ON].

NOTE:฀

•฀To฀use฀the฀projector฀in฀a฀network,฀consult฀with฀your฀network฀administrator฀about฀network฀settings.

•฀The฀display’s฀or฀button’s฀response฀can฀be฀slowed฀down฀or฀operation฀may฀not฀be฀accepted฀depending฀the฀settings฀of฀your฀net-

work.

฀Should฀this฀happen,฀consult฀your฀network฀administrator.฀The฀projector฀may฀not฀respond฀if฀its฀buttons฀are฀repeatedly฀pressed฀in฀

rapid฀intervals.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀wait฀a฀moment฀and฀repeat.฀If฀you฀still฀can’t฀get฀any฀response,฀turn฀off฀and฀back฀on฀the฀projec-

tor.

•฀If฀the฀PROJECTOR฀NETWORK฀SETTINGS฀screen฀does฀not฀appear฀in฀the฀web฀browser,฀press฀the฀Ctrl+F5฀keys฀to฀refresh฀your฀web฀

browser฀(or฀clear฀the฀cache).

•฀This฀device฀uses฀“JavaScript”฀and฀“Cookies”฀and฀the฀browser฀should฀be฀set฀to฀accept฀these฀functions.฀The฀setting฀method฀will฀

vary฀depending฀on฀the฀version฀of฀browser.฀Please฀refer฀to฀the฀help฀les฀and฀the฀other฀information฀provided฀in฀your฀software.

Preparation before Use

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀commercially฀available฀LAN฀cable฀before฀engaging฀in฀browser฀operations.฀(฀page฀

138)

Operation฀with฀a฀browser฀that฀uses฀a฀proxy฀server฀may฀not฀be฀possible฀depending฀on฀the฀type฀of฀proxy฀server฀and฀the฀

setting฀method.฀Although฀the฀type฀of฀proxy฀server฀will฀be฀a฀factor,฀it฀is฀possible฀that฀items฀that฀have฀actually฀been฀set฀

will฀not฀be฀displayed฀depending฀on฀the฀effectiveness฀of฀the฀cache,฀and฀the฀contents฀set฀from฀the฀browser฀may฀not฀be฀

reected฀in฀operation.฀It฀is฀recommended฀that฀a฀proxy฀server฀not฀be฀used฀unless฀it฀is฀unavoidable.

3. Convenient Features

Handling of the Address for Operation via a Browser

Regarding฀the฀actual฀address฀that฀is฀entered฀for฀the฀address฀or฀entered฀to฀the฀URL฀column฀when฀operation฀of฀the฀pro-

jector฀is฀via฀a฀browser,฀the฀host฀name฀can฀be฀used฀as฀it฀is฀when฀the฀host฀name฀corresponding฀to฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀

projector฀has฀been฀registered฀to฀the฀domain฀name฀server฀by฀a฀network฀administrator,฀or฀the฀host฀name฀corresponding฀

to฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀set฀in฀the฀“HOSTS”฀le฀of฀the฀computer฀being฀used.

Example฀1:฀฀When฀the฀host฀name฀of฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀set฀to฀“pj.nec.co.jp”,฀access฀is฀gained฀to฀the฀network฀

setting฀by฀specifying

฀http://pj.nec.co.jp/index.html

for฀the฀address฀or฀the฀entry฀column฀of฀the฀URL.

Example฀2:฀฀When฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀projector฀is฀“192.168.73.1”,฀access฀is฀gained฀to฀the฀network฀setting฀by฀

specifying

฀http://192.168.73.1/index.html

for฀the฀address฀or฀the฀entry฀column฀of฀the฀URL.

PROJECTOR ADJUSTMENT

POWER:฀This฀controls฀the฀power฀of฀the฀projector.

ON ......................... Power is switched on.

OFF ........................ Power is switched off.

VOLUME:฀This฀controls฀the฀volume฀of฀the฀projector.

 ........................... Increases the volume adjustment value.

 ........................... Decreases the volume adjustment value.

AV-MUTE:฀This฀controls฀the฀mute฀function฀of฀the฀projector.

PICTURE ON .......... Mutes the video.

PICTURE OFF ......... Cancels the video muting.

SOUND ON ............ Mutes the audio.

SOUND OFF ........... Cancels the audio muting.

ALL ON .................. Mutes each of the video, and audio functions.

ALL OFF ................. Cancels the muting of each of the video, and audio functions.

3. Convenient Features

PICTURE:฀Controls฀the฀video฀adjustment฀of฀the฀projector.

BRIGHTNESS  .... Increases the brightness adjustment value.

BRIGHTNESS  .... Decreases the brightness adjustment value.

CONTRAST  ........ Increases the contrast adjustment value.

CONTRAST  ........ Decreases the contrast adjustment value.

COLOR  .............. Increases the color adjustment value.

COLOR  .............. Decreases the color adjustment value.

HUE  ................... Increases the hue adjustment value.

HUE  ................... Decreases the hue adjustment value.

SHARPNESS  ..... Increases the sharpness adjustment value.

SHARPNESS  ..... Decreases the sharpness adjustment value.

•฀The฀functions฀that฀can฀be฀controlled฀will฀vary฀depending฀on฀the฀signal฀being฀input฀to฀the฀projector.฀(฀page฀

85)

SOURCE฀SELECT:฀This฀switches฀the฀input฀connector฀of฀the฀projector.

COMPUTER 1 ........ Switches to the COMPUTER 1 IN connector.

COMPUTER 2 ........ Switches to the COMPUTER 2 IN connector.

HDMI ..................... Switches to the HDMI IN connector.

VIDEO .................... Switches to the VIDEO IN connector.

S-VIDEO ................ Switches to the S-VIDEO IN connector.

VIEWER ................. Switches to the data on the USB memory device.

NETWORK ............. Switches to a LAN signal.

USB DISPLAY ........ Switches to the USB Port (PC).

PROJECTOR฀STATUS:฀This฀displays฀the฀condition฀of฀the฀projector.

LAMP LIFE REMAINING .....Displays the remaining life of the lamp as a percentage.

LAMP HOURS USED ...........Displays how many hours the lamp has been used.

FILTER HOURS USED .........Displays how many hours the ﬁlter has been used.

ERROR STATUS .................. Displays the status of errors occurring within the projector.

LOG฀OFF:฀Logging฀off฀your฀projector฀and฀returning฀to฀the฀authentication฀screen฀(LOGON฀screen).

3. Convenient Features

NETWORK SETTINGS

•฀SETTINGS

WIRED or WIRELESS

SETTINGSet฀for฀wired฀LAN฀or฀for฀wireless฀LAN.

APPLYApply฀your฀settings฀to฀wired฀LAN฀or฀wireless฀LAN.

DHCP฀ONAutomatically฀assign฀IP฀address,฀subnet฀mask,฀and฀gateway฀to฀the฀projector฀from฀your฀

DHCP฀server.

DHCP฀OFFSet฀IP฀address,฀subnet฀mask,฀and฀gateway฀to฀the฀projector฀assigned฀by฀your฀network฀

administrator.

IP฀ADDRESSSet฀your฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

SUBNET฀MASKSet฀your฀subnet฀mask฀number฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

GATEWAYSet฀the฀default฀gateway฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

WINSSet฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀your฀WINS฀server฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀when฀

[DHCP]฀is฀turned฀on,฀this฀option฀is฀not฀available.

AUTO฀DNS฀ONDHCP฀server฀will฀automatically฀assign฀IP฀address฀of฀DNS฀server฀connected฀to฀the฀

projector.

AUTO฀DNS฀OFFSet฀your฀IP฀address฀of฀DNS฀server฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

Setting for WIRED LAN

PROFILE฀1/PROFILE฀2Two฀settings฀can฀be฀set฀for฀wired฀LAN฀connection.฀Select฀PROFILE฀1฀or฀PROFILE฀2.฀

DISABLETurn฀off฀wired฀LAN฀connection

Setting for WIRELESS LAN (the optional Wireless LAN Unit required for Europe, Australia, and Asian coun-

tries)

EASY฀CONNECTIONExecute฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀using฀EASY฀CONNECTION.

SIMPLE฀ACCES฀POINTSet฀the฀projector฀for฀simple฀access฀point.

WPSUse฀WPS฀(Wi-Fi฀Protected฀Setup™)฀to฀set฀up฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀for฀the฀projector.

CHANNELSelect฀a฀channel.฀Available฀channels฀vary฀depending฀on฀the฀country฀and฀region.฀When฀

you฀select฀[INFRASTRUCTURE],฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀and฀your฀access฀point฀

are฀on฀the฀same฀channel;฀when฀you฀select฀[AD฀HOC],฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀and฀

your฀computer฀are฀on฀the฀same฀channel.

PROFILE฀1/PROFILE฀2Two฀settings฀can฀be฀set฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.฀Select฀PROFILE฀1฀or฀PROFILE฀

3. Convenient Features

SSIDEnter฀an฀identier฀(SSID)฀for฀wireless฀LAN.฀Communication฀can฀be฀done฀only฀with฀

equipment฀whose฀SSID฀matches฀SSID฀for฀your฀wireless฀LAN.

SITE฀SURVEYDisplays฀a฀list฀of฀available฀SSIDs฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀on฀site.฀Select฀an฀SSID฀which฀you฀

can฀access.

NETWORK฀TYPESelect฀communication฀method฀when฀using฀wireless฀LAN.

INFRASTRUCTURE:฀Select฀this฀option฀when฀communicating฀with฀one฀or฀more฀equip-

ment฀connected฀to฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀network฀via฀a฀wireless฀access฀point.

AD฀HOC:฀Select฀this฀option฀when฀using฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀to฀directly฀communicate฀with฀

a฀computer฀in฀peer-to-peer฀mode.฀

SECURITY฀TYPE

Turn฀on฀or฀off฀the฀encryption฀mode฀for฀secure฀transmission.฀When฀turn฀on฀the฀encryp-

tion฀mode,฀set฀WEP฀key฀or฀encrypted฀key.

DISABLEWill฀not฀turn฀on฀the฀encryption฀feature.฀Your฀communications฀may฀

be฀monitored฀by฀someone.

WEP฀64฀bitUses฀64-bit฀datalength฀for฀secure฀transmission.

WEP฀128฀bitUses฀128-bit฀datalength฀for฀secure฀transmission.฀This฀option฀will฀

increase฀privacy฀and฀security฀when฀compared฀to฀use฀of฀64-bit฀

datalength฀encryption.

WPA-PSK฀TKIP/

WPA-PSK฀AES/

WPA2-PSK฀TKIP/

WPA2-PSK฀AES/

WPA-EAP฀TKIP฀EAP-TLS/

WPA-EAP฀AES฀EAP-TLS/

WPA-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/

WPA-EAP฀AES฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/

WPA2-EAP฀TKIP฀EAP-TLS/

WPA2-EAP฀AES฀EAP-TLS/

WPA2-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/

WPA2-EAP฀AES฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2

These฀options฀parovide฀stronger฀security฀

than฀WEP.

NOTE:

•฀The฀WEP฀settings฀must฀be฀the฀same฀as฀communication฀devices฀such฀as฀PC฀or฀access฀point฀in฀

your฀wireless฀network.

•฀When฀you฀use฀WEP,฀your฀image฀transmission฀speed฀will฀slow฀down.

•฀Other฀encryption฀keys฀than฀WEP฀64bit฀and฀WEP฀128bit฀are฀not฀available฀when฀[AD฀HOC]฀is฀

selected฀from฀[NETWORK฀TYPE].

•฀To฀install฀a฀digital฀certicate,฀use฀the฀projector’s฀menu.฀(฀page฀112)

INDEX

Select฀encryption฀key฀when฀selecting฀[WEP฀64฀bit]฀or฀[WEP฀128฀bit]฀in฀[SECURITY฀

TYPE].

KEY

When฀selecting฀[WEP฀64฀bit]฀or฀[WEP฀128฀bit]฀in฀[SECURITY฀TYPE]:

Enter฀WEP฀key.

SelectCharacters฀(ASCII)Hexadecimal฀digit฀(HEX)

WEP฀64฀bitUp฀to฀5฀charactersUp฀to฀10฀characters

WEP฀128฀bitUp฀to฀13฀charactersUp฀to฀26฀characters

When฀selecting฀[WPA฀PSK-TKIP],฀[WPA฀PSK-AES],฀[WPA2฀PSK-TKIP]฀or฀[WPA2฀

PSK-AES]:

Enter฀encryption฀key.฀Key฀length฀must฀be฀8฀or฀greater฀and฀63฀or฀less.

USERNAMESet฀a฀user฀name฀for฀WPA-EAP/WPA2-EAP.

PASSWORDSet฀a฀password฀for฀WPA-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/WPA-EAP฀AES฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀

v2/WPA2-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/WPA2-EAP฀AES฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2.

3. Convenient Features

USE฀DIGITAL฀CERTIFI-

CATE

Select฀this฀if฀you฀use฀a฀digital฀certicate฀for฀WPA-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/WPA-

EAP฀AES฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/WPA2-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/WPA2-EAP฀AES฀

PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2.

•฀NAME

PROJECTOR฀NAMEEnter฀a฀name฀for฀your฀projector฀so฀that฀your฀computer฀can฀identify฀the฀projector.฀A฀

projector฀name฀must฀be฀16฀characters฀or฀less.฀

TIP:฀Projector฀name฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

HOST฀NAMEEnter฀the฀hostname฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.฀A฀host฀name฀must฀be฀

15฀or฀less.

DOMAIN฀NAMEEnter฀the฀domain฀name฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.฀A฀domain฀name฀

must฀be฀60฀characters฀or฀less.

•฀ALERT฀MAIL

ALERT฀MAILThis฀option฀will฀notify฀your฀computer฀of฀lamp฀replace฀time฀or฀error฀messages฀via฀e-mail฀

when฀using฀wireless฀or฀wired฀LAN.฀

Placing฀a฀checkmark฀will฀turn฀on฀the฀Alert฀Mail฀feature.

Clearing฀a฀checkmark฀will฀turn฀off฀the฀Alert฀Mail฀feature.

Sample฀of฀a฀message฀to฀be฀sent฀from฀the฀projector:

The฀lamp฀and฀lters฀are฀at฀the฀end฀of฀its฀usable฀life.฀Please฀replace฀the฀lamp฀and฀

lters.

Projector฀Name:฀NEC฀Projector

Lamp฀Hours฀Used:฀100฀[H]

SENDER’S฀ADDRESSEnter฀sender’s฀address.฀

SMTP฀SERVER฀NAMEEnter฀the฀SMTP฀server฀name฀to฀be฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

RECIPIENT’S฀ADDRESS฀

1,2,3

Enter฀your฀recipient’s฀address.฀Up฀to฀three฀addresses฀can฀be฀entered.

TEST฀MAIL

Send฀a฀test฀mail฀to฀check฀whether฀your฀settings฀are฀correct฀or฀not

NOTE:

•฀If฀you฀execute฀a฀test,฀you฀may฀not฀receive฀an฀Alert฀mail.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀check฀if฀network฀

settings฀are฀correct.

•฀If฀you฀entered฀an฀incorrect฀address฀in฀a฀test,฀you฀may฀not฀receive฀an฀Alert฀mail.฀Should฀this฀

happen,฀check฀if฀the฀Recipient’s฀Address฀is฀correct.

SAVEClick฀this฀button฀to฀save฀your฀settings฀to฀the฀projector’s฀memory.

3. Convenient Features

•฀NETWORK฀SERVICE

PJLink฀PASSWORDSet฀a฀password฀for฀PJLink*.฀A฀password฀must฀be฀32฀characters฀or฀less.฀Do฀not฀forget฀

your฀password.฀However,฀if฀you฀forget฀your฀password,฀consult฀with฀your฀dealer.

HTTP฀PASSWORDSet฀a฀password฀for฀HTTP฀server.฀A฀password฀must฀be฀10฀characters฀or฀less.

AMX฀BEACONTurn฀on฀or฀off฀for฀detection฀from฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery฀when฀connecting฀to฀the฀network฀

supported฀by฀AMX’s฀NetLinx฀control฀system.

TIP:฀

When฀using฀a฀device฀that฀supports฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery,฀all฀AMX฀NetLinx฀control฀system฀will฀rec-

ognize฀the฀device฀and฀download฀the฀appropriate฀Device฀Discovery฀Module฀from฀an฀AMX฀server.

Placing฀a฀checkmark฀will฀enable฀detecting฀the฀projector฀from฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery.

Clearing฀a฀checkmark฀will฀disable฀detecting฀the฀projector฀from฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery.

NOTE:฀If฀you฀forget฀your฀password,฀contact฀your฀dealer.฀

*What฀is฀PJLink?

PJLink฀is฀a฀standardization฀of฀protocol฀used฀for฀controlling฀projectors฀of฀different฀manufacturers.฀This฀standard฀proto-

col฀is฀established฀by฀Japan฀Business฀Machine฀and฀Information฀System฀Industries฀Association฀(JBMIA)฀in฀2005.

The฀projector฀supports฀all฀the฀commands฀of฀PJLink฀Class฀1.

Setting฀of฀PJLink฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

•฀CRESTRON

DISABLEDisables฀Crestron฀Control™.

ENABLEEnables฀Crestron฀Control.฀

IP฀ADDRESSSet฀your฀IP฀address฀of฀Crestron฀server.

IP฀IDSet฀your฀IP฀ID฀of฀Crestron฀server.

•฀INFORMATION

WIRED฀LANDisplay฀a฀list฀of฀settings฀of฀wired฀LAN฀connection.

WIRELESS฀LANDisplay฀a฀list฀of฀settings฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.

UPDATEReect฀settings฀when฀they฀are฀changed.

3. Convenient Features

 Projecting Your Computer’s Screen Image from the Projector

via a Network [NETWORK PROJECTOR]

By฀selecting฀the฀projector฀connected฀to฀the฀same฀network฀as฀that฀of฀your฀PC,฀the฀PC฀screen฀image฀can฀be฀projected฀

to฀the฀screen฀via฀network.฀There฀is฀no฀need฀of฀connection฀using฀the฀computer฀cable฀(VGA).

Operation Environment

Applicable฀OSWindows฀7฀Professional

Windows฀7฀Ultimate

Windows฀7฀Enterprise฀

Windows฀Vista฀Home฀Premium

Windows฀Vista฀Business

Windows฀Vista฀Ultimate

Windows฀Vista฀Enterprise

Hardware฀specicationsThe฀specications฀recommended฀by฀Microsoft฀as฀the฀operation฀environment฀for฀

Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista฀should฀be฀satised.

Network฀EnvironmentWired฀LAN฀or฀wireless฀LAN฀environment฀that฀supports฀TCP/IP฀is฀required.

Screen฀colorHigh฀Color฀(16฀bits)

True฀Color฀(24฀bits฀and฀32฀bits)

*฀Setting฀with฀256฀colors฀or฀less฀is฀not฀available.

Setting฀the฀Projector฀to฀Network฀Projector฀Input฀Mode

1.฀With฀the฀projector฀turned฀on,฀press฀the฀SOURCE฀button.

The input selection window appears.

Another way to display the input selection window is to press the NETWORK button on the remote control. The

APPLICATION MENU screen will be displayed. Go to step 3.

3. Convenient Features

2.฀Press฀the฀SELECT฀

or ฀button฀to฀select฀[NETWORK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

In the screen, the [APPLICATION MENU] menu is displayed.

3.฀From฀the฀[APPLICATION฀MENU]฀menu,฀select฀[NETWORK฀PROJECTOR].

The [PROJECTOR NAME/DISPLAY RESOLUTION/PASSWORD/URL] will be displayed.

3. Convenient Features

Projecting฀the฀Image฀with฀Network฀Projector

1.฀Click฀[Start]฀from฀the฀desktop฀of฀Windows฀7.

2.฀Click฀[All฀Programs].

3.฀Click฀[Accessories].

4.฀Click฀[Connect฀to฀a฀Network฀Projector].

฀When฀the฀[Permission฀Connect฀to฀a฀Network฀Projector]฀window฀appears,click฀[Yes.].

฀The฀“Connect฀to฀a฀Network฀Projector”฀window฀appears.

5.฀Click฀[฀Search฀for฀a฀projector฀(recommended)].

In the “Available projectors” box, “P420 Series” is displayed.

6.฀Click฀[P420฀Series].

The message “Enter the password for the projector that you selected.” is displayed at the bottom of the window.

3. Convenient Features

7.฀Input฀the฀password฀to฀the฀password฀input฀box฀displayed฀by฀the฀operation฀at฀step฀3฀on฀page฀44.

8.฀Click฀[Connect].

฀The฀network฀projector฀function฀works฀and฀the฀screen฀of฀Windows฀7฀is฀projected฀from฀the฀projector.

•฀If฀the฀resolution฀of฀your฀computer’s฀screen฀is฀different฀from฀the฀projector’s฀screen฀resolution,฀the฀NETWORK฀

PROJECTOR฀function฀may฀not฀work.฀If฀this฀happens,฀change฀the฀resolution฀of฀the฀computer’s฀screen฀to฀lower฀

resolution than the one displayed at Step 3 on page 44.

NOTE:฀When฀the฀network฀projector฀function฀works,฀the฀background฀color฀of฀the฀desktop฀changes฀to฀black.฀When฀the฀network฀

projector฀function฀is฀stopped,฀the฀original฀background฀color฀is฀restored.

Reference:฀If฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀found฀at฀Step฀5,฀click฀[฀฀Enter฀the฀projector฀address].฀Then,฀input฀the฀“Network฀address”฀

(Input฀example:฀http://10.32.97.61/lan)฀and฀“Projectorpassword”฀(Input฀example:฀82291627)฀displayed฀in฀the฀screen฀projected฀

from฀the฀projector.

Exiting฀the฀Network฀Projector฀Operation

1.฀Click฀[Projecting:฀P420฀Series]฀in฀the฀Windows฀Vista฀task฀bar.

2.฀Click฀[Disconnect].

฀The฀Network฀Projector฀function฀is฀stopped.

3.฀Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀of฀the฀projector฀to฀select฀an฀input฀terminal฀other฀than฀[NETWORK].

When using the remote control, press a button other than the NETWORK button.

3. Convenient Features

 Using the Projector to Operate Your Computer via a Network

[REMOTE DESKTOP]

•฀By฀selecting฀the฀PC฀connected฀to฀the฀same฀network฀as฀that฀of฀the฀projector,฀the฀PC฀screen฀image฀can฀be฀projected฀

to฀the฀screen฀via฀network.

฀Then,฀by฀operating฀the฀keyboard,฀you฀can฀operate฀Windows฀7,฀Windows฀Vista฀or฀Windows฀XP฀on฀the฀PC฀connected฀

with฀the฀network.

•฀With฀the฀Remote฀Desktop฀function,฀you฀can฀remotely฀operate฀the฀PC฀placed฀at฀a฀distance฀from฀the฀projector.

Meeting฀room

Ofce

NOTE:

•฀The฀[REMOTE฀DESKTOP]฀function฀will฀work฀on฀the฀following฀Windows฀editions.

฀Windows฀7฀Professional

฀Windows฀7฀Ultimate

฀Windows฀7฀Enterprise฀

฀Windows฀Vista฀Business

฀Windows฀Vista฀Ultimate

฀Windows฀Vista฀Enterprise

฀Windows฀XP฀Professional฀with฀Service฀Pack฀3

฀(Note)

•฀In฀this฀user’s฀manual฀this฀feature฀is฀described฀using฀Windows฀7฀as฀an฀example,฀but฀Windows฀Vista฀and฀Windows฀XP฀Professional฀

Service฀Pack฀2฀or฀later฀will฀also฀work฀with฀this฀feature.

•฀A฀keyboard฀is฀required฀to฀use฀the฀Remote฀Desktop฀function.

•฀The฀Remote฀Desktop฀function฀can฀be฀operated฀with฀a฀keyboard.฀Using฀a฀wireless฀mouse฀with฀a฀wireless฀keyboard฀is฀more฀useful฀

for฀operating.

Use฀a฀commercially฀available฀wireless฀keyboard,฀a฀wireless฀mouse,฀and฀a฀USB฀wireless฀receiver.

Use฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀keyboard฀and฀USB฀mouse.

•฀A฀USB฀keyboard฀with฀a฀built-in฀USB฀hub฀cannot฀be฀used฀with฀the฀projector.

•฀A฀wireless฀keyboard฀or฀mouse฀that฀supports฀Bluetooth฀cannot฀be฀used฀with฀the฀projector.

•฀We฀do฀not฀warrant฀that฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projector฀will฀support฀all฀USB฀devices฀in฀the฀market.

Prepare฀a฀commercially฀available฀wireless฀keyboard฀(US฀layout฀version).

Connect฀the฀USB฀wireless฀receiver฀to฀the฀USB฀port฀(Type฀A)฀of฀the฀projector.฀Make฀all฀necessary฀settings฀for฀your฀

wireless฀keyboard฀and฀mouse.

3. Convenient Features

Setting฀the฀password฀to฀the฀user฀account฀of฀Windows฀7

TIP:฀If฀a฀password฀has฀been฀set฀for฀an฀account,฀the฀steps฀1฀to฀9฀can฀be฀skipped.

1.฀Click฀[Start]฀from฀the฀desktop฀of฀Windows฀7.

2.฀Click฀[Control฀Panel].

3.฀Click฀[Add฀or฀remove฀user฀accounts]฀displayed฀under฀[User฀Accounts].

4.฀When฀the฀[User฀Account฀Control]฀conrmation฀window฀appears,฀click฀[Continue].

5.฀Click฀[Administrator].

6.฀Click฀[Create฀a฀password].

7.฀Input฀the฀password฀to฀the฀[New฀password]฀box.

8.฀Input฀the฀same฀password฀as฀that฀at฀Step฀7฀to฀the฀[Conrm฀new฀password]฀box.

9.฀Click฀[Create฀a฀password].

The Administrator is changed to [Password Protection].

Setting the Remote Access

1.฀Click฀[Start]฀from฀the฀desktop฀of฀Windows฀7.

2.฀Click฀[Control฀Panel].

3.฀Click฀[System฀and฀Security].

4.฀Click฀[Allow฀remote฀access]฀displayed฀under฀[System].

5.฀When฀the฀[User฀Account฀Control]฀conrmation฀window฀appears,฀click฀[Continue].

The [System Properties] window appears.

6.฀Click฀[Allow฀connections฀from฀computers฀running฀any฀version฀of฀Remote฀Desktop฀(less฀secure)]฀in฀the฀

Remote฀Desktop฀box฀and฀click฀[OK].

Checking฀the฀IP฀address฀on฀Windows฀7

1.฀Click฀[Start]฀from฀the฀desktop฀of฀Windows฀7.

2.฀Click฀[Control฀Panel].

3.฀Click฀[View฀network฀status฀and฀tasks]฀displayed฀under฀[Network฀and฀Internet].

3. Convenient Features

4.฀Click฀[View฀status]฀displayed฀in฀blue฀on฀the฀right฀of฀[Local฀Area฀Connection]฀in฀the฀window.

The [Local Area Connection Status] window appears.

5.฀Click฀[Details...].

Write down the value for “IPv4 IP Address” (xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx) displayed.

6.฀Click฀[Close].

7.฀Click฀[X]฀at฀the฀upper฀right฀of฀the฀window.

฀The฀system฀goes฀back฀to฀the฀desktop.

Starting the Remote Desktop

1.฀With฀the฀projector฀turned฀on,฀press฀the฀SOURCE฀button.

The input selection window appears.

Another way to display the input selection window is to press the NETWORK button on the remote control. The

NETWORK screen will be displayed. Go to step 3.

3. Convenient Features

2.฀Press฀the฀SELECT฀ or ฀button฀to฀select฀[NETWORK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The [NETWORK] menu will be displayed.

3.฀From฀the฀[NETWORK]฀menu,฀use฀the฀wireless฀keyboard฀to฀select฀[REMOTE฀DESKTOP฀CONNECTION].

The [REMOTE DESKTOP CONNECTION] window appears.

4.฀Operate฀the฀wireless฀keyboard฀to฀input฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀Windows฀7฀and฀click฀“Connect”.

The log-on screen of Windows 7 is displayed in the screen projected by the projector.

5.฀Operate฀the฀wireless฀keyboard฀to฀input฀the฀user’s฀password฀and฀press฀“Enter”.

฀The฀remote฀desktop฀function฀is฀started.

฀Windows฀7฀desktop฀is฀displayed฀in฀the฀screen฀projected฀by฀the฀projector.

Log out the computer.

฀Use฀the฀wireless฀keyboard฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀to฀operate฀Windows฀7.

NOTE:฀When฀the฀projection฀is฀made฀with฀the฀remote฀desktop฀function,฀the฀background฀color฀of฀the฀desktop฀is฀changed฀to฀

black.

3. Convenient Features

Exiting the Remote Desktop

1.฀Operate฀the฀wireless฀keyboard฀to฀click฀[Start]฀from฀the฀desktop฀screen฀projected฀by฀the฀projector.

2.฀Click฀[X]฀on฀the฀right฀of฀the฀start฀menu.

฀The฀remote฀desktop฀function฀is฀stopped.

3.฀Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀of฀the฀projector฀to฀select฀an฀input฀terminal฀other฀than฀[NETWORK].

When using the remote control, press a button other than the NETWORK button.

TIP:

Setting฀[OPTIONS]฀in฀REMOTE฀DESKTOP

Clicking฀[OPTIONS]฀displays฀the฀[PERFORMANCE]฀screen.

Making฀settings฀to฀[OPTIONS]฀will฀allow฀you฀to฀display฀the฀desktop฀background,฀or฀to฀enable฀the฀window฀animation฀function฀during฀

the฀Remote฀Desktop฀operation.฀However,฀doing฀this฀will฀cause฀the฀display’s฀or฀mouse’s฀response฀to฀slow฀down.฀

If฀the฀display’s฀or฀mouse’s฀response฀is฀slowed฀down,฀try฀one฀or฀more฀of฀the฀following:

DESKTOP฀BACKGROUND:฀Clear฀the฀check฀mark฀to฀display฀the฀desktop฀background฀in฀monochrome.

MENU฀AND฀WINDOW฀ANIMATION:฀Clear฀the฀check฀mark฀to฀disable฀menu฀and฀window฀animation.

THEMES:฀Clear฀the฀check฀mark฀not฀to฀use฀Themes.

SHOW฀CONTENTS฀OF฀WINDOW฀WHILE฀DRAGGING:฀Clear฀the฀check฀mark฀to฀show฀only฀the฀window฀pane฀while฀

dragging.

4. Using the Viewer

❶ What you can do with the Viewer

The฀Viewer฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀slides฀or฀movie฀les฀stored฀on฀a฀USB฀memory฀on฀the฀projector,฀or฀a฀shared฀

folder฀in฀a฀computer฀connected฀to฀the฀network.

The฀Viewer฀has฀the฀following฀features.

•฀When฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀memory฀that฀stores฀image฀les฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀(Type฀A)฀of฀the฀

projector,฀the฀Viewer฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀the฀image฀les฀on฀the฀USB฀memory.

฀Even฀if฀no฀computer฀is฀available,฀presentations฀can฀be฀conducted฀simply฀with฀the฀projector.฀

•฀Movie฀le฀with฀audio฀can฀be฀played฀back.

•฀A฀Microsoft฀PowerPoint฀le฀or฀Adobe฀PDF฀le฀can฀be฀simply฀projected฀on฀the฀screen฀without฀connecting฀a฀com-

puter.

•฀Image฀and฀movie฀les฀stored฀in฀a฀shared฀folder฀in฀a฀computer฀connected฀to฀a฀network฀can฀be฀projected.

฀The฀computer฀with฀“Media฀Sharing”฀of฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀11฀turned฀on฀can฀be฀used฀as฀a฀media฀server.

Supported graphic formats

FormatFile฀name฀extension

JPEG.jpg,฀.jpe,฀.jpeg฀(CMYK฀is฀not฀supported.)

BMP.bmp฀(bit฀eld฀not฀supported)

PNG

.png฀(Interlaced฀PNG฀and฀฀channel฀PNG฀are฀not฀supported.)

GIF.gif฀(Interlaced฀GIF,฀transparation฀GIF,฀and฀animation฀GIF฀are฀not฀supported.)

*฀By฀using฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0,฀PowerPoint฀le฀is฀converted฀into฀index฀le฀(with฀extension฀“.idx”)

*฀If฀an฀unsupported฀image฀is฀selected,฀the฀icon฀

฀will฀be฀displayed.

NOTE:฀

Maximum฀number฀of฀pixels฀of฀image฀which฀can฀be฀displayed฀are:

•฀Progressive฀JPEG:฀1280฀×฀1280

•฀GIF:฀1280฀×฀1280

•฀Others:฀4000฀×฀4000

Supported movie ﬁles

File฀name฀extensionVideo฀compression/expansion฀methodAudio฀compression/expansion฀method

.mpg,฀.mpeg.MPEG2MPEG฀Audio฀Layer2

MPEG฀Audio฀Layer3

.wmvVC-1/WMV9WMA9฀Standard

.mp4H.264/AVCAAC-LC

Playback requirements:

Resolution:฀320฀×฀240฀to฀1280฀×฀720

Video฀frame฀rate:฀up฀to฀30fps

Bitrate:฀up฀to฀15Mbps

Audio฀sampling฀rate:฀up฀to฀48kHz

Channel:฀up฀to฀2ch฀stereo

Audio฀bit฀rate:฀up฀to฀256฀Kbps

Max.฀le฀size:฀up฀to฀2GB

4. Using the Viewer

NOTE:

•฀Movie฀les฀converted฀by฀using฀the฀video/audio฀format฀which฀is฀not฀supported฀by฀this฀projector฀cannot฀be฀played฀back.

฀In฀this฀case,฀there฀will฀be฀no฀icon฀to฀show฀that฀playback฀is฀not฀possible.

•฀Files฀with฀Digital฀Rights฀Management(DRM)฀protection฀cannot฀be฀played฀back.

•฀Some฀of฀the฀movie฀les฀that฀meet฀the฀above฀requirements฀may฀not฀be฀played฀back.

•฀WMV฀format฀video฀le฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀an฀aspect฀ratio฀of฀1฀to฀1฀independently฀of฀its฀original฀aspect฀ratio.

•฀Files฀that฀can฀be฀played฀back฀on฀the฀media฀server฀are฀graphics฀and฀movie฀les.฀In฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀11฀(Windows฀XP/

Windows฀Vista)฀mp4฀les฀cannot฀be฀played฀back.

Supported PDF ﬁles

File฀name฀extensionSupported฀le฀format

.pdfAdobe฀Acrobat฀PDF

NOTE:

•฀Fonts฀not฀embedded฀in฀PDF฀may฀not฀be฀displayed

•฀Functions฀added฀to฀PDF฀le฀after฀created฀will฀not฀work฀or฀display.฀Functions฀added฀are฀bookmarks,฀boxes฀in฀form฀tool,฀and฀notes฀

will฀not฀be฀displayed.

฀Auto฀ip฀or฀Auto฀transition฀will฀not฀work.

•฀Some฀PDF฀les฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

Supported฀PowerPoint฀les

File฀name฀extensionSupported฀le฀format

.pptMicrosoft฀PowerPoint฀97฀–฀2003

NOTE:

•฀Playable฀fonts,฀colors,฀font฀ornament,฀placement,฀object฀insertion฀or฀animation฀are฀restricted.

•฀Some฀Microsoft฀PowerPoint฀97฀–฀2003฀les฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

Supported USB memory devices

-฀Be฀sure฀to฀use฀a฀USB฀memory฀device฀formatted฀with฀the฀FAT,฀exFAT,฀FAT32฀or฀FAT16฀le฀system.

฀The฀projector฀does฀not฀support฀NTFS฀formatted฀USB฀memory.

฀If฀the฀projector฀does฀not฀recognize฀your฀USB฀memory,฀check฀if฀the฀format฀is฀supported.

฀To฀format฀your฀USB฀memory฀in฀your฀computer,฀refer฀to฀the฀document฀or฀help฀le฀that฀comes฀with฀your฀Win-

dows.

-฀We฀do฀not฀warrant฀that฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projector฀will฀support฀all฀USB฀memories฀in฀the฀market.

4. Using the Viewer

Notices on shared folder and media server

•฀Files฀from฀a฀shared฀folder฀or฀media฀server฀may฀not฀be฀projected฀if฀security฀or฀antivirus฀software฀is฀installed฀on฀your฀

computer.

•฀Open฀the฀following฀rewall฀ports:

-฀Media฀server฀

Port฀numberProtocol

1900UDP

2869TCP

10243 TCP

10280-10284UDP

-฀Shared฀folder

Port฀numberProtocol

137UDP/TCP

138UDP/TCP

139UDP/TCP

445 UDP/TCP

•฀Set฀your฀computer฀for฀sharing฀and฀security฀to฀grant฀access฀to฀les฀in฀the฀shared฀folder฀and฀set฀your฀security฀or฀

antivirus฀software฀to฀grant฀access฀to฀les฀in฀the฀shared฀folder.฀Consult฀your฀network฀administrator฀for฀more฀informa-

tion.

•฀Movie฀les฀in฀the฀shared฀folder฀or฀the฀media฀server฀may฀not฀be฀played฀back฀correctly฀depending฀on฀your฀network฀

environment฀or฀the฀bit฀rate฀of฀your฀le.

NOTE:

Do฀not฀disconnect฀between฀the฀projector฀and฀your฀computer฀by฀removing฀the฀LAN฀cable฀or฀turning฀off฀the฀projector฀when฀a฀Pow-

erPoint฀le฀or฀PDF฀le฀is฀displayed฀from฀a฀shared฀folder.

Doing฀so฀will฀make฀Viewer฀inoperable.

NOTE

•฀The฀following฀operations฀by฀using฀the฀buttons฀on฀the฀projector฀are฀not฀possible฀when฀the฀VIEWER฀screen฀such฀as฀the฀slide฀screen฀

and฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀is฀displayed.

-฀Keystone฀correction฀by฀using฀the฀▲฀or฀▼฀button

-฀Auto฀Adjustment฀by฀using฀the฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button

-฀Volume฀control฀with฀the฀◀฀or฀▶฀button

•฀Freezing฀picture฀by฀using฀the฀FREEZE,฀ASPECT,฀or฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀is฀not฀possible฀when฀the฀VIEWER฀

screen฀such฀as฀the฀slide฀screen฀and฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀is฀displayed.

•฀Executing฀[RESET]฀฀[ALL฀DATA]฀from฀the฀menu฀will฀return฀the฀settings฀for฀the฀Viewer฀toolbar฀to฀the฀factory฀default.

4. Using the Viewer

❷ Preparing presentation materials

1.฀Create฀your฀presentation฀materials฀and฀save฀them฀in฀a฀supported฀le฀format฀to฀your฀computer.

•฀See฀page฀

77 for supported ﬁle formats.

•฀Make฀sure฀that฀PowerPoint฀le฀is฀displayed฀on฀the฀Viewer฀before฀giving฀your฀real฀presentation.

With Viewer PPT Converter 3.0 contained the supplied CD-ROM, you can convert your PowerPoint ﬁles to index

ﬁles that can be displayed on the Viewer.

•฀When฀creating฀a฀PDF฀le,฀embed฀your฀fonts฀in฀your฀PDF฀le.฀Embedding฀fonts฀requires฀Adobe฀Acrobat.฀This฀

cannot be done in Adobe Reader.

TIP:

•฀Using฀Print฀Command

Example฀for฀font฀embedding฀using฀Print฀Command.฀See฀the฀help฀of฀Adobe฀Acrobat฀for฀more฀information.

1.฀Select฀“Print”฀from฀the฀“File”฀menu.

2.฀Select฀“Adobe฀PDF”฀from฀“Printer฀name”฀and฀click฀the฀“Properties”฀but

ton.

3.฀Click฀the฀“Edit”฀button฀in฀the฀“Adobe฀PDF฀Settings”฀tab.

4.฀Click฀the฀font฀tab฀in฀the฀Edit฀window฀to฀select฀the฀font฀embed฀window.

5.฀Place฀a฀check฀mark฀for฀“Embed฀all฀fonts”.

฀Click฀“OK”฀to฀return฀to฀the฀Print฀window,฀and฀click฀“OK”฀to฀start฀creating฀a฀

PDF ﬁle.

2.฀Save฀a฀le฀to฀your฀drive.

To save a ﬁle to your USB memory:

Use the Windows Explore to copy the ﬁle to your USB memory.

To place a ﬁle in a shared folder you create in your computer, see page

68.

To use “Media Sharing” in Windows Media Player 11, see page

72.

4. Using the Viewer

❸ Projecting images stored in a USB memory device

This฀section฀explains฀the฀basic฀operation฀of฀the฀Viewer.

The฀explanation฀provides฀the฀operational฀procedure฀when฀the฀Viewer฀toolbar฀is฀set฀to฀the฀factory฀default.

Preparation:฀Before฀starting฀the฀Viewer,฀store฀images฀to฀the฀USB฀memory฀using฀your฀computer.

Starting the Viewer

1.฀Turn฀on฀the฀projector.฀(฀page฀

14)

2.฀Insert฀the฀USB฀memory฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projec-

tor.

NOTE:

•฀Do฀not฀remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀projector฀while฀it’s฀LED฀

ashes.฀Doing฀so฀may฀corrupt฀the฀data.

TIP:

You฀can฀a฀USB฀memory฀insert฀the฀projector฀when฀the฀drive฀list฀screen฀

is฀displayed.

3.฀Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀to฀select฀[VIEWER].

A press of the SOURCE button will display the source select

screen.

A few more presses of the SOURCE button will display the

drive list screen.

Another way to select [VIEWER] is to press the VIEWER

button on the remote control.

TIP:

•฀For฀more฀information฀about฀the฀drive฀list฀screen,฀see฀page฀

60.

•฀To฀display฀graphics฀in฀a฀shared฀folder,฀see฀page฀68;฀to฀display฀still฀

images฀or฀movie฀les฀in฀a฀media฀server,฀see฀page฀72.

4. Using the Viewer

4.฀Press฀the฀▶฀button฀to฀select฀“USB1”฀and฀press฀the฀

ENTER฀button.

The “USB1” thumbnail screen will be displayed.

TIP:

•฀For฀more฀information฀about฀thumbnail฀screen,฀see฀page฀62.

5.฀Use฀the฀▲▼◀ or ▶฀button฀to฀select฀an฀icon.

•฀The฀

(arrow) symbol on the right indicates there are

more pages. pressing the PAGE

▽ (page down) button

will show the next page: pressing the PAGE

△ (page up)

will show the previous page.

6.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

Operation varies depending on the selected ﬁle.

฀•฀Still฀image

The selected slide will be displayed.

The

◀ or ▶ button can be used to select the next (right)

slide or the previous (left) slide in the thumbnail screen.

•฀Pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀will฀display฀the฀control฀bar฀

with which is used to select or rotate an slide.( page

63)

4. Using the Viewer

฀•฀Movie฀le

The movie ﬁle will start playing.

฀After฀nishing฀the฀playback,฀the฀screen฀will฀turn฀to฀black.฀

Press the EXIT button to return to the thumbnail screen.

•฀Pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀will฀display฀the฀movie’s฀

control bar with which you can pause or fastforward and

some other operations.

฀•฀Microsoft฀PowerPoint฀le

The slide on the ﬁrst page will be displayed.

Press

▶ to select the next slide; press ◀ to select the previ-

ous slide.

•฀You฀can฀also฀use฀the฀▼ or ▲ button to select a page. To

return to the thumbnail screen, press the EXIT button.

NOTE:

•฀Files฀with฀slideshow฀or฀animation฀effects฀may฀not฀be฀correctly฀

displayed฀on฀the฀Viewer.

฀See฀“Supported฀PowerPoint฀les”฀on฀page฀53,฀77.

฀•฀Adobe฀PDF฀le

The ﬁrst page will be displayed.

•฀The฀PDF฀le฀will฀ll฀the฀width฀of฀the฀screen.

Pressing the ▼ or ▲ button will scroll the screen down or

up.

The PAGE

▼ or PAGE ▲ button will move the screen one

page down or up.

To return to the thumbnail screen, press the EXIT button.

•฀When฀a฀passoword฀input฀window฀is฀displayed,฀it฀means฀

that the PDF ﬁle is password-protected.

Pressing the ENTER button will show the software

keyboard.฀Use฀the฀software฀keyboard฀to฀enter฀your฀

password.

Select [OK] and press the ENTER button. The PDF ﬁle

will be displayed.

•฀For฀more฀information฀on฀the฀software฀keyboard,฀see฀page฀

118.

NOTE:

Bookmarks฀and฀notes฀that฀were฀added฀after฀PDF฀conversion฀will฀not฀

be฀displayed.

If฀fonts฀were฀not฀embedded฀at฀the฀time฀of฀PDF฀conversion,฀those฀fonts฀

will฀not฀be฀displayed.

฀

TIP:

It฀takes฀some฀time฀(about฀30฀seconds฀to฀two฀minutes)฀to฀display฀a฀

large฀size฀le฀or฀to฀turn฀pages฀of฀a฀PDF฀le฀that฀has฀many฀pages.

4. Using the Viewer

฀•฀Index฀le฀(extension:.idx)

•฀Index฀les,฀which฀is฀converted฀by฀using฀Viewer฀PPT฀

Converter 3.0, will appear in the Thumbnail screen.

Only folders and JPEG files converted by using

Viewer PPT Converter 3.0 will appear in the Thumbnail

screen.

•฀To฀select฀slideshow฀of฀index฀les,฀open฀the฀[PRESENTA-

TION] folder in the DRIVE LIST screen.

However, index ﬁles will not appear. Only folders and

JPEG ﬁles will appear.

•฀Up฀to฀four฀index฀folders฀in฀your฀USB฀and฀shared฀folder฀

are displayed. The four folders will be displayed in reverse

chronological order

•฀When฀you฀insert฀the฀USB฀memory฀device฀storing฀index฀

with the Viewer in operation, the content of the index ﬁles

will be displayed.

NOTE:

•฀The฀play฀mode฀(MANUAL/AUTO)฀for฀slides฀of฀index฀le฀works฀in฀

the฀following฀way:

฀In฀case฀of฀[MANUAL]฀for฀[PLAY฀MODE]

฀When฀you฀select฀[OPTIONS]฀฀[SLIDE฀SETTING]฀฀[PLAY฀MODE]฀

฀[MANUAL],฀index฀les฀will฀be฀set฀for฀manual฀playback฀in฀regard-

less฀of฀whether฀[INTERVAL]฀is฀set.

฀In฀case฀of฀[AUTO]฀selected฀for฀[PLAY฀MODE]

฀When฀you฀select฀[OPTIONS]฀฀[SLIDE฀SETTING]฀฀[PLAY฀MODE]฀

฀[AUTO],฀index฀les฀will฀be฀set฀for฀auto฀playback฀at฀intervals฀

specied฀by฀using฀[INTERVAL].

฀When,฀however,฀[-1]฀is฀selected฀for฀[INTERVAL],฀the฀play฀mode฀will฀

be฀set฀for฀auto฀playback฀according฀to฀the฀setting฀for฀[OPTIONS]฀฀

[SLIDE฀SETTING]฀฀[INTERVAL].

7.฀Remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀projector.

฀Return฀to฀the฀drive฀list฀screen.฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀LED฀on฀

the USB memory is not ﬂashing before removing the USB

memory.

NOTE:฀If฀you฀remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀projector฀with฀a฀slide฀

displayed,฀the฀projector฀may฀not฀operate฀correctly.฀If฀this฀happens,฀

turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord.฀Wait฀3฀minutes,฀then฀

connect฀the฀power฀cord,฀and฀turn฀on฀the฀projector.

Exiting the Viewer

1.฀Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀to฀select฀a฀source฀other฀than฀

[VIEWER].

A press of the SOURCE button will display the source select

screen.

A few more presses of the SOURCE button will display

another source.

•฀To฀exit฀the฀Viewer฀using฀the฀remote฀control,฀select฀a฀

source other than [VIEWER].

XXXX Motors

4. Using the Viewer

Names and functions of Viewer screen

The฀Viewer฀has฀three฀screens:฀Drive฀list฀screen,฀Thumbnail฀screen,฀and฀Slide฀screen.

•฀Drive฀list฀screen

Displays฀a฀list฀of฀drives฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

Menu operation

•฀Use฀the฀▼

or ▲฀button฀to฀move฀the฀cursor฀up฀or฀down.฀Select฀the฀menu฀item฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀

to฀display฀the฀submenu.

Operation for Drive list screen

1.฀Press฀the฀▶฀button฀to฀move฀the฀cursor฀to฀the฀drive฀list.฀

(Use the ◀ or ▶ button to switch between the menu and the drive list.)

Press the

▼ or ▲ button to select a type of drive; press the ◀ or ▶ button to select the drive connected to the

projector.

2.฀Select฀the฀drive฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀switch฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀of฀the฀selected฀drive.

Cursor (yellow) Cursor (yellow)

Menu Menu

Scroll bar

[Drive list screen] [Thumbnail screen]

Folder icon

Path information

Drive information/File information

Menu guide

Operation button guide

Control bar

* The operation for still image differs from that for movie.

[Slide screen]

4. Using the Viewer

Functions

NameDescription

REFRESHDisplays฀additional฀media฀servers฀in฀the฀drive฀list฀screen.

OPTIONSOpens฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu.

SLIDE฀SETTING

Sets฀up฀slides.฀(฀page฀

65)

MOVIE฀SETTING

Sets฀up฀movie฀les.฀(฀page฀

66)

AUTO฀PLAY฀SETTING

Sets฀up฀auto฀play.฀(฀page฀

66)

SHAREED฀FOLDER

Sets฀up฀a฀shared฀folder.฀(฀page฀

68)

MEDIA฀SERVER

Sets฀up฀a฀media฀server.฀(฀page฀

72)

RETURNCloses฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu.฀

SYSTEM฀SETTINGSwitches฀to฀the฀system฀setting฀menu.฀See฀wired฀LAN,฀wireless฀LAN,฀WPS,฀

network฀information,฀mouse,฀and฀keyboard฀in฀“9.฀Application฀Menu”.฀(

page฀105)

USBDisplays฀the฀icon฀for฀a฀USB฀memory฀inserted฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀

projector.

SHARED฀FOLDERDisplays฀up฀to฀four฀drives฀of฀a฀computer฀connected฀to฀a฀LAN฀(set฀for฀con-

necting฀a฀shared฀folder).

*฀See฀page฀68฀for฀setting฀up฀for฀connecting฀a฀shared฀foler฀of฀the฀projector.

MEDIA฀SERVERDisplays฀up฀to฀four฀drives฀of฀a฀computer฀connected฀to฀a฀LAN฀(set฀for฀con-

necting฀a฀media฀server).

*฀See฀page฀72฀for฀setting฀up฀for฀connecting฀a฀media฀server฀of฀the฀projector

PRESENTATIONDisplays฀the฀icon฀when฀a฀USB฀memory฀or฀shared฀foler฀stores฀index฀les.

Path฀informationDisplays฀the฀location฀of฀a฀folder฀or฀le.

Drive฀information[Example]

USB1314MB฀FREE/492MB

Displays฀the฀drive.Displays฀free฀space฀and฀capcity฀of฀

a฀drive.฀(USB฀only)

Menu฀guideDisplays฀the฀description฀of฀a฀selected฀menu.

Operation฀button฀guideDisplays฀information฀about฀operation฀buttons.

*฀It฀is฀displayed฀in฀three-digit฀number฀(rounding฀up)

NOTE:

When฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu฀is฀displayed,฀the฀drive฀list฀screen฀or฀thumbnail฀screen฀is฀not฀displayed.฀To฀display฀it,฀select฀the฀[RETURN]฀

icon฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

4. Using the Viewer

•฀Thumbnail฀screen

Displays฀a฀list฀of฀folders,฀thumbnails,฀and฀icons฀in฀the฀drive฀selected฀on฀the฀drive฀list฀screen.

Menu operation

•฀Use฀the฀▼

or ▲฀button฀to฀move฀the฀cursor฀up฀or฀down.฀Select฀the฀menu฀item฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀

to฀display฀the฀menu฀or฀setting฀screen.

Operation for Thumbnail screen

1.฀Press฀the฀▶฀button฀to฀move฀the฀cursor฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀when฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu฀is฀not฀dis

played.

2.฀Press฀the฀▼

, ▲, ◀, or ▶฀button฀to฀select฀a฀le฀or฀folder.

3.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀start฀slideshow฀or฀playback฀of฀the฀selected฀le.฀Selecting฀a฀folder฀will฀display฀

its฀thumbnail฀screen.

Functions

NameDescription

UPGoes฀to฀one฀upper฀level฀menu.

THUMBNAILSwitches฀two฀displays฀between฀thumbnail฀and฀icon.

SORT฀SETTINGRearranges฀folders฀or฀les.

DRIVE฀LISTReturns฀to฀the฀drive฀list฀screen.

OPTIONSChanges฀to฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu.

SYSTEM฀SET-

TING

Opens฀the฀system฀setting฀menu.

Scroll฀barThumbnail฀screen฀will฀display฀12฀les฀with฀4฀by฀3.฀If฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀has฀twelve฀or฀

more฀les฀or฀folders,฀the฀scroll฀bar฀will฀be฀displayed฀at฀the฀right฀side.฀Using฀the฀PAGE฀

▼฀or฀PAGE฀▲฀button฀will฀scroll฀the฀whole฀screen฀down฀or฀up.

Path฀informationDisplays฀the฀location฀of฀a฀folder฀or฀le.

Thumbnail฀information[Example]

005.jpg5/20011/03/2010฀13:25:12฀502KB

Selected฀folder฀

name฀or฀le฀

name

Numbers฀and฀order฀of฀

les฀in฀a฀folder฀(only฀

when฀folder฀selected)

Create/Change฀date:฀

M/D/Y/H/M/B

Displays฀le฀

capacity

Menu฀guideDisplays฀the฀description฀of฀a฀selected฀menu.

Operation฀button฀guideDisplays฀information฀about฀operation฀buttons.

TIP:

•฀If฀an฀unsupported฀image฀is฀selected,฀the฀icon฀[?]฀will฀be฀displayed,

•฀The฀maximum฀displayable฀number฀of฀images฀is฀300฀in฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀including฀the฀number฀of฀folders.

•฀If฀a฀le฀name฀or฀path฀of฀a฀folder฀is฀longer฀than฀specied,฀it฀will฀be฀displayed฀with฀center฀characters฀or฀path฀skipped.

฀Example:฀“123456789.jpg”฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀“123..789.jpg”.

4. Using the Viewer

•฀Slide฀screen฀(still฀image/movie)

Plays฀a฀le฀selected฀from฀a฀list฀of฀thumbnails฀or฀icons.

•฀For฀operating฀a฀Microsoft฀PowerPoint฀le฀and฀Adobe฀PDF฀le,฀see฀page฀

58.

Control bar operation

•฀The฀control฀bar฀will฀be฀displayed฀only฀when฀a฀still฀image฀(or฀index฀le)฀and฀a฀movie฀le฀is฀selected.

•฀The฀control฀bar฀for฀still฀images฀differs฀from฀that฀for฀movie฀les.

1.฀Pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀in฀Slide฀screen฀will฀display฀the฀control฀bar฀at฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀screen.

2.฀Use฀the฀◀

or ▶฀button฀to฀select฀a฀le฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

•฀The฀selected฀function฀will฀be฀executed.

Functions of still image control bar

NameDescription

PREVGoes฀back฀to฀the฀previous฀image

PLAYPlays฀the฀image.฀This฀button฀also฀is฀used฀to฀stop฀or฀start฀playing฀an฀image.

NEXTGoes฀to฀the฀next฀image.

RIGHTRotates฀the฀image฀90°฀clockwise.

•฀To฀cancel,฀select฀another฀folder.

LEFTRotates฀the฀image฀90°฀counter฀clockwise.

•฀To฀cancel,฀select฀another฀folder.

SIZE

BEST฀FITDisplays฀the฀image฀with฀its฀aspect฀ratio฀in฀the฀projector’s฀displayable฀

maximum฀resolution.

ACTUAL฀

SIZE

Displays฀the฀image฀in฀its฀actual฀size.

CLOSECloses฀the฀control฀bar.

•฀You฀can฀also฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀to฀close฀the฀control฀bar.

ENDStops฀playing฀slides฀or฀slideshow,฀and฀closes฀the฀control฀bar฀to฀return฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀

screen.

4. Using the Viewer

Functions of movie control bar

NameDescription

PREVGoes฀back฀to฀the฀beginning฀of฀a฀movie฀le.

•฀Goes฀back฀to฀the฀beginning฀of฀the฀previous฀movie฀le฀if฀executed฀immediately฀after฀being฀

started฀playing.

FRFast-rewinds฀a฀movie฀le฀for฀about฀7฀seconds.

PLAY/PAUSE

PLAYPlays฀a฀movie฀le.

PAUSEStops฀playing฀a฀movie฀le.

FFFast-forwards฀a฀movie฀le฀for฀about฀7฀seconds.

NEXTGoes฀to฀the฀beginning฀of฀a฀next฀movie฀le.

TIMEDisplays฀an฀elapsed฀time฀for฀playback฀or฀pause.

SIZE

BEST฀FITDisplays฀the฀image฀with฀its฀aspect฀ratio฀in฀the฀projector’s฀displayable฀

maximum฀resolution.

ACTUAL฀

SIZE

Displays฀the฀image฀in฀its฀actual฀size.

CLOSECloses฀the฀control฀bar.

•฀You฀can฀also฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀to฀close฀the฀control฀bar.

ENDStops฀playing฀a฀movie,฀and฀closes฀the฀control฀bar฀to฀return฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀screen.

4. Using the Viewer

Viewer option settings

•฀SLIDE฀SETTING

Sets฀still฀images฀or฀slides.

NameOptionsDescription

SCREEN฀SIZEBEST฀FITDisplays฀the฀image฀with฀its฀aspect฀ratio฀in฀the฀projector’s฀display-

able฀maximum฀resolution.

ACTUAL฀SIZEDisplays฀the฀image฀in฀its฀actual฀size.

PLAY฀MODEMANUALSelects฀manual฀play.

AUTOSelects฀auto฀play.

INTERVAL5฀-฀300฀secondsSpecifies฀interval฀time฀when฀[AUTO]฀is฀selected฀for฀PLAY฀

MODE.

REPEAT

Check฀markTurns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀repeat฀function.

TIP

•฀To฀play฀one฀or฀more฀slides,฀place฀those฀les฀into฀a฀folder.

4. Using the Viewer

•฀MOVIE฀SETTING

Sets฀the฀functions฀for฀a฀movie฀le.

NameOptionsDescription

SCREEN฀SIZEBEST฀FITDisplays฀the฀image฀with฀its฀aspect฀ratio฀in฀the฀projector’s฀display-

able฀maximum฀resolution.

ACTUAL฀SIZEDisplays฀the฀image฀in฀its฀actual฀size.

REPEATOFFTurns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀repeat฀function.

ONE฀REPEATRepeats฀one฀le฀only.

TIP

•฀Turning฀on฀[REPEAT]฀will฀display฀black฀screen฀during฀intermission฀between฀movies.

•฀AUTO฀PLAY฀SETTING

Sets฀auto฀play฀for฀slideshow฀when฀a฀USB฀memory฀device฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projector,฀or฀when฀

[VIEWER]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE].

NameOptionsDescription

AUTO฀PLAYOFF—

PICTURE

Plays฀a฀rst฀found฀still฀image฀in฀a฀drive.

MOVIEPlays฀a฀rst฀found฀movie฀le฀in฀a฀drive.

PowerPointPlays฀a฀rst฀found฀PowerPoint฀le฀in฀a฀drive.

TIP

•฀Auto฀play฀behavior฀is฀different฀between฀when฀a฀USB฀memory฀device฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projector฀and฀when฀

[VIEWER]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE].

•฀Auto฀play฀starts฀for฀the฀rst฀found฀le฀supporting฀the฀le฀type฀set฀up฀for฀Auto฀Play.฀The฀le฀will฀be฀searched฀in฀the฀drive฀root฀or฀

lower฀level.฀

•฀When฀[VIEWER]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE],฀the฀last฀selected฀le฀will฀be฀automatically฀played฀if฀it฀is฀found,฀or฀the฀last฀selected฀folder฀

will฀be฀searched฀and฀the฀rst฀found฀le฀will฀be฀automatically฀played.

฀To฀automatically฀play฀a฀movie฀le฀in฀a฀USB฀memory,฀store฀one฀movie฀le฀or฀change฀its฀le฀name฀so฀that฀it฀can฀be฀searched฀rst.

4. Using the Viewer

•฀SORT฀SETTING

Sets฀the฀order฀of฀displaying฀thumbnails฀or฀slides.

NameOptionsDescription

SORT

NAME฀(ABC..)Displays฀the฀les฀alphabetically฀by฀name฀in฀ascending฀order.

NAME฀(ZYX..)Displays฀the฀les฀alphabetically฀by฀name฀in฀descending฀order.

EXT.฀(ABC..)Displays฀the฀les฀alphabetically฀by฀extension฀in฀ascending฀or-

der.

EXT.฀(ZYX..)Displays฀the฀les฀alphabetically฀by฀extension฀in฀descending฀

order.

DATE฀(NEW)Displays฀the฀les฀in฀reverse฀chronological฀order.

DATE฀(OLD)Displays฀the฀les฀in฀chronological฀order.

SIZE฀(BIG)Displays฀the฀les฀in฀descending฀order฀of฀its฀le฀size.

SIZE฀(SMALL)Displays฀the฀les฀in฀ascending฀order฀of฀its฀le฀size.

4. Using the Viewer

❹ Projecting data from shared folder

LAN

Shared folder

Wireless LAN

Projector

Shared folder

Preparation

For฀projector:฀Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀network.

For฀computer:฀Place฀les฀to฀be฀projected฀in฀a฀shared฀folder฀and฀note฀the฀folder’s฀path.฀Memorize฀or฀write฀down฀the฀

path฀for฀later฀use.

•฀For฀sharing฀a฀folder,฀refer฀to฀your฀user฀guide฀or฀help฀le฀accompanied฀with฀your฀Windows฀computer.

•฀Use฀a฀keyboard฀to฀give฀a฀name฀to฀the฀shared฀folder฀in฀alphanumeric฀characters.

•฀To฀connect฀the฀shared฀folder฀beyond฀the฀subnet,฀set฀[WINS฀CONFIGURATION]฀in฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀from฀

the฀menu.

•฀Digital฀signature฀(SMB฀signature)฀is฀not฀supported.

Connecting the projector to the shared folder

1.฀Press฀the฀VIEWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

The drive list window will be displayed.

•฀Another฀way฀to฀start฀the฀VIEWER฀is฀to฀press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀a฀few฀times฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet.฀( page

16)

4. Using the Viewer

2.฀Displays฀the฀[OPTIONS]฀menu.

Press the ▼ button to select the (OPTIONS) icon and press the ENTER button.

•฀When฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu฀is฀displayed,฀the฀drive฀list฀will฀not฀be฀displayed.

3.฀Display฀the฀[SHARED฀FOLDER฀SETTING]฀screen.

Press the ▼ button to select the (SHARED FOLDER SETTING) icon and press the ENETR button.

4.฀Select฀a฀folder฀number฀and฀place฀to฀enable฀it.

Press the ◀ or ▶ button to a shared folder number and press the ▼ button to select [ENABLE] , and then press

the ENTER button.

5.฀Enter฀the฀path,฀user฀name,฀and฀password฀for฀the฀shared฀folder.

Press the ▼฀button฀to฀select฀the฀[SHARED฀FOLDER]฀eld.฀The฀software฀keyboard฀will฀be฀displayed.

฀For฀using฀the฀software฀keyboard,฀see฀page฀

118.

•฀If฀your฀computer฀is฀not฀password฀protected,฀entering฀a฀password฀is฀not฀required.

•฀Up฀to฀four฀shared฀folders฀can฀be฀added.

•฀The฀maximum฀length฀of฀a฀path฀of฀the฀shared฀folder฀must฀be฀15฀alphanumeric฀characters฀for฀computer฀name฀and฀

23 alphanumeric characters for folder name.

4. Using the Viewer

6.฀Exit฀the฀setting.

Press the ▼ button to select [OK] and press the ENTER button.

This will close the [SHARED FOLDER] screen.

•฀If฀an฀error฀message฀appear,฀your฀settings฀are฀not฀correct.฀Try฀again.

4. Using the Viewer

Disconnecting the shared folder from the projector

•฀Disable฀the฀number฀of฀a฀shared฀folder฀you฀wish฀to฀disconnect

Press the ▼ button to select [ENABLE] and press the ENTER button to clear it.

NOTE:

•฀When฀a฀PowerPoint฀le฀or฀PDF฀le฀is฀displayed,฀do฀not฀disconnect฀your฀LAN฀cable.฀If฀doing฀so,฀the฀Viewer฀will฀not฀work.

TIP:฀

•฀Connecting฀settings฀for฀Shared฀folder฀

฀Settings฀of฀up฀to฀four฀folders฀can฀be฀saved.

฀Restarting฀the฀projector฀will฀display฀setting-saved฀shared฀folders฀in฀grey฀folder฀icon฀on฀the฀drive฀list฀screen.฀

฀Selecting฀the฀grey฀icon฀folder฀will฀skip฀entry฀for฀a฀folder฀path.

•฀Failing฀to฀connect฀with฀a฀shared฀folder฀will฀display฀the฀folder฀icon฀with฀“x”฀mark.฀If฀this฀happen,฀check฀your฀folder฀setting.

4. Using the Viewer

❺ Projecting data from media server

LAN

Media server

Wireless LAN

Media server

Projector

Preparation

For฀projector:฀Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀network.

For฀computer:฀Prepare฀image฀les฀or฀movie฀les฀to฀be฀projected,฀and฀set฀up฀“Media฀Sharing”฀in฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀

11฀or฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀12.

NOTE:฀

•฀Both฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀media฀server฀must฀be฀on฀the฀same฀subnet.฀Connecting฀to฀the฀media฀server฀beyond฀the฀subnet฀is฀not฀

possible.

•฀Types฀of฀images฀and฀movies฀which฀can฀be฀shared฀may฀vary฀depending฀on฀Windows฀version.

Setting up “Media Sharing” in Windows Media Player 11

1.฀Start฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀11.

2.฀Select฀“Media฀Sharing”฀from฀“Library”.

The “Media Sharing” dialog box will be displayed.

4. Using the Viewer

3.฀Select฀“Share฀my฀media”฀check฀box,฀and฀then฀select฀OK.฀

A list of accessible devices will be displayed.

4.฀Select฀“P420฀Series”฀and฀then฀“Allow”.

฀A฀check฀mark฀will฀be฀added฀to฀the฀“P420฀Series”฀icon.

•฀The฀“P420฀Series”฀is฀a฀projector฀name฀specied฀in฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS].฀

5.฀Select฀“OK”.

฀This฀will฀make฀pictures฀and฀video฀in฀“Library”฀available฀from฀the฀projector.

4. Using the Viewer

Setting up “Media Sharing” in Windows Media Player 12

1.฀Start฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀12.

2.฀Select฀“Stream”,฀and฀then฀select฀“Automatically฀allow฀devices฀to฀play฀my฀media”.

The “Allow All Media Devices” windows will be displayed.

3.฀Select฀“Automatically฀allow฀all฀computers฀and฀media฀devices”.

Graphics and movie ﬁles in “Library” can be used from the projector.

4. Using the Viewer

Connecting the projector to the media server

Press฀the฀VIEWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

The฀VIEWER฀will฀start.

•฀Another฀way฀to฀start฀the฀VIEWER฀is฀to฀press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀a฀few฀times฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet.฀(฀page฀

16)

•฀This฀will฀start฀searching฀for฀a฀computer฀with฀“media฀sharing”฀enabled฀in฀the฀network฀and฀add฀it฀to฀the฀“Media฀server”฀

of฀the฀thumbnail฀screen.

฀Another฀way฀to฀do฀this฀is฀to฀point฀the฀cursor฀to฀“Media฀server”฀and฀select฀[REFRESH]฀from฀the฀thumbnail฀menu฀

and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

NOTE:฀

•฀Up฀to฀four฀accessible฀media฀servers฀can฀be฀automatically฀searched฀and฀displayed.฀The฀fth฀device฀or฀later฀cannot฀be฀displayed.

(฀page฀56)

4. Using the Viewer

Disconnecting the projector from the media server

1.฀Display฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu.

Press the ▼ button to select the [OPTIONS] icon and select the ENTER button.

2.฀Display฀the฀MEDIA฀SERVER฀setting฀screen.

Press the ▼ button to select the MEDIA SERVER icon and press the ENTER button.

3.฀Disable฀the฀connection.

฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀clear฀the฀checkmark฀to฀disable฀the฀connection.

Press the ▼ button to select [OK] and press the ENTER button to close the MEDIA SERVER setting screen.

4. Using the Viewer

❻ Restrictions on displaying ﬁles

The฀Viewer฀allows฀you฀to฀give฀a฀simplied฀display฀of฀a฀PowerPoint฀le฀or฀PDF฀le.

Due฀to฀simplied฀display,฀however,฀actual฀display฀may฀be฀different฀from฀the฀one฀on฀your฀computer฀application฀pro-

gram.

Some restrictions on PowerPoint ﬁles

•฀Fonts฀will฀be฀automatically฀converted฀to฀the฀fonts฀installed฀in฀the฀projector.฀Fonts฀can฀vary฀in฀size฀or฀width,฀causing฀

layout฀corruption

฀Some฀characters฀or฀fonts฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

•฀Some฀functions฀included฀in฀font฀are฀not฀supported.

฀Example:฀There฀are฀some฀restrictions฀on฀animation,฀selection,฀or฀hyperlink.

•฀It฀may฀take฀longer฀time฀to฀feed฀pages฀compared฀with฀a฀computer

•฀In฀some฀cases฀Microsoft฀PowerPoint฀97-2003฀format฀les฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

Some restrictions on PDF ﬁles

•฀Fonts฀not฀embedded฀at฀the฀time฀of฀PDF฀creation฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

•฀Some฀functions฀included฀in฀font฀are฀not฀supported.

฀Example:฀There฀are฀some฀restrictions฀on฀annotations,฀selection,฀form,฀or฀color฀space.

•฀It฀may฀take฀longer฀time฀to฀feed฀pages฀compared฀with฀a฀computer

•฀In฀some฀cases฀Adobe฀Acrobat฀format฀les฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

1 Using the Menus

NOTE:฀The฀on-screen฀menu฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly฀while฀interlaced฀motion฀video฀image฀is฀projected.

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀display฀the฀menu.

NOTE:฀The฀commands฀such฀as฀ENTER,฀EXIT,฀,฀฀in฀the฀bottom฀show฀available฀buttons฀for฀your฀operation.

2.฀Press฀the฀฀buttons฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀display฀the฀submenu.

3.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀highlight฀the฀top฀item฀or฀the฀rst฀

tab.

4.฀Use฀the฀฀buttons฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀select฀the฀item฀you฀want฀to฀adjust฀or฀

set.

฀You฀can฀use฀the฀฀buttons฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀select฀the฀tab฀you฀want.

5.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀display฀the฀submenu฀window.

6.฀Adjust฀the฀level฀or฀turn฀the฀selected฀item฀on฀or฀off฀by฀using฀the฀฀buttons฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀

the฀projector฀cabinet.

Changes฀are฀stored฀until฀adjusted฀again.

7.฀Repeat฀steps฀2฀-6฀to฀adjust฀an฀additional฀item,฀or฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projec

tor฀cabinet฀to฀quit฀the฀menu฀display.

NOTE:฀When฀a฀menu฀or฀message฀is฀displayed,฀several฀lines฀of฀information฀may฀be฀lost,฀depending฀on฀the฀signal฀or฀settings.

8.฀฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button฀to฀close฀the฀menu.

฀To฀return฀to฀the฀previous฀menu,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

5. Using On-Screen Menu



Menu Elements

Slide bar

Solid triangle

Tab

Radio button

High Altitude symbol

ECO mode symbol

Wireless symbol

Menu฀windows฀or฀dialog฀boxes฀typically฀have฀the฀following฀elements:

Highlight .............................Indicates the selected menu or item.

Solid triangle ......................Indicates further choices are available. A highlighted triangle indicates the item is active.

Tab ......................................Indicates a group of features in a dialog box. Selecting on any tab brings its page to the front.

Radio button .......................Use this round button to select an option in a dialog box.

Source ................................ Indicates the currently selected source.

Off Timer remaining time ....Indicates the remaining countdown time when the [OFF TIMER] is preset.

Slide bar ............................. Indicates settings or the direction of adjustment.

ECO mode symbol .............. Indicates ECO MODE is set.

Key Lock symbol ................ Indicates the [CONTROL PANEL LOCK] is enabled.

Thermometer symbol ......... Indicates the [ECO MODE] is forcibly set to [ON] mode because the internal temperature is too

high.

High Altitude symbol .......... Indicates the [FAN MODE] is set to [HIGH ALTITUDE] mode.

Wireless symbol .................Indicate the wireless LAN connection is enabled.

Source

Available buttons

Thermometer symbol

Key฀Lock฀symbol

Off Timer remaining

time

Highlight

5. Using On-Screen Menu

 List of Menu Items

Some฀menu฀items฀are฀not฀available฀depending฀on฀the฀input฀source.

Menu฀ItemDefaultOptions

SOURCE

COMPUTER1*

COMPUTER2*

HDMI*

VIDEO*

S-VIDEO*

VIEWER*

NETWORK*

USB฀DISPLAY*

ADJUST

PICTURE

PRESET*1–7

DETAIL฀

SETTINGS

GENERAL

REFERENCE*

HIGH-BRIGHT,฀PRESENTATION,฀VIDEO,฀MOVIE,฀GRAPHIC,฀

sRGB,฀DICOM฀SIM.

GAMMA฀

CORRECTION*

DYNAMIC,฀NATURAL,฀BLACK฀DETAIL

SCREEN฀SIZE*

*LARGE,฀MEDIUM,฀SMALL

COLOR฀

TEMPERATURE

*5000,฀6500,฀7800,฀8500,฀9300,฀10500

DYNAMIC฀

CONTRAST

*OFF,฀ON

IMAGE฀MODE*STILL,฀MOVIE

WHITE฀BALANCE

CONTRAST฀R0

CONTRAST฀G0

CONTRAST฀B0

BRIGHTNESS฀R0

BRIGHTNESS฀G0

BRIGHTNESS฀B0

CONTRAST

BRIGHTNESS

SHARPNESS

COLOR*

HUE

RESET

IMAGE฀

OPTIONS

CLOCK*

PHASE*

HORIZONTAL*

VERTICAL*

OVERSCAN*

0[%],฀5[%],฀10[%]

ASPECT฀RATIO

P420X/P350X:฀AUTO,฀4:3,฀16:9,฀15:9,฀16:10,฀WIDE฀ZOOM,฀

NATIVE

*P350W:฀AUTO,฀4:3,฀16:9,฀15:9,฀16:10,฀LETTERBOX,฀NATIVE

POSITION0 (Not฀available฀on฀P350W)

AUDIOVOLUME11 0 - 31

SETUP

GENERAL

KEYSTONE0

KEYSTONE฀SAVEOFFOFF,฀ON

WALL฀COLOROFF

OFF,฀WHITEBOARD,฀BLACKBOARD,฀BLACKBOARD฀

(GRAY),฀LIGHT฀YELLOW,฀LIGHT฀GREEN,฀LIGHT฀BLUE,฀

SKY฀BLUE,฀LIGHT฀ROSE,฀PINK

ECO฀MODEAUTO฀ECOOFF,฀AUTO฀ECO,฀ECO1,฀ECO2*

CLOSED฀CAPTIONOFF

OFF,฀CAPTION1,฀CAPTION2,฀CAPTION3,฀CAPTION4,฀

TEXT1,฀TEXT2,฀TEXT3,฀TEXT4

OFF฀TIMEROFFOFF,฀0:30,฀1:00,฀2:00,฀4:00,฀8:00,฀12:00,฀16:00

LANGUAGEENGLISH

ENGLISH,฀DEUTSCH,฀FRANÇAIS,฀ITALIANO,฀ESPAÑOL,฀

SVENSKA,฀日本語

DANSK,฀PORTUGUÊS,฀ČEŠTINA,฀MAGYAR,฀POLSKI,฀

NEDERLANDS,฀SUOMI

NORSK,฀TÜRKÇE,฀РУССКИЙ,

, Ελληνικά, 中文, 한국어

ROMÂNĂ, HRVATSKA, БЪЛГАРСКИ, INDONESIA, ,

ไทย

COLOR฀SELECTCOLORCOLOR,฀MONOCHROME

SOURCE฀DISPLAYONOFF,฀ON

ID฀DISPLAYONOFF,฀ON

ECO฀MESSAGEOFFOFF,฀ON

DISPLAY฀TIMEAUTO฀45฀SECMANUAL,฀AUTO฀5฀SEC,฀AUTO฀15฀SEC,฀AUTO฀45฀SEC

BACKGROUNDBLUEBLUE,฀BLACK,฀LOGO

FILTER฀MESSAGEOFFOFF,฀100[H],฀500[H],฀1000[H],฀2000[H]

*฀The฀asterisk฀(*)฀indicates฀that฀the฀default฀setting฀varies฀depending฀on฀the฀signal.

*1฀The฀[GAMMA฀CORRECTION]฀item฀is฀available฀when฀an฀item฀other฀than฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[REFERENCE].

*2฀The฀[SCREEN฀SIZE]฀item฀is฀available฀when฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[REFERENCE].

*3฀[ECO2]฀is฀available฀on฀P350X฀only.

•฀Basic฀menu฀items฀are฀indicated฀by฀shaded฀area.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

SETUP

INSTALLATION

ORIENTATION

DESKTOP฀

FRONT

DESKTOP฀FRONT,฀CEILING฀REAR,฀DESKTOP฀REAR,฀

CEILING฀FRONT

CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCKOFFOFF,฀ON

SECURITYOFFOFF,฀ON

COMMUNICATION฀SPEED38400bps4800bps,฀9600bps,฀19200bps,฀38400bps

REMOTE฀SENSORFRONT/BACKFRONT/BACK,฀FRONT,฀BACK

CONTROL฀ID

CONTROL฀ID฀

NUMBER

1 1–254

CONTROL฀IDOFFOFF,฀ON

TEST฀PATTERN

NETWORK฀SETTINGS

WIRED฀LAN,฀WIRELESS฀LAN,฀WPS,฀NETWORK฀

INFORMATION,฀PROJECTOR฀NAME,฀DOMAIN,฀ALERT฀

MAIL,฀NETWORK฀SERVICE

OPTIONS(1)

AUTO฀ADJUSTNORMALOFF,฀NORMAL,฀FINE

FAN฀MODEAUTOAUTO,฀HIGH,฀HIGH฀ALTITUDE

SIGNAL฀SELECT

COMPUTER1

RGB/

COMPONENT

RGB/COMPONENT,฀RGB,฀COMPONENT

COMPUTER2

RGB/

COMPONENT

RGB/COMPONENT,฀RGB,฀COMPONENT

VIDEOAUTO

AUTO,฀NTSC3.58,฀NTSC4.43,฀PAL,฀PAL-M,฀PAL-N,฀PAL60,฀

SECAM

S-VIDEOAUTO

AUTO,฀NTSC3.58,฀NTSC4.43,฀PAL,฀PAL-M,฀PAL-N,฀PAL60,฀

SECAM

WXGA฀MODE

P420X/P350X:฀

OFF฀

P350W:฀ON

OFF,฀ON

DEINTERLACEONOFF,฀ON

HDMI฀SETTINGS

VIDEO฀LEVELAUTOAUTO,฀NORMAL,฀ENHANCED

AUDIO฀SELECTHDMIHDMI,฀COMPUTER2

BEEPONOFF,฀ON

TOOLS

ADMINISTRATOR฀MODE,฀PROGRAM฀TIMER,฀TIME,฀

MOUSE

OPTIONS(2)

STANDBY฀MODENORMALNORMAL,฀POWER-SAVING

AUTO฀POWER฀ON(AC)OFFOFF,฀ON

AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP1)OFFOFF,฀ON

AUTO฀POWER฀OFFOFFOFF,฀0:05,฀0:10,฀0:20,฀0:30

DEFAULT฀SOURCE฀SELECTLAST

LAST,฀AUTO,฀COMPUTER1,฀COMPUTER2,฀HDMI,฀VIDEO,฀

S-VIDEO,฀VIEWER,฀NETWORK,฀USB฀DISPLAY

INFO.

USAGE฀TIME

LAMP฀LIFE฀REMAINING

LAMP฀HOURS฀USED

FILTER฀HOURS฀USED

TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS

SOURCE

SOURCE฀NAME

SOURCE฀INDEX

HORIZONTAL฀FREQUENCY

VERTICAL฀FREQUENCY

SIGNAL฀TYPE

VIDEO฀TYPE

SYNC฀TYPE

SYNC฀POLARITY

SCAN฀TYPE

WIRED฀LAN

IP฀ADDRESS

SUBNET฀MASK

GATEWAY

MAC฀ADDRESS

WIRELESS฀LAN

IP฀ADDRESS

SUBNET฀MASK

GATEWAY

MAC฀ADDRESS

SSID

NETWORK฀TYPE

WEP/WPA

CHANNEL

SIGNAL฀LEVEL

VERSION฀(1)

FIRMWARE

DATA

VERSION฀(2)FIRMWARE2

OTHERS

PROJECTOR฀NAME

MODEL฀NO.

SERIAL฀NUMBER

LAN฀UNIT฀TYPE

CONTROL฀ID฀(when฀[CONTROL฀ID]฀

is฀set)

RESET

CURRENT฀SIGNAL

ALL฀DATA

CLEAR฀LAMP฀HOURS

CLEAR฀FILTER฀HOURS

*฀The฀asterisk฀(*)฀indicates฀that฀the฀default฀setting฀varies฀depending฀on฀the฀signal.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

 Menu Descriptions & Functions [SOURCE]

COMPUTER 1 and 2

Selects฀the฀computer฀connected฀to฀your฀COMPUTER฀1฀or฀COMPUTER฀2฀input฀connector฀signal.

NOTE:฀When฀the฀component฀input฀signal฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀COMPUTER฀1฀IN฀or฀COMPUTER฀2฀IN฀connector,฀select฀[COMPUTER1]฀

or฀[COMPUTER2]฀respectively.฀The฀projector฀automatically฀determines฀whether฀the฀COMPUTER1฀or฀2฀input฀signal฀is฀an฀RGB฀or฀

component฀signal.

HDMI

Selects฀the฀HDMI฀compatible฀equipment฀connected฀to฀your฀HDMI฀IN฀connector.

VIDEO

Selects฀what฀is฀connected฀to฀your฀VIDEO฀input-VCR,฀DVD฀player฀or฀document฀camera.

S-VIDEO

Selects฀what฀is฀connected฀to฀your฀S-VIDEO฀input-VCR฀or฀DVD฀player.

NOTE:฀A฀frame฀may฀freeze฀for฀a฀brief฀period฀of฀time฀when฀a฀video฀is฀played฀back฀in฀fast-forward฀or฀fast-rewind฀with฀a฀Video฀or฀S-

Video฀source.

VIEWER

This฀feature฀enables฀you฀to฀make฀presentations฀using฀a฀USB฀memory฀that฀contains฀slides.

(฀page฀

52฀“4.฀Using฀the฀Viewer”)

NETWORK

Selects฀a฀signal฀from฀the฀LAN฀port฀(RJ-45)฀or฀the฀installed฀USB฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀(optional฀for฀models฀for฀Europe,฀

Australia,฀Asia฀and฀other฀countries฀than฀North฀America).

USB DISPLAY

Selects฀the฀computer฀connected฀to฀the฀USB(PC)฀port฀(type฀B)฀by฀using฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀cable.฀

(฀page฀

34)

5. Using On-Screen Menu

 Menu Descriptions & Functions [ADJUST]

[PICTURE]

[PRESET]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀optimized฀settings฀for฀your฀projected฀image.

You฀can฀adjust฀neutral฀tint฀for฀yellow,฀cyan฀or฀magenta.฀

There฀are฀seven฀factory฀presets฀optimized฀for฀various฀types฀of฀images.฀You฀can฀also฀use฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS]฀to฀set฀

user฀adjustable฀settings฀to฀customize฀each฀gamma฀or฀color.

Your฀settings฀can฀be฀stored฀in฀[PRESET฀1]฀to฀[PRESET฀7].

HIGH-BRIGHT ........ Recommended for use in a brightly lit room.

PRESENTATION ..... Recommended for making a presentation using a PowerPoint ﬁle.

VIDEO .................... Recommended for typical TV program viewing.

MOVIE ................... Recommended for movies.

GRAPHIC ............... Recommended for graphics.

sRGB ..................... Standard color values

DICOM SIM. .......... Recommended for DICOM simulation format.

NOTE:฀

•฀The฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀option฀is฀for฀training/reference฀only฀and฀should฀not฀be฀used฀for฀actual฀diagnosis.

•฀DICOM฀stands฀for฀Digital฀Imaging฀and฀Communications฀in฀Medicine.฀It฀is฀a฀standard฀developed฀by฀the฀American฀College฀of฀Radiol-

ogy฀(ACR)฀and฀the฀National฀Electrical฀Manufacturers฀Association฀(NEMA).฀

฀The฀standard฀species฀how฀digital฀image฀data฀can฀be฀moved฀from฀system฀to฀system.฀

[DETAIL SETTINGS]

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[GENERAL]

Storing฀Your฀Customized฀Settings฀[REFERENCE]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀store฀your฀customized฀settings฀in฀[PRESET฀1]฀to฀[PRESET฀7].

First,฀select฀a฀base฀preset฀mode฀from฀[REFERENCE],฀then฀set฀[GAMMA฀CORRECTION]฀and฀[COLOR฀TEMPERA-

TURE].฀

HIGH-BRIGHT ........ Recommended for use in a brightly lit room.

PRESENTATION ..... Recommended for making a presentation using a PowerPoint ﬁle.

VIDEO .................... Recommended for typical TV program viewing.

MOVIE ................... Recommended for movies.

GRAPHIC ............... Recommended for graphics.

sRGB ..................... Standard color values.

DICOM SIM. .......... Recommended for DICOM simulation format.

Selecting Gamma Correction Mode [GAMMA CORRECTION]

Each฀mode฀is฀recommended฀for:

DYNAMIC .............. Creates a high-contrast picture.

NATURAL ............... Natural reproduction of the picture.

BLACK DETAIL ....... Emphasizes detail in dark areas of the picture.

NOTE:฀This฀function฀is฀not฀available฀when฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS].

Selecting฀Screen฀Size฀for฀DICOM฀SIM฀[SCREEN฀SIZE]

This฀function฀will฀perform฀gamma฀correction฀appropriate฀for฀the฀screen฀size.

LARGE ................... For screen size of 150"

MEDIUM ................ For screen size of 100"

SMALL ................... For screen size of 50"

NOTE:฀This฀function฀is฀available฀only฀when฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS].

Adjusting฀Color฀Temperature฀[COLOR฀TEMPERATURE]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀color฀temperature฀of฀your฀choice.

NOTE:฀When฀[PRESENTATION]฀or฀[HIGH-BRIGHT]฀is฀selected฀in฀[REFERENCE],฀this฀function฀is฀not฀available.

Adjusting฀Brightness฀and฀Contrast฀[DYNAMIC฀CONTRAST]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀adjust฀the฀contrast฀ratio฀optically฀using฀the฀built-in฀iris.

To฀increase฀the฀contrast฀ratio,฀select฀[ON].

Selecting Still Image Mode or Movie Mode [IMAGE MODE]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀still฀image฀mode฀or฀the฀movie฀mode.

STILL ..................... This mode is for a still image.

MOVIE ................... This mode is for a movie.

NOTE:฀This฀function฀is฀available฀only฀when฀[HIGH-BRIGHT]฀is฀selected฀for฀[REFERENCE].

Adjusting฀White฀Balance฀[WHITE฀BALANCE]

This฀allows฀you฀to฀adjust฀the฀white฀balance.฀Contrast฀for฀each฀color฀(RGB)฀to฀adjust฀the฀white฀level฀of฀the฀screen;฀

Brightness฀for฀each฀color฀(RGB)฀is฀used฀to฀adjust฀the฀black฀level฀of฀the฀screen.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[CONTRAST]

Adjusts฀the฀intensity฀of฀the฀image฀according฀to฀the฀incoming฀signal.

[BRIGHTNESS]

Adjusts฀the฀brightness฀level฀or฀the฀back฀raster฀intensity.

[SHARPNESS]

Controls฀the฀detail฀of฀the฀image.

[COLOR]

Increases฀or฀decreases฀the฀color฀saturation฀level.

[HUE]

Varies฀the฀color฀level฀from฀+/−฀green฀to฀+/−฀blue.฀The฀red฀level฀is฀used฀as฀reference.

Input฀signalCONTRASTBRIGHTNESSSHARPNESSCOLORHUE

COMPUTER/HDMI฀(RGB)YesYesYesNo No

COMPUTER/HDMI฀(COMPONENT)YesYesYesYesYes

VIDEO/S-VIDEO/COMPONENTYesYesYesYesYes

VIEWER/NETWORK/USB฀DISPLAYYesYesYesNo No

Yes฀=฀Adjustable,฀No฀=฀Not฀adjustable

[RESET]

The฀settings฀and฀adjustments฀for฀[PICTURE]฀will฀be฀returned฀to฀the฀factory฀settings฀with฀the฀exception฀of฀the฀following;฀

Preset฀numbers฀and฀[REFERENCE]฀within฀the฀[PRESET]฀screen.

The฀settings฀and฀adjustments฀under฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS]฀within฀the฀[PRESET]฀screen฀that฀are฀not฀currently฀selected฀

will฀not฀be฀reset.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[IMAGE OPTIONS]

Adjusting฀Clock฀and฀Phase฀[CLOCK/PHASE]

This฀allows฀you฀to฀manually฀adjust฀CLOCK฀and฀PHASE.

CLOCK ................... Use this item to ﬁne tune the computer image or to remove any vertical banding that might appear. This

function adjusts the clock frequencies that eliminate the horizontal banding in the image.

This adjustment may be necessary when you connect your computer for the ﬁrst time.

PHASE ................... Use this item to adjust the clock phase or to reduce video noise, dot interference or cross talk. (This is

evident when part of your image appears to be shimmering.)

Use [PHASE] only after the [CLOCK] is complete.

NOTE:฀The฀[CLOCK]฀and฀[PHASE]฀items฀are฀available฀for฀RGB฀signals฀only.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Adjusting฀Horizontal/Vertical฀Position฀[HORIZONTAL/VERTICAL]

Adjusts฀the฀image฀location฀horizontally฀and฀vertically.

NOTE:฀The฀[HORIZONTAL]฀and฀[VERTICAL]฀items฀are฀not฀available฀for฀VIDEO,฀S-VIDEO,฀HDMI,฀VIEWER,฀NETWORK,฀and฀USB฀

DISPLAY.

-฀An฀image฀can฀be฀distorted฀during฀the฀adjustment฀of฀[CLOCK]฀and฀[PHASE].฀This฀is฀not฀malfunction.

-฀The฀adjustments฀for฀[CLOCK],฀[PHASE],฀[HORIZONTAL],฀and฀[VERTICAL]฀will฀be฀stored฀in฀memory฀for฀the฀

current฀signal.฀The฀next฀time฀you฀project฀the฀signal฀with฀the฀same฀resolution,฀horizontal฀and฀vertical฀frequency,฀

its฀adjustments฀will฀be฀called฀up฀and฀applied.

฀To฀delete฀adjustments฀stored฀in฀memory,฀from฀the฀menu,฀you฀select฀[RESET]฀฀[CURRENT฀SIGNAL]฀or฀[ALL฀

DATA]฀and฀reset฀the฀adjustments.

Selecting฀Overscan฀Percentage฀[OVERSCAN]

Select฀overscan฀percentage฀(0%,฀5%฀and฀10%)฀for฀signal.

Projected image

Overscaned by 10%

NOTE:฀

•฀The฀[0[%]]฀cannot฀be฀selected฀when฀VIDEO฀and฀S-VIDEO฀signals฀are฀used.

•฀The฀[OVERSCAN]฀item฀is฀not฀available:

฀•฀฀when฀[NATIVE]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].

฀•฀฀when฀[VIEWER],฀[NETWORK],฀or฀[USB฀DISPLAY]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE]

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Selecting Aspect Ratio [ASPECT RATIO]

The฀term฀“aspect฀ratio”฀refers฀to฀the฀ratio฀of฀width฀to฀height฀of฀a฀projected฀image.

The฀projector฀automatically฀determines฀the฀incoming฀signal฀and฀displays฀it฀in฀its฀appropriate฀aspect฀ratio.

•฀This฀table฀shows฀typical฀resolutions฀and฀aspect฀ratios฀that฀most฀computers฀support.

ResolutionAspect฀Ratio

VGA฀640฀×฀480฀4:3

SVGA

฀800฀×฀600฀4:3

XGA฀1024฀×฀768฀4:3

WXGA฀1280฀×฀768฀15:9

WXGA฀1280฀×฀800฀16:10

WXGA+฀1440฀×฀900฀16:10

SXGA฀1280฀×฀1024฀5:4

SXGA+

฀1400฀×฀1050฀4:3

UXGA฀1600฀×฀1200฀4:3

OptionsFunction

AUTO

The฀projector฀will฀automatically฀determine฀the฀incoming฀signal฀and฀display฀it฀in฀its฀aspect฀

ratio.฀(

next฀page)

The฀projector฀may฀erroneously฀determine฀the฀aspect฀ratio฀depending฀on฀its฀signal.฀If฀this฀

occurs,฀select฀the฀appropriate฀aspect฀ratio฀from฀the฀following.

4:3The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀4:3฀aspect฀ratio.

16:9The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀16:9฀aspect฀ratio.

15:9The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀15:9฀aspect฀ratio.

16:10The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀16:10฀aspect฀ratio.

WIDE฀ZOOM

(P420X/P350X)

The฀image฀is฀stretched฀left฀and฀right.฀

Parts฀of฀the฀displayed฀image฀are฀cropped฀at฀the฀left฀and฀right฀edges฀and฀therefore฀not฀

visible.

LETTERBOX

(P350W)

The฀image฀of฀a฀letterbox฀signal฀is฀stretched฀equally฀in฀the฀horizontal฀and฀vertical฀directions฀

to฀t฀the฀screen.฀Parts฀of฀the฀displayed฀image฀are฀cropped฀at฀the฀top฀and฀bottom฀edges฀

and฀therefore฀not฀visible.

NATIVEThe฀projector฀displays฀the฀current฀image฀in฀its฀true฀resolution฀when฀the฀incoming฀computer฀

signal฀has฀a฀lower฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution.

[Example 1]฀When฀the฀incoming฀sig-

nal฀with฀the฀resolution฀of฀800฀×฀600฀is฀

displayed฀on฀the฀P420X/P350X:

[Example 2]฀When฀the฀incoming฀sig-

nal฀with฀the฀resolution฀of฀800฀×฀600฀is฀

displayed฀on฀the฀P350W:

NOTE:

•฀When฀a฀non-computer฀signal฀is฀displayed,฀the฀[NATIVE]฀is฀not฀available.

•฀When฀a฀signal฀with฀a฀higher฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution฀is฀displayed,฀[NATIVE]฀

is฀not฀available.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Sample฀image฀when฀the฀appropriate฀aspect฀ratio฀is฀automatically฀determined

P420X/P350X

[Computer฀signal]

Aspect฀ratio฀of฀incoming฀signal4:35:416:915:916:10

Sample฀image฀when฀the฀appro-

priate฀aspect฀ratio฀is฀automati-

cally฀determined

[Video฀signal]

Aspect฀ratio฀of฀incoming฀signal4:3LetterboxSqueeze

Sample฀image฀when฀the฀as-

pect฀ratio฀is฀automatically฀de-

termined

NOTE:฀To฀display฀a฀squeezed฀signal฀prop-

erly,฀select฀[16:9]฀or฀[WIDE฀ZOOM].

P350W

[Computer฀signal]

Aspect฀ratio฀of฀incoming฀signal4:35:416:915:916:10

Sample฀image฀when฀the฀appro-

priate฀aspect฀ratio฀is฀automati-

cally฀determined

[Video฀signal]

Aspect฀ratio฀of฀incoming฀signal4:3LetterboxSqueeze

Sample฀image฀when฀the฀as-

pect฀ratio฀is฀automatically฀de-

termined

NOTE:฀To฀display฀a฀letterbox฀signal฀prop-

erly,฀select฀[LETTERBOX].

NOTE:฀To฀display฀a฀squeezed฀signal฀prop-

erly,฀select฀[16:9].

TIP:

•฀Image฀position฀can฀be฀adjusted฀vertically฀using฀[POSITION]฀when฀the฀[16:9],฀[15:9],฀or฀[16:10]฀aspect฀ratios฀are฀selected.

•฀The฀term฀“letterbox”฀refers฀to฀a฀more฀landscape-oriented฀image฀when฀compared฀to฀a฀4:3฀image,฀which฀is฀the฀standard฀aspect฀

ratio฀for฀a฀vide฀source.

฀The฀letterbox฀signal฀has฀aspect฀ratios฀with฀the฀vista฀size฀“1.85:1”฀or฀cinema฀scope฀size฀“2.35:1”฀for฀movie฀lm.

•฀The฀term฀“squeeze”฀refers฀to฀the฀compressed฀image฀of฀which฀aspect฀ratio฀is฀converted฀from฀16:9฀to฀4:3.

Adjusting฀the฀Vertical฀Position฀of฀Image฀[POSITION]฀(not฀available฀on฀P350W)

(only฀when฀[16:9],฀[15:9],฀or฀[16:10]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO])

When฀[16:9],฀[15:9],฀or฀[16:10]฀is฀selected฀in฀[ASPECT฀RATIO],฀the฀image฀is฀displayed฀with฀black฀borders฀on฀the฀top฀

and฀bottom.

You฀can฀adjust฀the฀vertical฀position฀from฀the฀top฀to฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀black฀area.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[AUDIO]

Turning฀Up฀or฀Down฀Sound

Adjusts฀the฀volume฀of฀the฀projector฀speaker฀and฀AUDIO฀OUT฀(Stereo฀Mini฀Jack).

TIP:

•฀When฀no฀menus฀appear,฀the฀◀฀and฀▶฀buttons฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀and฀the฀VOL.฀+/−฀buttons฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀work฀as฀

a฀volume฀control.฀(฀page฀

24)

5. Using On-Screen Menu

 Menu Descriptions & Functions [SETUP]

[GENERAL]

Correcting฀Vertical฀Keystone฀Distortion฀Manually฀[KEYSTONE]

You฀can฀correct฀vertical฀distortion฀manually.฀(฀page฀

22)

TIP:฀When฀this฀option฀is฀highlighted,฀pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀will฀display฀its฀slide฀bar฀for฀adjustment.

Saving฀Vertical฀Keystone฀Correction฀[KEYSTONE฀SAVE]

This฀option฀enables฀you฀to฀save฀your฀current฀keystone฀settings.

OFF ........................ Does not save current keystone correction settings. It will return your keystone correction settings to

“zero”.

ON ......................... Saves current keystone correction settings

Saving฀your฀change฀once฀affects฀all฀sources.฀The฀changes฀are฀saved฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Using the Wall Color Correction [WALL COLOR]

This฀function฀allows฀for฀quick฀adaptive฀color฀correction฀in฀applications฀where฀the฀screen฀material฀is฀not฀white.

NOTE:฀Selecting฀[WHITEBOARD]฀reduces฀lamp฀brightness.

Setting Eco Mode [ECO MODE]

The฀ECO฀MODE฀increases฀lamp฀life,฀while฀lowering฀power฀consumption฀and฀cutting฀down฀on฀CO

฀emissions.฀

Four฀brightness฀modes฀of฀the฀lamp฀can฀be฀selected:฀[OFF],฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[ECO1]฀and฀[ECO2]฀modes.฀

(฀page฀

28)

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Setting Closed Caption [CLOSED CAPTION]

This฀option฀sets฀several฀closed฀caption฀modes฀that฀allow฀text฀to฀be฀superimposed฀on฀the฀projected฀image฀of฀Video฀

or฀S-Video.

OFF ........................ This exits the closed caption mode.

CAPTION 1-4 ......... Text is superimposed.

TEXT 1-4 ................ Text is displayed.

NOTE:

•฀The฀closed฀caption฀is฀not฀available฀under฀the฀following฀conditions:

-฀when฀messages฀or฀menus฀are฀displayed.

-฀when฀an฀image฀is฀magnied,฀frozen,฀or฀muted.

•฀Portions฀of฀superimposed฀text฀or฀closed฀caption฀may฀be฀truncated.฀If฀that฀happens,฀try฀to฀place฀the฀superimposed฀text฀or฀

closed฀caption฀within฀the฀screen.

Using Off Timer [OFF TIMER]

1.฀Select฀your฀desired฀time฀between฀30฀minutes฀and฀16฀hours:฀OFF,฀0:30,฀1:00,฀2:00,฀4:00,฀8:00,฀12:00,฀16:00.

2.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

3.฀The฀remaining฀time฀starts฀counting฀down.

4.฀The฀projector฀will฀turn฀off฀after฀the฀countdown฀is฀complete.

NOTE:

•฀To฀cancel฀the฀preset฀time,฀set฀[OFF]฀for฀the฀preset฀time฀or฀turn฀off฀the฀power.

•฀When฀the฀remaining฀time฀reaches฀3฀minutes฀before฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off,฀the฀[THE฀PROJECTOR฀WILL฀TURN฀OFF฀WITHIN฀3฀

MINUTES]฀message฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀screen.

Selecting Menu Language [LANGUAGE]

You฀can฀choose฀one฀of฀27฀languages฀for฀on-screen฀instructions.

NOTE:฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

[MENU]

Selecting Menu Color [COLOR SELECT]

You฀can฀choose฀between฀two฀options฀for฀menu฀color:฀COLOR฀and฀MONOCHROME.

Turning On / Off Source Display [SOURCE DISPLAY]

This฀option฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀input฀name฀display฀such฀as฀COMPUTER฀1,฀COMPUTER2,฀HDMI,฀VIDEO,฀S-VIDEO,฀

VIEWER,฀NETWORK,฀USB฀DISPLAY,฀to฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀top฀right฀of฀the฀screen.

When฀no฀input฀signal฀is฀present,฀the฀no-signal฀guidance฀prompting฀you฀to฀check฀for฀an฀available฀input฀will฀be฀displayed฀

at฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen.฀When฀the฀[VIEWER]฀or฀[NETWORK]฀item฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE],฀the฀no-signal฀guid-

ance฀will฀not฀be฀displayed.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Turning ON/OFF Control ID [ID DISPLAY]

ID DISPLAY ........... This option turns on or off the ID number which is displayed when the ID SET button on the remote control

is pressed.

Turning On / Off Eco Message [ECO MESSAGE]

This฀option฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀following฀messages฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on.฀

The฀Eco฀Message฀prompts฀the฀user฀to฀save฀energy.฀When฀[OFF]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE],฀you฀will฀get฀a฀message฀

to฀prompt฀you฀to฀select฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[ECO1],฀or฀[ECO2]*฀for฀[ECO฀MODE].

When฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[ECO1],฀or฀[ECO2]*฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE]

NOTE:฀*฀[ECO2]฀is฀available฀on฀P350X฀only.฀

To฀close฀the฀message,฀press฀any฀one฀of฀the฀buttons.฀The฀message฀will฀disappear฀if฀no฀button฀operation฀is฀done฀for฀

30฀seconds.

When฀[OFF]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE]

Pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀will฀display฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀screen.฀(฀page฀28)

To฀close฀the฀message,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

Selecting Menu Display Time [DISPLAY TIME]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀how฀long฀the฀projector฀waits฀after฀the฀last฀touch฀of฀a฀button฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀menu.฀The฀

preset฀choices฀are฀[MANUAL],฀[AUTO฀5฀SEC],฀[AUTO฀15฀SEC],฀and฀[AUTO฀45฀SEC].฀The฀[AUTO฀45฀SEC]฀is฀the฀fac-

tory฀preset.

Selecting a Color or Logo for Background [BACKGROUND]

Use฀this฀feature฀to฀display฀a฀blue/black฀screen฀or฀logo฀when฀no฀signal฀is฀available.฀The฀default฀background฀is฀

[BLUE].

NOTE:฀

•฀If฀the฀[LOGO]฀item฀is฀selected฀for฀[BACKGROUND]฀with฀the฀[NETWORK]฀or฀[USB฀DISPLAY]฀source฀selected,฀the฀[BLUE]฀item฀will฀

be฀selected฀regardless฀of฀its฀selection.

•฀When฀[SOURCE฀DISPLAY]฀is฀turned฀on,฀the฀no-signal฀guidance฀prompting฀you฀to฀check฀for฀an฀available฀input฀will฀be฀displayed฀

at฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen฀regardless฀of฀its฀selection.

•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

Selecting Interval Time for Filter Message [FILTER MESSAGE]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀time฀preference฀between฀displaying฀the฀message฀for฀cleaning฀the฀lters.฀Clean฀

the฀lter฀when฀you฀get฀the฀message฀“PLEASE฀CLEAN฀FILTER.”฀(฀page฀

143)

Five฀options฀are฀available:฀OFF,฀100[H],฀500[H],฀1000[H],฀2000[H]

The฀default฀setting฀is฀[OFF].

NOTE:฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[INSTALLATION]

Selecting฀Projector฀Orientation฀[ORIENTATION]

This฀reorients฀your฀image฀for฀your฀type฀of฀projection.฀The฀options฀are:฀desktop฀front฀projection,฀ceiling฀rear฀projection,฀

desktop฀rear฀projection,฀and฀ceiling฀front฀projection.

DESKTOP฀FRONTCEILING฀REAR

DESKTOP฀REARCEILING฀FRONT

Disabling the Cabinet Buttons [CONTROL PANEL LOCK]

This฀option฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK฀function.

NOTE:

•฀This฀CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK฀does฀not฀affect฀the฀remote฀control฀functions.

•฀When฀the฀control฀panel฀is฀locked,฀pressing฀and฀holding฀the฀EXIT฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀for฀about฀10฀seconds฀will฀change฀

the฀setting฀to฀[OFF].

TIP:฀When฀the฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK]฀is฀turned฀on,฀a฀key฀lock฀icon฀[฀฀]฀will฀be฀displayed฀at฀the฀bottom฀right฀of฀the฀menu.

Enabling Security [SECURITY]

This฀feature฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀SECURITY฀function.

Unless฀the฀correct฀keyword฀is฀entered,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀project฀an฀image.฀(฀page฀

30)

NOTE:฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Selecting Communication Speed [COMMUNICATION SPEED]

This฀feature฀sets฀the฀baud฀rate฀of฀the฀PC฀Control฀port฀(D-Sub฀9P).฀It฀supports฀data฀rates฀from฀4800฀to฀38400฀bps.฀The฀

default฀is฀38400฀bps.฀Select฀the฀appropriate฀baud฀rate฀for฀your฀equipment฀to฀be฀connected฀(depending฀on฀the฀equip-

ment,฀a฀lower฀baud฀rate฀may฀be฀recommended฀for฀long฀cable฀runs).

NOTE:฀Your฀selected฀communication฀speed฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

Turning On or Off Remote Sensor [REMOTE SENSOR]

This฀option฀determines฀which฀remote฀sensor฀on฀the฀projector฀is฀enabled฀in฀wireless฀mode.

The฀options฀are:฀FRONT/BACK,฀FRONT,฀and฀BACK.฀

If฀the฀remote฀control฀system฀does฀not฀function฀when฀direct฀sunlight฀or

strong฀illumination฀strikes฀the฀remote฀control฀sensor฀of฀the฀projector,฀change฀another฀option.

Setting฀ID฀to฀the฀Projector฀[CONTROL฀ID]

You฀can฀operate฀multiple฀projectors฀separately฀and฀independently฀with฀the฀single฀remote฀control฀that฀has฀the฀CONTROL฀

ID฀function.฀If฀you฀assign฀the฀same฀ID฀to฀all฀the฀projectors,฀you฀can฀conveniently฀operate฀all฀the฀projectors฀together฀

using฀the฀single฀remote฀control.฀To฀do฀so,฀you฀have฀to฀assign฀an฀ID฀number฀to฀each฀projector.

CONTROL ID NUMBER .......Select a number from 1 to 254 you wish to assign to your projector.

CONTROL ID .......................Select [OFF] to turn off the CONTROL ID setting and select [ON] to turn on the CONTROL ID set-

ting.

NOTE:฀

•฀When฀[ON]฀is฀selected฀for฀[CONTROL฀ID],฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀operated฀by฀using฀the฀remote฀control฀that฀does฀not฀support฀

the฀CONTROL฀ID฀function.฀(In฀this฀case฀the฀buttons฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀can฀be฀used.)

•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

•฀฀Pressing฀and฀holding฀the฀ENTER฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀for฀10฀seconds฀will฀display฀the฀menu฀for฀canceling฀the฀Control฀

ID.

Assigning or Changing the Control ID

1.฀Turn฀on฀the฀projector.

2.฀Press฀the฀ID฀SET฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

The CONTROL ID screen will be displayed.

If the projector can be operated with the current remote control ID, the [ACTIVE] will be displayed. If the projector

cannot be operated with the current remote control ID, the [INACTIVE] will be displayed. To operate the inactive

projector, assign the control ID used for the projector by using the following procedure (Step 3).

3.฀Press฀one฀of฀numeric฀keypad฀buttons฀while฀pressing฀and฀holding฀the฀ID฀SET฀

button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

Example:

To assign “3”, press the “3” button on the remote control.

No ID means that all the projectors can be operated together with a single remote

control. To set “No ID”, enter “000” or press the CLEAR button.

TIP:฀The฀range฀of฀IDs฀is฀from฀1฀to฀254.

4.฀Release฀the฀ID฀SET฀button.

The updated CONTROL ID screen will be displayed.

NOTE:฀

•฀฀The฀IDs฀can฀be฀cleared฀in฀a฀few฀days฀after฀the฀batteries฀are฀run฀down฀or฀removed.

•฀฀Accidentally฀pressing฀any฀one฀of฀the฀buttons฀of฀the฀remote฀control฀will฀clear฀currently฀specied฀

ID฀with฀batteries฀removed.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Using Test Pattern [TEST PATTERN]

Displays฀the฀test฀pattern฀to฀check฀for฀image฀distortion฀at฀the฀time฀of฀the฀projector฀setup.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀

display฀the฀test฀pattern;฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀to฀close฀the฀test฀pattern฀and฀return฀to฀the฀menu.฀Menu฀operation฀and฀

keystone฀correction฀are฀not฀possible฀when฀the฀test฀pattern฀is฀displayed.

[NETWORKING SETTINGS]

See฀“APPLICATION฀MENU”฀on฀page฀

107.

[OPTIONS(1)]

Setting฀Auto฀Adjust฀[AUTO฀ADJUST]

This฀feature฀sets฀the฀Auto฀Adjust฀mode฀so฀that฀the฀computer฀signal฀can฀be฀automatically฀or฀manually฀adjusted฀for฀

noise฀and฀stability.฀You฀can฀automatically฀make฀adjustment฀in฀two฀ways:฀[NORMAL]฀and฀[FINE].

OFF ........................ The computer signal will not be automatically adjusted. You can manually optimize the computer signal.

NORMAL ................ Default setting. The computer signal will be automatically adjusted. Normally select this option.

FINE ....................... Select this option if ﬁne adjustment is needed. It takes more time to switch to the source than when [NOR-

MAL]is selected.

Selecting Fan Mode [FAN MODE]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀three฀modes฀for฀fan฀speed:฀Auto฀mode,฀High฀speed฀mode,฀and฀High฀Altitude฀mode.

AUTO ..................... The built-in fans automatically run at a variable speed according to the internal temperature.

HIGH ...................... The built-in fans run at high speed.

HIGH ALTITUDE ..... The built-in fans run at a high speed. Select this option when using the projector at altitudes approximately

5500 feet/1600 meters or higher.

When฀you฀wish฀to฀cool฀down฀the฀temperature฀inside฀the฀projector฀quickly,฀select฀[HIGH].

NOTE:฀

•฀When฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀is฀selected฀for฀[FAN฀MODE],฀a฀symbol฀icon฀

฀will฀be฀displayed฀at฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀menu.

•฀It฀is฀recommended฀that฀you฀select฀High฀speed฀mode฀if฀you฀use฀the฀projector฀non-stop฀for฀consecutive฀days.

•฀฀Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀when฀using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀or฀higher.

•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀or฀higher฀without฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀can฀cause฀

the฀projector฀to฀overheat฀and฀the฀protector฀could฀shut฀down.฀If฀this฀happens,฀wait฀a฀couple฀minutes฀and฀turn฀on฀the฀projector.

•฀฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀less฀than฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀and฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀can฀cause฀the฀

lamp฀to฀overcool,฀causing฀the฀image฀to฀icker.฀Switch฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[AUTO].

•฀฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀or฀higher฀can฀shorten฀the฀life฀of฀optical฀components฀such฀

as฀the฀lamp.

•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Selecting Signal Format [SIGNAL SELECT]

[COMPUTER1],฀[COMPUTER2]

Allows฀you฀to฀choose฀[COMPUTER1],฀or฀[COMPUTER2]฀for฀an฀RGB฀source฀such฀as฀a฀computer,฀or฀[COMPONENT]฀

for฀a฀component฀video฀source฀such฀as฀a฀DVD฀player.฀Normally฀select฀[RGB/COMPONENT]฀and฀the฀projector฀auto-

matically฀detects฀a฀component฀signal.฀However฀there฀may฀be฀some฀component฀signals฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀unable฀to฀

detect.฀If฀this฀is฀the฀case,฀select฀[COMPONENT].

[VIDEO฀&฀S-VIDEO฀System฀Select]

This฀feature฀enables฀you฀to฀select฀composite฀video฀standards฀automatically฀or฀manually.

Normally฀select฀[AUTO]฀and฀the฀projector฀will฀automatically฀detect฀the฀video฀standard.

In฀the฀case฀where฀the฀projector฀has฀difculty฀detecting฀the฀video฀standard,฀select฀the฀appropriate฀video฀standard฀from฀

the฀menu.

This฀must฀be฀done฀for฀VIDEO฀and฀S-VIDEO฀respectively.

Enabling฀or฀Disabling฀WXGA฀Mode฀[WXGA฀MODE]

Selecting฀[ON]฀will฀give฀priority฀to฀a฀WXGA฀(1280฀×฀768)฀signal฀in฀recognizing฀an฀input฀signal.

When฀[WXGA฀MODE]฀is฀set฀to฀[ON],฀an฀XGA฀(1024฀×฀768)฀signal฀may฀not฀be฀recognized฀on฀P420X/P350X.฀In฀this฀

case,฀select฀[OFF].

NOTE:฀

•฀The฀[OFF]฀is฀selected฀at฀the฀time฀of฀shipment฀of฀P420X/P350X.

•฀The฀[ON]฀is฀selected฀at฀the฀time฀of฀shipment฀of฀P350W.

Enabling the deinterlace [DEINTERLACE]

Turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀deinterlace฀function฀for฀a฀telecine฀signal.

OFF ........................ Select this option if there is any jitter or artifacts in video.

ON ......................... Default standard setting.

NOTE:฀This฀feature฀is฀not฀available฀for฀HDTV฀(progressive)฀and฀computer฀signals.

Setting HDMI [HDMI SETTINGS]

Make฀the฀settings฀for฀video฀level฀and฀audio฀level฀when฀connecting฀HDMI฀equipment฀such฀as฀a฀DVD฀player.฀

VIDEO LEVEL ......... Select [AUTO] to automatically detect video level. If automatic detection may not work well, select [NOR-

MAL] to disable the [ENHANCED] feature of your HDMI equipment or select [ENHANCED] to improve image

contrast and increase detail in the dark areas.

AUDIO SELECT ...... Select [HDMI] to switch the HDMI IN digital audio signal and select [COMPUTER 2] to switch the COMPUTER

2 input audio signal.

Enabling Key Sound and Error Sound [BEEP]

This฀feature฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀button฀sound฀or฀alarm฀when฀an฀error฀occurs฀or฀the฀following฀operations฀are฀per-

formed.

-฀Displaying฀the฀main฀menu฀

-฀Switching฀sources

-฀Resetting฀data฀by฀using฀[RESET]

-฀Pressing฀POWER฀ON฀or฀POWER฀OFF฀button

[TOOLS]

See฀“APPLICATION฀MENU”฀on฀page฀

123.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[OPTIONS(2)]

Selecting฀Power-saving฀in฀[STANDBY฀MODE]

The฀projector฀has฀two฀standby฀modes:฀[NORMAL]฀and฀[POWER-SAVING].

The฀POWER-SAVING฀mode฀is฀the฀mode฀that฀allows฀you฀to฀put฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀power-saving฀condition฀which฀

consumes฀less฀power฀than฀the฀NORMAL฀mode.฀The฀projector฀is฀preset฀for฀NORMAL฀mode฀at฀the฀factory.

NORMAL ................ Power indicator: Orange light/STATUS indicator: Green light

POWER-SAVING .... Power indicator: Red light/STATUS indicator: Off

The following connectors, buttons or functions will not work during this mode.

- MONITOR OUT (COMP. 1) connector, and AUDIO OUT connector

- LAN and Mail Alert functions

- Buttons other than POWER button on the cabinet

- Buttons other than POWER ON button on the remote control

- Virtual Remote Tool, USB Display fucntion

NOTE:฀

•฀When฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK],฀[CONTROL฀ID],฀or฀[AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP1)]฀is฀turned฀on,฀the฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀setting฀is฀

not฀available.

•฀Even฀when฀[POWER-SAVING]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE],฀power฀on฀or฀off฀can฀be฀done฀by฀using฀the฀PC฀CONTROL฀port.

•฀The฀power฀consumption฀in฀the฀standby฀mode฀will฀not฀be฀included฀in฀calculating฀CO

฀emission฀reduction.

•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

Enabling฀Auto฀Power฀On฀[AUTO฀POWER฀ON(AC)]

Turns฀the฀projector฀on฀automatically฀when฀the฀power฀cord฀is฀inserted฀into฀an฀active฀power฀outlet.฀This฀eliminates฀the฀

need฀to฀always฀use฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀projector฀cabinet.

100

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Turning฀On฀the฀Projector฀By฀Applying฀Computer฀Signal฀[AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP1)]

When฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀Standby฀mode,฀applying฀a฀computer฀signal฀from฀a฀computer฀connected฀to฀the฀COMPUTER1฀

IN฀input฀will฀power฀on฀the฀projector฀and฀simultaneously฀project฀the฀computer’s฀image.

This฀functionality฀eliminates฀the฀need฀to฀always฀use฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀

to฀power฀on฀the฀projector.

To฀use฀this฀function,฀rst฀connect฀a฀computer฀to฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀projector฀to฀an฀active฀AC฀input.

NOTE:฀

•฀Disconnecting฀a฀computer฀signal฀from฀the฀computer฀will฀not฀power฀off฀the฀projector.฀We฀recommend฀using฀this฀function฀in฀com-

bination฀of฀the฀AUTO฀POWER฀OFF฀function.

•฀This฀function฀will฀not฀be฀available฀under฀the฀following฀conditions:

-฀when฀a฀component฀signal฀is฀applied฀to฀the฀COMPUTER1฀IN฀connector

-฀when฀a฀Sync฀on฀Green฀RGB฀signal฀or฀composite฀sync฀signal฀is฀applied

•฀To฀enable฀the฀AUTO฀POWER฀ON฀(COMP1)฀after฀turning฀off฀the฀projector,฀wait฀3฀seconds฀and฀input฀a฀computer฀signal.

฀If฀a฀computer฀signal฀is฀still฀present฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off,฀the฀AUTO฀POWER฀ON฀(COMP1)฀will฀not฀work฀and฀the฀projector฀

remains฀in฀standby฀mode.

Enabling฀Power฀Management฀[AUTO฀POWER฀OFF]

When฀this฀option฀is฀selected฀you฀can฀enable฀the฀projector฀to฀automatically฀turn฀off฀(at฀the฀selected฀time:฀5min.,฀10min.,฀

20min.,฀30min.)฀if฀there฀is฀no฀signal฀received฀by฀any฀input฀or฀if฀no฀operation฀is฀performed.

Selecting Default Source [DEFAULT SOURCE SELECT]

You฀can฀set฀the฀projector฀to฀default฀to฀any฀one฀of฀its฀inputs฀each฀time฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on.

LAST ...................... Sets the projector to default to the previous or last active input each time the projector is turned on.

AUTO ..................... Searches for an active source in order of COMPUTER1  COMPUTER2  HDMI  VIDEO  S-VIDEO 

VIEWER  USB DISPLAY  COMPUTER1 and displays the ﬁrst found source.

COMPUTER1 ......... Displays the computer signal from the COMPUTER 1 IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

COMPUTER2 ......... Displays the computer signal from the COMPUTER 2 IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

HDMI ..................... Displays the digital source from the HDMI IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

VIDEO .................... Displays the Video source from the VIDEO IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

S-VIDEO ................ Displays the Video source from the S-VIDEO IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

VIEWER ................. Displays slides or plays back movie ﬁles from the USB memory device every time the projector is turned

on.

NETWORK ............. Displays a signal from LAN port (RJ-45) or the USB Wireless LAN Unit.

USB DISPLAY ........ Displays the computer signal from the USB (PC) port every time the projector is turned on.

101

5. Using On-Screen Menu

 Menu Descriptions & Functions [INFO.]

Displays฀the฀status฀of฀the฀current฀signal฀and฀lamp฀usage.฀This฀item฀has฀six฀pages.฀The฀information฀included฀is฀as฀

follows:

TIP:฀Pressing฀the฀HELP฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀will฀show฀the฀[INFO.]฀menu฀items.

[USAGE TIME]

[LAMP฀LIFE฀REMAINING]฀(%)*

[LAMP฀HOURS฀USED]฀(H)

[FILTER฀HOURS฀USED]฀(H)

[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]฀(kg-CO2)

*฀The฀progress฀indicator฀shows฀the฀percentage฀of฀remaining฀bulb฀life.

฀The฀value฀informs฀you฀of฀the฀amount฀of฀lamp฀usage.฀When฀the฀remaining฀lamp฀time฀reaches฀0,฀the฀LAMP฀LIFE฀

REMAINING฀bar฀indicator฀changes฀from฀0%฀to฀100฀Hours฀and฀starts฀counting฀down.

฀If฀the฀remaining฀lamp฀time฀reaches฀0฀hours,฀the฀projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on.

•฀The฀message฀to฀the฀effect฀that฀the฀lamp฀or฀the฀lters฀should฀be฀replaced฀will฀be฀displayed฀for฀one฀minute฀when฀

the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀when฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀or฀the฀remote฀control฀is฀pressed.

฀To฀dismiss฀this฀message,฀press฀any฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀or฀the฀remote฀control.

Lamp life(H)

Replacement lamp Model

ECO MODE

NORMAL

(OFF or AUTO ECO)

ECO

(ECO1฀or฀ECO2*)

4000 5000

NP16LPP350X

3000 3500

NP17LPP420X/P350W

*฀[ECO2]฀is฀available฀on฀P350X฀only.฀

•฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]

฀This฀displays฀the฀estimated฀carbon฀saving฀information฀in฀kg.฀The฀carbon฀footprint฀factor฀in฀the฀carbon฀saving฀cal-

culation฀is฀based฀on฀the฀OECD฀(2008฀Edition).฀(฀page฀

29)

102

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[SOURCE]

[SOURCE฀NAME]฀฀[SOURCE฀INDEX]

[HORIZONTAL฀FREQUENCY]฀[VERTICAL฀FREQUENCY]

[SIGNAL฀TYPE]฀฀฀[VIDEO฀TYPE]

[SYNC฀TYPE]฀฀฀[SYNC฀POLARITY]

[SCAN฀TYPE]

[WIRED LAN]

[IP฀ADDRESS]฀[SUBNET฀MASK]

[GATEWAY]฀[MAC฀ADDRESS]

[WIRELESS LAN]

[IP฀ADDRESS]฀[SUBNET฀MASK]

[GATEWAY]฀[MAC฀ADDRESS]

[SSID]฀฀[NETWORK฀TYPE]

[WEP/WPA]฀[CHANNEL]

[SIGNAL฀LEVEL]

103

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[VERSION(1)]

[FIRMWARE]฀Version

[DATA]฀Version

[VERSION(2)]

[FIRMWARE2]฀Version

[OTHERS]

[PROJECTOR฀NAME]

[MODEL฀NO.]

[SERIAL฀NUMBER]

[LAN฀UNIT฀TYPE]

[CONTROL฀ID]฀(when฀[CONTROL฀ID]฀is฀set)

104

5. Using On-Screen Menu

 Menu Descriptions & Functions [RESET]

Returning to Factory Default [RESET]

The฀RESET฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀change฀adjustments฀and฀settings฀to฀the฀factory฀preset฀for฀a฀(all)฀source฀(s)฀except฀

the฀following:

[CURRENT฀SIGNAL]

Resets฀the฀adjustments฀for฀the฀current฀signal฀to฀the฀factory฀preset฀levels.฀

The฀items฀that฀can฀be฀reset฀are:฀[PRESET],฀[CONTRAST],฀[BRIGHTNESS],฀[COLOR],฀[HUE],฀[SHARPNESS],฀

[ASPECT฀RATIO],฀[HORIZONTAL],฀[VERTICAL],฀[CLOCK],฀[PHASE],฀and฀[OVERSCAN].

[ALL฀DATA]

Reset฀all฀the฀adjustments฀and฀settings฀for฀all฀the฀signals฀to฀the฀factory฀preset.

All฀items฀can฀be฀reset฀EXCEPT฀[LANGUAGE],฀[BACKGROUND],฀[FILTER฀MESSAGE],฀[SECURITY],฀[COMMUNI-

CATION฀SPEED],฀[CONTROL฀ID],฀[STANDBY฀MODE],฀[FAN฀MODE],฀[LAMP฀LIFE฀REMAINING],฀[LAMP฀HOURS฀

USED],฀[FILTER฀HOURS฀USED],฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS],฀[WIRED฀LAN],฀and฀[WIRELESS฀LAN].

To฀reset฀the฀lamp฀usage฀time,฀see฀“Clearing฀Lamp฀Hour฀Meter฀[CLEAR฀LAMP฀HOURS]”฀below.

Clearing Lamp Hour Meter [CLEAR LAMP HOURS]

Resets฀the฀lamp฀clock฀back฀to฀zero.฀Selecting฀this฀option฀displays฀submenu฀for฀a฀conrmation.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀

the฀ENTER฀button.

NOTE:฀Elapsed฀time฀of฀the฀lamp฀use฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

NOTE:฀The฀projector฀will฀turn฀off฀and฀go฀into฀standby฀mode฀when฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀after฀the฀

lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life.฀In฀this฀condition฀you฀cannot฀clear฀the฀lamp฀hour฀meter฀on฀the฀menu.฀If฀this฀happens,฀press฀the฀

HELP฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀10฀seconds฀to฀reset฀the฀lamp฀clock฀back฀to฀zero.฀Do฀this฀only฀after฀replacing฀the฀lamp.

Clearing the Filter Usage Hours [CLEAR FILTER HOURS]

Resets฀the฀lter฀usage฀back฀to฀zero.฀Selecting฀this฀option฀displays฀submenu฀for฀a฀conrmation.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀

the฀ENTER฀button.

The฀[OFF]฀item฀is฀selected฀for฀[FILTER฀MESSAGE]฀at฀the฀time฀of฀shipment.฀When฀[OFF]฀is฀selected,฀you฀do฀not฀need฀

to฀clear฀the฀lter฀usage฀hour.

NOTE:฀Elapsed฀time฀of฀the฀lter฀use฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

105

5. Using On-Screen Menu

❾ Application Menu

When฀[NETWORK]฀is฀selected฀from฀the฀[SOURCE]฀menu,฀the฀application฀menu฀[APPLICATION฀MENU]฀will฀be฀dis-

played.

The฀application฀menu฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀up฀the฀User฀Supportware,฀Network฀Settings฀(NETWORK฀SETTINGS)฀and฀

Tools฀(TOOLS).

The฀User฀Supportware฀is฀contained฀on฀the฀supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM.

In฀[ADMINISTRATOR฀MODE],฀either฀[ADVANCED]฀menu฀or฀[BASIC]฀menu฀can฀be฀selected.฀(฀page฀

123)

The฀[BASIC]฀menu฀contains฀minimum฀essentials฀of฀menus฀and฀commands.฀

IMAGE EXPRESS UTILITY

This฀shows฀information฀for฀projector฀name,฀resolution,฀and฀network฀(wired/wireless)฀which฀are฀required฀to฀use฀Image฀

Express฀Utility.

Use฀this฀information฀to฀set฀up฀for฀your฀computer.

DESKTOP CONTROL UTILITY

This฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀up฀for฀password฀entry/deletion,฀computer฀searching฀and฀IP฀address฀on฀network฀(wired/wireless)฀

which฀are฀required฀to฀use฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility.

106

5. Using On-Screen Menu

NETWORK PROJECTOR

This฀shows฀information฀for฀projector฀name,฀resolution,฀and฀network฀(wired/wireless)฀which฀are฀required฀to฀use฀Network฀

Projector.

Use฀this฀information฀to฀set฀up฀for฀your฀computer.

REMOTE DESKTOP CONNECTION

This฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀up฀for฀computer฀name฀entry฀and฀effects฀for฀Remote฀Desktop.

NOTE:

•฀A฀USB฀keyboard฀is฀required฀to฀set฀up฀the฀Remote฀Desktop฀Connection.

107

5. Using On-Screen Menu

NETWORK SETTINGS

Important:

•฀Consult฀with฀your฀network฀administrator฀about฀these฀settings.

•฀When฀using฀a฀wired฀LAN฀connection,฀connect฀a฀LAN฀cable฀(Ethernet฀cable)฀to฀the฀LAN฀port฀(RJ-45)฀of฀the฀projector.฀(฀page฀

138)฀

TIP:฀The฀network฀settings฀you฀make฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

Hints฀on฀How฀to฀Set฀Up฀LAN฀Connection฀

To฀set฀up฀the฀projector฀for฀a฀LAN฀connection:

Select฀[WIRED฀LAN]฀or฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀฀[PROFILES]฀฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2].

Two฀settings฀can฀be฀set฀for฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN.

Next฀turn฀on฀or฀off฀for฀[DHCP],฀[IP฀ADDRESS],฀[SUBNET฀MASK],฀and฀[GATEWAY]฀and฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀

ENTER฀button.฀(฀page฀108)

To recall LAN settings stored in the proﬁle number:

Select฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2]฀for฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN,฀and฀then฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀

(฀page฀108)

To connect a DHCP server:

Turn฀on฀[DHCP]฀for฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN.฀Select฀[ON]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀To฀specify฀IP฀address฀without฀

using฀the฀DHCP฀server,฀turn฀off฀[DHCP].฀(฀page฀109)

To฀set฀only฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀(NETWORK฀TYPE฀and฀WEP/WPA):

Select฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2]฀for฀wireless฀LAN,฀and฀then฀select฀[ADVANCED]฀and฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀

button.฀The฀Advanced฀menu฀will฀be฀displayed.฀(฀page฀110)

To select an SSID:

Select฀[ADVANCED]฀฀[SITE฀SURVEY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

Select฀an฀SSID฀and฀press฀the฀>฀button฀to฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

If฀you฀do฀not฀use฀[SITE฀SURVEY],฀type฀the฀SSID฀and฀select฀[INFRASTRUCTURE]฀or฀[AD฀HOC].฀(฀page฀110)

To฀receive฀lamp฀replacement฀time฀or฀error฀messages฀via฀e-mail:

Select฀[ALERT฀MAIL],฀and฀set฀[SENDER'S฀ADDRESS],฀[SMTP฀SERVER฀NAME],฀and฀[RECIPIENT'S฀ADDRESS].฀

Last,฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀(฀page฀121)

To execute [EASY CONNECTION] using Image Express Utility 2.0 or Image Express Utility 2 for Mac:

The฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀is฀a฀mode฀that฀can฀abbreviate฀the฀troublesome฀LAN฀settings฀when฀using฀the฀Image฀

Express฀Utility฀and฀connecting฀the฀PC฀and฀projector฀via฀a฀wireless฀LAN.

The฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite,฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0,฀and฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac฀are฀contained฀on฀the฀

supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM.฀

To฀use฀[EASY฀CONNECTION],฀select฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀฀[PROFILES]฀฀[EASY฀CONNECTION].฀

NOTE:฀The฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀function฀is฀available฀on฀Windows฀7,฀Windows฀Vista฀or฀Windows฀XP฀SP3.฀

108

5. Using On-Screen Menu

WIRED฀LAN฀or฀WIRELESS฀LAN฀(ADVANCED฀menu฀only)

PROFILES•฀Up฀to฀two฀settings฀for฀the฀LAN฀port฀or฀USB฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀

can฀be฀stored฀in฀memory฀of฀the฀projector.฀Total฀of฀four฀settings฀

can฀be฀stored.

฀Five฀settings฀can฀be฀stored:฀two฀for฀the฀built-in฀LAN฀port,฀two฀

for฀wireless฀LAN฀and฀one฀for฀WPS.

•฀Select฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2]฀and฀then฀do฀settings฀for฀

[DHCP]฀and฀the฀other฀options.฀

฀After฀doing฀this,฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀This฀

will฀store฀your฀settings฀in฀memory.

•฀To฀recall฀the฀settings฀from฀memory:

฀After฀selecting฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2]฀from฀the฀[PRO-

FILES]฀list.

฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀

•฀To฀execute฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀

2.0฀or฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac,฀select฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀

฀[PROFILES]฀฀[EASY฀CONNECTION].฀

•฀To฀stop฀emitting฀radio฀waves฀from฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit,฀

select฀[DISABLE]฀from฀the฀[PROFILES]฀list.

•฀Selecting฀[SIMPLE฀ACCESS฀POINT]฀will฀allow฀the฀projector฀to฀

create฀an฀infrastructure฀network.

฀An฀SSID฀will฀be฀automatically฀created.

฀When฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀projector฀is฀changed,฀it฀will฀auto-

matically฀take฀effect฀in฀one฀or฀two฀minutes.

฀Select฀“Obtain฀an฀IP฀Address฀Automatically”฀to฀set฀the฀IP฀ad-

dress฀of฀a฀connected฀computer.

฀It฀takes฀a฀few฀seconds฀for฀a฀change฀of฀your฀computer’s฀IP฀ad-

dress฀to฀come฀into฀effect฀in฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista฀while฀it฀

takes฀one฀or฀two฀minutes฀in฀Window฀XP.

฀When฀you฀connect฀with฀your฀computer฀to฀save฀your฀prole฀

and฀select฀“Automatically฀connect฀when฀within฀range”฀from฀the฀

Properties฀tab฀of฀Wireless฀Network฀in฀Windows฀for฀your฀selected฀

prole,฀your฀wireless฀LAN฀will฀be฀accessed฀under฀the฀following฀

conditions:

•฀at฀the฀time฀of฀turning฀on฀the฀computer฀or฀the฀projector

•฀when฀the฀notebook฀type฀is฀within฀the฀range฀of฀the฀projector’s฀

wireless฀LAN฀can฀be฀achieved.

฀Data฀transmission฀between฀wireless฀LAN฀and฀wired฀LAN฀is฀not฀

possible.

฀When฀the฀[SIMPLE฀ACCESS฀POINT]฀mode฀is฀used฀to฀send฀

images,฀it฀is฀recommended฀to฀connect฀to฀only฀one฀computer.

—

109

5. Using On-Screen Menu

•฀When฀selecting฀[WPS],฀the฀network฀will฀be฀connected฀by฀using฀

settings฀stored฀automatically฀with฀the฀WPS฀function.

฀Selecting฀[WPS]฀will฀allow฀the฀projector฀to฀access฀the฀network฀

by฀using฀the฀settings฀the฀WPS฀function฀automatically฀stored.

DHCPPlace฀a฀check฀mark฀to฀automatically฀assign฀an฀IP฀address฀to฀the฀

projector฀from฀your฀DHCP฀server.

Clear฀this฀check฀box฀to฀register฀the฀IP฀address฀or฀subnet฀mask฀

number฀obtained฀from฀your฀network฀administrator.

—

IP฀ADDRESSSet฀your฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀

when฀[DHCP]฀is฀turned฀off.

Up฀to฀12฀numeric฀

characters

SUBNET฀MASKSet฀your฀subnet฀mask฀number฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀

projector฀when฀[DHCP]฀is฀turned฀off.

Up฀to฀12฀numeric฀

characters

GATEWAY

Set฀the฀default฀gateway฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀

when฀[DHCP]฀is฀turned฀off.฀

Up฀to฀12฀numeric฀

characters

WNS฀CONFIGURA-

TION

Set฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀your฀WINS฀server฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀

to฀the฀projector฀when฀[DHCP]฀is฀turned฀off.฀

Up฀to฀12฀numeric฀

characters

AUTO฀DNSPlace฀a฀check฀mark฀to฀automatically฀assign฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀your฀

DNS฀server฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀from฀your฀DHCP฀server.

Clear฀this฀check฀box฀to฀set฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀your฀DNS฀server฀

connected฀to฀the฀projector.

Up฀to฀12฀numeric฀

characters

DNS฀CONFIGURA-

TION

Set฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀your฀DNS฀server฀on฀the฀network฀connected฀

to฀the฀projector฀when฀[AUTO฀DNS]฀is฀cleared.

Up฀to฀12฀numeric฀

characters

ADVANCED*

This฀menu฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀various฀items฀for฀your฀wireless฀LAN฀

connection฀(network฀type,฀security).

—

RECONNECT

Retry฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀network.฀Try฀this฀if฀you฀have฀

changed฀[PROFILES].฀

—

*฀The฀[ADVANCED]฀setting฀screen฀is฀available฀for฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀only.

NOTE:

•฀If฀you฀select฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀from฀[PROFILES],฀you฀cannot฀make฀settings฀to฀DHCP฀and฀its฀following฀items฀except฀[CHAN-

NEL]฀in฀[ADVANCED].

ADVANCED฀Setting฀(required฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀only)฀(ADVANCED฀menu฀only)

110

5. Using On-Screen Menu

SITE฀SURVEYDisplays฀a฀list฀of฀available฀SSIDs฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀on฀site.฀Select฀

an฀SSID฀which฀you฀can฀access.

To฀select฀an฀SSID,฀highlight฀[SSID]฀and฀use฀the฀SELECT฀ to

select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀

....................... Wireless access point

....................... Ad Hoc PC

....................... WEP or WPA enabled

—

SECURITY

This฀will฀turn฀on฀or฀off฀the฀encryption฀mode฀for฀secure฀transmis-

sion.

To฀use฀encryption,฀specify฀a฀WEP฀key฀or฀encryption฀key.฀Select฀

your฀security฀type฀appropriate฀for฀your฀computer฀and฀the฀wire-

less฀LAN฀unit.

DISABLE ................ Will not turn on the encryption feature. Your com-

munications may be monitored by someone.

WEP(64bit) ............ Uses 64-bit datalength for secure transmis-

sion.

WEP(128bit) .......... Uses 128-bit datalength for secure transmission.

This option will increase privacy and security

when compared to use of 64-bit datalength en-

cryption.

WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK/WPA-EAP/WPA2-EAP

.............................. These options provide stronger security than

WEP.

NOTE:

•฀The฀security฀type,฀WEP฀key,฀and฀encryption฀key฀settings฀must฀be฀the฀

same฀as฀communication฀devices฀such฀as฀PC฀or฀access฀point฀in฀your฀

wireless฀network.

•฀When฀you฀use฀[SECURITY],฀your฀image฀transmission฀speed฀will฀slow฀

down.

•฀[WPA-PSK],฀[WPA-EAP],฀[WPA2-PSK]฀and฀[WPA2-EAP]฀are฀not฀avail-

able฀when฀[AD฀HOC]฀is฀selected฀from฀[NETWORK฀TYPE].

฀

—

SSID

Enter฀an฀identier฀(SSID)฀for฀wireless฀LAN.฀Communication฀can฀

be฀done฀only฀with฀equipment฀whose฀SSID฀matches฀SSID฀for฀your฀

wireless฀LAN.฀

Up฀to฀32฀alphanumeric฀

characters฀(case฀

sensitive).

NETWORK฀TYPESelect฀communication฀method฀when฀using฀wireless฀LAN.

INFRASTRUCTURE ...Select this option when communicating with

one or more equipment connected to the wire-

less or wired LAN network via a wireless access

point.

AD HOC ....................Select this option when using the wireless LAN

to directly communicate with a computer in

peer-to-peer mode.

—

CHANNEL

Select฀a฀channel.฀Available฀channels฀vary฀depending฀on฀the฀

country฀and฀region.฀When฀you฀select฀[INFRASTRUCTURE],฀make฀

sure฀that฀the฀projector฀and฀your฀access฀point฀are฀on฀the฀same฀

channel;฀when฀you฀select฀[AD฀HOC],฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀

and฀your฀computer฀are฀on฀the฀same฀channel.

—

111

5. Using On-Screen Menu

When฀[WEP(64bit)]฀or฀[WEP(128bit)]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SECURITY฀TYPE]

KEY฀SELECTSelects฀one฀WEP฀key฀from฀the฀four฀keys฀below.

KEY1,฀KEY2,฀KEY3,฀

KEY4

Enter฀a฀WEP฀key.

•฀Maximum฀number฀of฀characters

OptionAlphanumeric฀(ASCII)Hexadecimal฀(HEX)

WEP฀64bit5 10

WEP฀128bit13 26

When฀[WPA-PSK],฀[WPA-EAP],฀[WPA2-PSK],฀or฀[WPA2-EAP]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SECURITY฀TYPE]

ENCRYPTION฀TYPESelect฀[TKIP]฀or฀[AES].

KEYEnter฀encryption฀key.฀Key฀length฀must฀be฀8฀or฀greater฀and฀63฀or฀less.

112

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[AUTHENTICATION]฀(required฀for฀wireless฀only)

Setting฀is฀required฀for฀using฀WPA-EAP฀or฀WPA2-EAP.฀

Preparation before setting

Select฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀compliant฀WPA-EAP฀or฀WPA2-EAP฀authentication฀and฀install฀a฀digital฀certicate฀on฀the฀projec-

tor.

1.฀Set฀[DATE฀AND฀TIME]฀on฀the฀projector.฀(฀page฀

127)

2.฀Use฀a฀computer฀to฀save฀digital฀certicates฀(les)฀for฀WPA-EAP฀or฀WPA2-EAP฀setting฀to฀your฀USB฀memory฀

device.

After completing saving the ﬁle, remove the USB memory device from the computer.

Important:

•฀The฀le฀formats฀of฀digital฀certicate฀that฀are฀supported฀by฀the฀projector฀are฀DER฀and฀PKCS#12฀only.

•฀The฀projector฀cannot฀handle฀any฀digital฀certicate฀whose฀le฀size฀exceeds฀8฀KB.

•฀CRL฀(Certicate฀Relocation฀List)฀is฀not฀supported.

•฀Client฀certicate฀chain฀is฀not฀supported.

3.฀Plug฀the฀USB฀memory฀device฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projector.

Setting Procedures

1.฀Select฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀฀[WIRELESSS฀LAN].

2.฀Set฀items฀such฀as฀PROFILES,฀DHCP,฀IP฀ADDRESS,฀SUBNET฀MASK฀and฀others฀as฀required.

•฀Select฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2]฀for฀[PROFILES].฀If฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀is฀selected,฀WPA-PSK,฀WPA2-

PSK, WPA-EAP, or WPA2-EAP is not available.

3.฀Select฀[ADVANCED]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The [ADVANCED] setting screen will be displayed.

113

5. Using On-Screen Menu

4.฀Select฀[SITE฀SURVEY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The “SSID” list will be displayed.

5.฀Select฀a฀connecting฀SSID,฀and฀then฀select฀[OK].

Finally press the ENTER button.

•฀Select฀the฀SSID฀for฀which฀WPA-PSK฀or฀WPA2-PSK฀is฀set.

•฀Select฀[INFRASTRUCTURE฀(

)] for [NETWORK TYPE]. WPA-PSK, WPA2-PSK, WPA-EAP, or WPA2-EAP is

not available when [AD HOC ( )] is selected.

6.฀Select฀the฀[SECURITY]฀tab.

The [SECURITY] page will be displayed.

7.฀Select฀the฀[SECURITY฀TYPE]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The pull-down list will be displayed.

8.฀Select฀[WPA-EAP]฀or฀[WPA2-EAP]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

9.฀Select฀the฀[TKIP/AES]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The pull-down list will be displayed.

.฀Select฀[TKIP]฀or฀[AES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

Select [TKIP] or [AES] according to the setting for your access point.

114

5. Using On-Screen Menu

.฀Select฀the฀[AUTHENTICATION]฀tab.

The [AUTHENTICATION] page will be displayed.

Select either [EAP-TLS] or [PEAP-MSCHAPv2] for [EAP TYPE]. The setting items vary depending on the EAP

type.

See the table below.

EAP฀TypeSetting฀ItemNote

EAP-TLS

User฀Name1฀character฀or฀more฀and฀32฀characters฀or฀

less

Client฀CerticatePKCS#12฀format฀le

CA฀Certicate

(Certicate฀authority’s฀certicate)

DER฀format฀le

PEAP-MSCHAPv2User฀Name1฀character฀or฀more฀and฀32฀characters฀or฀

less

Password

1฀character฀or฀more฀and฀32฀characters฀or฀

less

CA฀Certicate

(Certicate฀authority’s฀certicate)

DER฀format฀le

①฀Selecting฀[EAP-TLS]฀for฀[EAP฀TYPE]:

The following section explains the operation for selecting [EAP-TLS].

For selecting [PEAP-MSCHAPv2], go on to Step 12 on page

116.

12.

฀Select฀the฀[USER฀NAME]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀character฀entry฀screen฀(software฀keyboard)฀will฀be฀displayed.฀Set฀a฀user฀name.

•฀A฀user฀name฀must฀be฀1฀character฀or฀more฀and฀32฀characters฀or฀less.

•฀See฀page฀26฀of฀“Wired฀and฀Wireless฀Network฀Setup฀Guide”฀for฀using฀the฀software฀keyboard฀to฀enter฀charac

ters.

115

5. Using On-Screen Menu

13.

฀Select฀[CLIENT฀CERTIFICATE]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

A list of ﬁles (thumbnail screen) will be displayed.

•฀For฀operating฀the฀thumbnail฀screen,฀see฀“4.฀Using฀the฀Viewer”฀in฀the฀“User’s฀Manual”฀(PDF).

•฀To฀return฀to฀the฀[AUTHENTICATION]฀page,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

NOTE:

Installing a digital certiﬁcate

You฀can฀install฀each฀digital฀certicate฀(client฀certicate฀and฀CA฀certicate)฀for฀[PROFILE฀1฀(or฀2)]฀on฀a฀le-by-le฀basis.

•฀Install฀a฀root฀CA฀certicate฀for฀a฀CA฀certicate.

•฀If฀you฀install฀a฀digital฀certicate฀over฀your฀existing฀digital฀certicate,฀the฀existing฀digital฀certicate฀will฀be฀overwritten฀with฀the฀new฀

digital฀certicate.

•฀Once฀a฀digital฀certicate฀has฀been฀installed,฀its฀information฀cannot฀be฀deleted฀even฀if฀you฀stop฀setting฀WPA-EAP฀or฀WPA2-EAP.

14.

฀On฀the฀thumbnail฀screen,฀select฀a฀digital฀certicate฀(PKCS#12฀format฀le)฀saved฀in฀your฀USB฀memory฀device฀

and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The password screen will be displayed.

15.

฀Select฀[PASSWORD]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀character฀entry฀screen฀(software฀keyboard)฀will฀be฀displayed.฀Set฀the฀password฀of฀the฀private฀key.฀A฀password฀

must be 1 character or more and 32 characters or less.

The selected digital certiﬁcate ﬁle will be installed on the projector.

•฀When฀the฀root฀CA฀certicate฀is฀not฀included฀in฀the฀le฀that฀was฀selected฀in฀Step฀14,฀proceed฀to฀Step฀16.฀When฀

the root certiﬁcation authority certiﬁcate is included, proceed to Step 18.

16.฀Select฀[CA฀CERTIFICATE]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The drive list screen will be displayed.

116

5. Using On-Screen Menu

17.

฀On฀the฀thumbnail฀screen,฀select฀a฀digital฀certicate฀(DER฀format฀le)฀saved฀in฀your฀USB฀memory฀device฀

and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

•฀Select฀your฀root฀CA฀certicate฀here.฀

The selected digital certiﬁcate will be installed on the projector.

18.

฀After฀completing฀required฀settings,฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The [WIRELESS] page will be returned.

19.

฀Select฀[RECONNECT]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

20.

฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

This฀will฀complete฀setting฀[EAP-TLS]฀for฀[EAP฀TYPE]฀in฀[WPA-EAP]฀or฀[WPA2-EAP].

TIP:

Clearing฀the฀digital฀certicate฀that฀is฀installed฀on฀the฀projector

To฀clear฀the฀digital฀certicate฀installed฀on฀the฀projector,฀follow฀the฀steps฀below.

By฀doing฀the฀following฀procedure,฀all฀the฀digital฀certicates฀for฀the฀currently฀displayed฀prole฀will฀be฀cleared.

1.฀Select฀[CLEAR฀CERTIFICATES]฀in฀the฀bottom฀left฀of฀the฀[AD

VANCED]฀setting฀screen฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

A message for conﬁrmation will be displayed.

2.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The digital certiﬁcates will be cleared.

TIP:

•฀The฀PKCS#12฀format฀digital฀certicate฀including฀a฀CA฀certicate฀will฀be฀installed฀as฀a฀root฀CA฀certicate.

②฀Selecting฀[PEAP-MSCHAPv2]฀for฀[EAP฀TYPE]:

12.

฀From฀the฀[AUTHENTICATION]฀page,฀select฀[EAP฀TYPE]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The pull-down list will be displayed.

13.

฀Select฀[PEAP-MSCHAPv2]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

14.

฀Select฀[USER฀NAME]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀character฀entry฀screen฀(software฀keyboard)฀will฀be฀displayed.฀Set฀a฀user฀name.

•฀A฀user฀name฀must฀be฀32฀characters฀or฀less.

( page 118)

117

5. Using On-Screen Menu

15.

฀After฀completing฀setting฀a฀user฀name,฀select฀the฀[PASSWORD]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀character฀entry฀screen฀(software฀keyboard)฀will฀be฀displayed.฀Set฀a฀password.

•฀A฀password฀must฀be฀32฀characters฀or฀less.

16.

฀After฀completing฀setting฀the฀password,฀select฀[CA฀CERTIFICATE]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The drive list screen will be displayed.

•฀For฀operating฀the฀thumbnail฀screen,฀see฀“4.฀Using฀the฀Viewer”฀in฀the฀“User’s฀Manual”฀(PDF).

•฀To฀return฀to฀the฀[AUTHENTICATION]฀page,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

NOTE:

Installing a digital certiﬁcate

You฀can฀install฀each฀digital฀certicate฀(client฀certicate฀and฀CA฀certicate)฀for฀[PROFILE฀1฀(or฀2)]฀on฀a฀le-by-le฀

basis.

•฀Install฀a฀root฀CA฀certicate฀for฀a฀CA฀certicate.

•฀If฀you฀install฀a฀digital฀certicate฀over฀your฀existing฀digital฀certicate,฀the฀existing฀digital฀certicate฀will฀be฀overwritten฀with฀the฀new฀

digital฀certicate.

•฀Once฀a฀digital฀certicate฀has฀been฀installed,฀its฀information฀cannot฀be฀deleted฀even฀if฀you฀stop฀setting฀WPA-EAP฀or฀WPA2-EAP.

17.

฀On฀the฀thumbnail฀screen,฀select฀a฀digital฀certicate฀(DER฀format฀le)฀saved฀in฀your฀USB฀memory฀device฀

and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

•฀Select฀your฀root฀CA฀certicate฀here.฀

The selected digital certiﬁcate will be installed on the projector.

118

5. Using On-Screen Menu

18.

฀After฀completing฀required฀settings,฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The [WIRELESS] page will be returned.

19.

฀Select฀[RECONNECT]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

20.

฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

This฀will฀complete฀setting฀[PEAP-MSCHAPv2]฀for฀[EAP฀TYPE]฀in฀[WPA-EAP]฀or฀[WPA2-EAP].

TIP:

Clearing฀the฀digital฀certicate฀that฀is฀installed฀on฀the฀projector

To฀clear฀the฀digital฀certicate฀installed฀on฀the฀projector,฀follow฀the฀steps฀below.

By฀doing฀the฀following฀procedure,฀all฀the฀digital฀certicates฀for฀the฀currently฀displayed฀prole฀will฀be฀cleared.

1.฀Select฀[CLEAR฀CERTIFICATES]฀in฀the฀bottom฀left฀of฀the฀[AD

VANCED]฀setting฀screen฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

A message for conﬁrmation will be displayed.

2.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The digital certiﬁcates will be cleared.

TIP:

Entering฀WEP฀keys฀(Switching฀between฀Alphanumeric฀characters฀and฀hexadecimal)

To฀enter฀from฀[KEY1]฀to฀[KEY4],฀do฀the฀following:

1.฀Select฀one฀of฀[KEY฀1],฀[KEY฀2],฀[KEY฀3]฀and฀[KEY฀4]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀

฀The฀character฀entry฀screen฀(software฀keyboard)฀will฀be฀displayed.

2.฀Use฀the฀▼, ▲, ◀, or ▶฀button฀to฀select฀a฀character฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

•฀To฀enter฀a฀WEP฀key฀or฀passphrase,฀use฀alphanumeric฀characters฀(ASCII)฀or฀hexadecimal฀(HEX).฀To฀enter฀a฀PSK฀

key,฀use฀alphanumeric฀characters฀(ASCII).

•฀Press฀the฀[HEX]฀button฀to฀change฀to฀[ASCII]฀to฀set฀the฀key฀in฀ASCII฀digit.฀You฀can฀toggle฀this฀button฀between฀

[ASCII] and [HEX].

•฀Enter฀0x(numeral฀and฀alphabet฀respectively)฀right฀in฀front฀of฀your฀key฀code.

•฀Hexadecimal฀uses฀0฀to฀9฀and฀A฀to฀F.

3.฀After฀entering฀your฀WEP฀key฀or฀passphrase,฀use฀the฀▼

, ▲, ◀, or ▶฀button฀to฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀

button.

฀The฀character฀entry฀screen฀(software฀keyboard)฀will฀be฀closed.

119

5. Using On-Screen Menu

WPS

When฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀access฀point฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀supports฀WPS฀(Wi-Fi฀Protected฀Setup฀TM),฀you฀can฀

use฀PIN฀method฀or฀push฀button฀method฀to฀set฀up฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀for฀the฀projector.

PIN฀TYPESet฀a฀4-digit฀or฀8฀digit-PIN฀code฀of฀WPS฀for฀your฀access฀point฀to฀complete฀setting฀for฀the฀

SSID฀security.

PUSH฀BUTTON฀TYPEPress฀the฀dedicated฀button฀of฀the฀access฀point฀and฀the฀projector’s฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀to฀

complete฀setting฀for฀the฀SSID฀security.

NETWORK INFORMATION

The฀following฀information฀will฀be฀displayed฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀connected฀to฀a฀network฀(wired฀LAN฀or฀wireless฀

LAN).

PROJECTOR฀NAME

HOST฀NAME

DOMAIN

NETWORK฀INFOR-

MATION฀(WIRED฀

LAN/WIRELESS฀LAN)

CONNECTION฀STATUS,฀IP฀ADDRESS,฀SUBNET฀MASK,฀GATEWAY,฀WINS,฀DNS,฀MAC฀

ADDRESS,฀SSID,฀NETWORK฀TYPE,฀WEP/WPA,฀CHANNEL,฀SIGNAL฀LEVEL,฀AU-

THENTICATION,฀AUTHENTICATION฀PERIOD

DISPLAY฀THE฀INFOR-

MATION฀IN฀APPLICA-

TION฀MENU

Turn฀on฀or฀off฀the฀display฀of฀the฀network฀information.

฀The฀meanings฀of฀these฀status฀statements฀are฀described฀below.

StatementAuthentication฀status

AuthenticatedAuthentication฀is฀done฀correctly.

FailureAuthentication฀failed.

Authenticating…Authentication฀is฀in฀process.

ExpiredThe฀digital฀certicate฀is฀expired.฀Or฀[DATE,฀TIME฀PRESET]฀is฀not฀set฀correctly.

Time฀ErrorThe฀[DATE,฀TIME฀PRESET]฀has฀been฀cleared.฀Set฀the฀correct฀date฀and฀time.

120

5. Using On-Screen Menu

PROJECTOR฀NAME฀(ADVANCED฀menu฀only)

PROJECTOR฀NAMESet฀a฀unique฀projector฀name.฀Up฀to฀16฀alphanu-

meric฀characters฀and฀

symbols

DOMAIN฀(ADVANCED฀menu฀only)

Set฀a฀host฀name฀and฀domain฀name฀of฀the฀projector.

HOST฀NAMESet฀a฀host฀name฀of฀the฀projector.Up฀to฀15฀alphanumeric฀

characters

DOMAIN฀NAMESet฀a฀domain฀name฀of฀the฀projector.Up฀to฀60฀alphanumeric฀

characters

121

5. Using On-Screen Menu

ALERT฀MAIL฀(ADVANCED฀menu฀only)

ALERT฀MAILThis฀option฀will฀notify฀your฀computer฀of฀lamp฀replace฀time฀or฀error฀

messages฀via฀e-mail฀when฀using฀wireless฀or฀wired฀LAN.฀

Placing a checkmark will turn on the Alert Mail feature.

Clearing a checkmark will turn off the Alert Mail feature.

Sample฀of฀a฀message฀to฀be฀sent฀from฀the฀projector:

The฀lamp฀and฀lters฀are฀at฀the฀end฀of฀its฀usable฀life.฀Please฀

replace฀the฀lamp฀and฀lters.

Projector฀Name:฀NEC฀Projector

Lamp฀Hours฀Used:฀100฀[H]฀

—

HOST฀NAMEType฀in฀a฀host฀name.Up฀to฀15฀alphanumeric฀

characters

DOMAIN฀NAMEType฀in฀a฀domain฀name฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projec-

tor.

Up฀to฀60฀alphanumeric฀

characters

SENDER'S฀AD-

DRESS

Specify฀the฀sender’s฀address.฀Up฀to฀60฀alphanu-

meric฀characters฀and฀

symbols

SMTP฀SERVER฀

NAME

Type฀in฀the฀SMTP฀server฀name฀to฀be฀connected฀to฀the฀projec-

tor.

Up฀to฀60฀alphanumeric฀

characters

RECIPIENT'S฀AD-

DRESS฀1,฀2,฀3

Type฀in฀your฀recipient’s฀address.฀Up฀to฀60฀alphanu-

meric฀characters฀and฀

symbols

TEST฀MAIL

Send฀a฀test฀mail฀to฀check฀if฀your฀settings฀are฀correct.

NOTE:

•฀If฀you฀entered฀an฀incorrect฀address฀in฀a฀test,฀you฀may฀not฀receive฀an฀

Alert฀mail.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀check฀if฀the฀Recipient’s฀Address฀is฀

correctly฀set.

•฀Unless฀any฀one฀of฀the฀[SENDER'S฀ADDRESS],฀[SMTP฀SERVER'S฀

NAME]฀or฀[RECIPIENT'S฀ADDRESS฀1-3]฀is฀selected,฀[TEST฀MAIL]฀is฀

not฀available.

•฀Be฀sure฀to฀highlight฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀before฀executing฀

[TEST฀MAIL].

฀

—

122

5. Using On-Screen Menu

NETWORK฀SERVICE฀(ADVANCED฀menu฀only)

HTTP฀SERVERSet฀a฀password฀for฀your฀HTTP฀server.Up฀to฀10฀alphanumeric฀

characters

PJLink

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀a฀password฀when฀you฀use฀the฀

PJLink฀feature.

NOTE:฀

•฀Do฀not฀forget฀your฀password.฀However,฀if฀you฀forget฀your฀password,฀

consult฀with฀your฀dealer.฀

•฀What฀is฀PJLink?

฀PJLink฀is฀a฀standardization฀of฀protocol฀used฀for฀controlling฀projectors฀

of฀different฀manufacturers.฀This฀standard฀protocol฀is฀established฀by฀

Japan฀Business฀Machine฀and฀Information฀System฀Industries฀Associa-

tion฀(JBMIA)฀in฀2005.

฀The฀projector฀supports฀all฀the฀commands฀of฀PJLink฀Class฀1.

•฀Setting฀of฀PJLink฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀

the฀menu.

฀

Up฀to฀32฀alphanumeric฀

characters

AMX

Turn฀on฀or฀off฀for฀detection฀from฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery฀when฀

connecting฀to฀the฀network฀supported฀by฀AMX’s฀NetLinx฀control฀

system.

TIP:฀

When฀using฀a฀device฀that฀supports฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery,฀all฀AMX฀NetLinx฀

control฀system฀will฀recognize฀the฀device฀and฀download฀the฀appropriate฀

Device฀Discovery฀Module฀from฀an฀AMX฀server.

Placing a checkmark will enable detecting the projector from AMX Device

Discovery.

Clearing a checkmark will disable detecting the projector from AMX

Device Discovery.

—

123

5. Using On-Screen Menu

TOOLS

ADMINISTRATOR MODE

This฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀MENU฀MODE,฀save฀settings,฀and฀set฀a฀password฀for฀the฀administrator฀mode.

MENU฀MODESelect฀either฀[BASIC]฀or฀[ADVANCED]฀menu.

(฀page฀80)

—

NOT฀SAVE฀SETTING฀

VALUES

Placing a check mark will not save your projector settings.

Clear this check box to save your projector settings.

—

NEW฀PASSWORD/

CONFIRM฀PASS-

WORD

Assign฀a฀password฀for฀the฀administrator฀mode.Up฀to฀10฀alphanumeric฀

characters

TIP:

To฀return฀to฀the฀ADVANCED฀menu฀from฀the฀BASIC฀menu,฀do฀the฀following:

1.฀Use฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀cabinet฀or฀press฀the฀NETWORK฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀to฀select฀

[NETWORK]฀to฀display฀the฀APPLICATION฀MENU.

2.฀Select฀[TOOLS]฀฀[ADMINISTRATOR฀MODE]฀฀[MENU฀MODE]฀฀[ADVANCED฀MODE].

฀

124

5. Using On-Screen Menu

PROGRAM TIMER

This฀option฀turns฀on/off฀the฀projector฀and฀changes฀video฀signals,฀and฀selects฀ECO฀mode฀automatically฀at฀a฀specied฀

time.

NOTE:

•฀Before฀using฀[PROGRAM฀TIMER],฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀[DATE฀AND฀TIME]฀feature฀is฀set.฀(฀page฀127)

•฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀the฀stand฀by฀condition฀with฀the฀POWER฀cord฀connected.

•฀The฀projector฀has฀a฀built-in฀clock.฀The฀clock฀will฀keep฀working฀for฀about฀two฀weeks฀after฀the฀main฀power฀is฀turned฀off.฀If฀the฀main฀

power฀is฀not฀supplied฀to฀the฀projector฀for฀two฀weeks฀or฀more,฀the฀built-in฀clock฀stops฀working.

Setting฀a฀new฀program฀timer

1.฀On฀the฀PROGRAM฀TIMER฀screen,฀use฀the฀SELECT฀▲ or ▼฀button฀to฀select฀[SETTINGS]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀

button.

The [PROGRAM LIST] screen will be displayed.

2.฀Select฀a฀blank฀program฀number฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The [EDIT] screen will be displayed.

3.฀Make฀settings฀for฀each฀item฀as฀required.

ACTIVE .................. Place a check mark to enable the program.

DAY ........................ Select days of the week for the program timer. To execute the program from Monday to Friday, select [MON-

FRI].To execute the program in everyday basis, select [EVERYDAY].

125

5. Using On-Screen Menu

TIME ...................... Set the time to execute the program. Enter time in 24-hour format.

FUNCTION ............. Select a function to be executed. Selecting [POWER] will allow you to turn on or off the projector by

setting [ADVANCED SETTINGS]. Selecting [SOURCE] will allow you to select a video source by setting

[ADVANCED SETTINGS]. Selecting [ECO MODE] will allow you to select [EC MODE] by setting [ADVANCED

SETTINGS].

ADVANCED SETTINGS

.............................. Select power on/off, a type of video source, or ECO MODE for the selected item in [FUNCTION].

REPEAT .................. Place a check mark to repeat the program continuing basis. To use the program this week only, clear the

check mark.

4.฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

This will complete the settings.

You will be returned to the [PROGRAM LIST] screen.

5.฀Select฀[BACK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

You will be returned to the [PROGRAM TIMER] screen.

6.฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

You will be returned to the [TOOLS] screen.

NOTE:

•฀Up฀to฀30฀different฀timer฀settings฀can฀be฀programmed.

•฀When฀[PROGRAM฀TIMER]฀is฀turned฀on,฀the฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀setting฀is฀ignored.

•฀The฀Program฀Timer฀is฀executed฀on฀a฀set฀time฀basis,฀not฀in฀a฀program฀basis.

•฀Once฀the฀program฀not฀marked฀with฀a฀check฀in฀[REPEAT]฀has฀been฀executed,฀the฀check฀mark฀in฀the฀[ACTIVE]฀check฀box฀will฀be฀

cleared฀automatically฀and฀the฀program฀will฀be฀disabled.

•฀When฀the฀on-time฀and฀the฀off-time฀set฀for฀the฀same฀time,฀the฀off-time฀setting฀will฀take฀preference.

•฀Two฀different฀sources฀are฀set฀for฀the฀same฀time,฀the฀larger฀program฀number฀will฀take฀preference.฀

•฀The฀on-time฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀executed฀while฀the฀cooling฀fans฀are฀running฀or฀an฀error฀is฀occurring.

•฀If฀the฀off-time฀setting฀is฀expired฀under฀the฀condition฀in฀which฀the฀power฀off฀is฀not฀possible,฀the฀off-timer฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀executed฀

until฀the฀power฀off฀becomes฀possible.

•฀Programs฀not฀marked฀with฀a฀check฀mark฀in฀[ACTIVE]฀of฀the฀[EDIT]฀screen฀will฀not฀be฀executed฀even฀if฀the฀Program฀Timer฀is฀

enabled.

•฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀by฀using฀the฀program฀timer฀and฀if฀you฀want฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀set฀the฀off-time฀or฀do฀it฀

manually฀so฀as฀not฀to฀leave฀the฀projector฀on฀for฀a฀long฀period฀of฀time.

126

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Activating the program timer

1.฀Select฀[ENABLE]฀on฀the฀[PROGRAM฀TIMER]฀screen฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The [ENABLE] will be activated.

2.฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The [PROGRAM TIMER] screen will be changed to the [TOOL] screen.

NOTE:

•฀Clearing฀[ENABLE]฀will฀disable฀the฀Program฀Timer฀even฀when฀a฀program฀is฀marked฀with฀a฀check฀mark฀on฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀

screen.฀

•฀When฀[ENABLE]฀is฀selected,฀the฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀cannot฀be฀edited.฀To฀edit฀the฀programs,฀select฀[ENABLE]฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀Program฀

Timer.

Changing the programmed settings

1.฀On฀the฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀screen,฀select฀a฀program฀you฀want฀to฀edit฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

2.฀Change฀the฀settings฀on฀the฀[EDIT]฀screen.

3.฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The programmed settings will be changed.

You will be returned to the [PROGRAM LIST] screen.

Changing the order of programs

1.฀On฀the฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀screen,฀select฀a฀program฀whose฀order฀you฀want฀to฀change฀and฀press฀the฀SELECT฀

▶ button.

2.฀Press฀the฀SELECT฀▼ button to select ▲ or ▼.

3.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀a฀few฀times฀to฀select฀a฀row฀to฀which฀you฀wish฀to฀move฀the฀program.

The order of the programs will be changed.

Deleting the programs

1.฀On฀the฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀screen,฀select฀a฀program฀number฀you฀want฀to฀delete฀and฀press฀the฀SELECT฀▶

button.

2.฀Press฀the฀SELECT฀▼฀button฀to฀select฀[DELETE].

3.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The conﬁrmation screen will be displayed.

4.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The program will be deleted.

This will complete deleting the program.

127

5. Using On-Screen Menu

DATE ANDTIME

You฀can฀set฀the฀current฀time,฀month,฀date,฀and฀year.

NOTE:฀The฀projector฀has฀a฀built-in฀clock.฀The฀clock฀will฀keep฀working฀for฀about฀2฀weeks฀after฀the฀main฀power฀is฀turned฀off.฀If฀the฀

main฀power฀is฀off฀for฀2฀weeks฀or฀more,฀the฀built-in฀clock฀will฀cease.฀If฀the฀built-in฀clock฀ceases,฀set฀the฀date฀and฀time฀again.฀The฀

built-in฀clock฀will฀not฀cease฀while฀in฀the฀standby฀mode.

TIME ZONE SETTINGS .............. Select your time zone.

DATE AND TIME SETTINGS ...... Set your current date (MM/DD/YYYY) and time (HH:MM).

INTERNET TIME SERVER ......... If you place a check mark, the projector’s built-in clock will be synchronized with an Internet

time server in every 24 hours and at the time of projector’s startup.

UPDATE .................................... Synchronizes the projector’s built-in clock immediately. The UPDATE button is not available

unless the INTERNET TIME SERVER check box is turned on.

SUMMER TIME SETTINGS ....... If you place a check mark, the clock for daylight saving will be enabled.

MOUSE

This฀option฀lets฀you฀to฀change฀your฀USB฀mouse฀settings.฀The฀mouse฀settings฀feature฀is฀available฀for฀USB฀mouse฀only.฀

Choose฀the฀settings฀you฀want:

MOUSE BUTTON ...................... [RIGHT HAND] or [LEFT HAND]

MOUSE SENSITIVITY ............... [FAST], [MEDIUM] or [SLOW]

128

6. Installation and Connections

This฀section฀describes฀how฀to฀set฀up฀your฀projector฀and฀how฀to฀connect฀video฀and฀audio฀sources.

Your฀projector฀is฀simple฀to฀set฀up฀and฀use.฀But฀before฀you฀get฀started,฀you฀must฀rst:

z฀Set฀up฀a฀screen฀and฀the฀projector.

x฀Connect฀your฀computer฀or฀video฀equipment฀

to฀the฀projector.

฀(฀page฀132, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138)

฀Connect฀the฀supplied฀power฀cord.

(฀page฀

13)

NOTE:฀

•฀Ensure฀that฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀any฀other฀cables฀are฀

disconnected฀before฀moving฀the฀projector.฀When฀

moving฀the฀projector฀or฀when฀it฀is฀not฀in฀use,฀cover฀

the฀lens฀with฀the฀sliding฀lens฀cover.

•฀An฀optional฀cable฀cover฀(NP01CV)฀is฀available.฀Refer฀

to฀page฀142฀for฀attaching฀the฀cable฀cover.

1 Setting Up the Screen and the Projector

Selecting a Location

[P420X/P350X]

The฀further฀your฀projector฀is฀from฀the฀screen฀or฀wall,฀the฀larger฀the฀image.฀The฀minimum฀size฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀

approximately฀25"฀(0.64฀m)฀measured฀diagonally฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀roughly฀35฀inches฀(0.9฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀or฀

screen.฀The฀largest฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀300"฀(7.6฀m)฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀about฀435฀inches฀(11.0฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀

or฀screen.

300"

240"

Distance

(Unit: m/inch)

Lens center

Screen Size

Screen Size (Unit: cm/inch)

200"

180"

150"

120"

100"

80"

11.0/435

8.8/348

6.6/260

5.5/216

4.4/173

3.6/144

2.9/115

2.2/86

1.4/57

40"

7.3/289

60"

30"

25"

1.1/

0.9/

609.6(W)�457.2(H) / 240(W)�180(H)

487.7(W)�365.8(H) / 192(W)�144(H)

406.4(W)�304.8(H) / 160(W)�120(H)

304.8(W)�228.6(H) / 120(W)�90(H)

365.8(W)�274.3(H) / 144(W)�108(H)

243.8(W)�182.9(H) / 96(W)�72(H)

203.2(W)�152.4(H) / 80(W)�60(H)

162.6(W)�121.9(H) / 64(W)�48(H)

121.9(W)�91.4(H) / 48(W)�36(H)

81.3(W)�61.0(H) / 32(W)�24(H)

61.0(W)�45.7(H) / 24(W)�18(H)

50.8(W)�38.1(H) / 20(W)�15(H)

TIP:

•฀The฀distances฀are฀indicated฀by฀intermediate฀values฀between฀tele฀and฀wide.฀Use฀as฀a฀rule฀of฀thumb.

•฀For฀more฀details฀on฀throw฀distance,฀see฀page฀130.

To the wall outlet.

129

6. Installation and Connections

[P350W]

The฀further฀your฀projector฀is฀from฀the฀screen฀or฀wall,฀the฀larger฀the฀image.฀The฀minimum฀size฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀

approximately฀25"฀(0.64฀m)฀measured฀diagonally฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀roughly฀37฀inches฀(0.9฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀or฀

screen.฀The฀largest฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀300"฀(7.6฀m)฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀about฀459฀inches฀(11.7฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀

or฀screen.

300"

240"

Distance

(Unit: m/inch)

Lens center

Screen Size

Screen Size (Unit: cm/inch)

200"

180"

150"

120"

100"

80"

11.7/459

9.3/367

7.0/275

5.8/229

4.6/183

3.9/152

3.1/121

2.3/90

1.5/60

40"

7.8/306

60"

30"

25"

1.1/

0.9/

646.2(W)�403.9(H) / 254(W)�159(H)

516.9(W)�323.1(H) / 204(W)�127(H)

430.8(W)�269.2(H) / 170(W)�106(H)

323.1(W)�201.9(H) / 127(W)�79(H)

387.7(W)�242.3(H) / 153(W)�95(H)

258.5(W)�161.5(H) / 102(W)�64(H)

215.4(W)�134.6(H) / 85(W)�53(H)

172.3(W)�107.7(H) / 68(W)�42(H)

129.2(W)�80.8(H) / 51(W)�32(H)

86.2(W)�53.8(H) / 34(W)�21(H)

64.6(W)�40.4(H) / 25(W)�16(H)

53.8(W)�33.7(H) / 21(W)�13(H)

TIP:

•฀The฀distances฀are฀indicated฀by฀intermediate฀values฀between฀tele฀and฀wide.฀Use฀as฀a฀rule฀of฀thumb.

•฀For฀more฀details฀on฀throw฀distance,฀see฀page฀130.

130

6. Installation and Connections



Throw Distance and Screen Size

The฀following฀shows฀the฀proper฀relative฀positions฀of฀the฀projector฀and฀screen.฀Refer฀to฀the฀table฀to฀determine฀the฀

position฀of฀installation.

Distance Chart

B฀=฀Vertical฀distance฀between฀lens฀center฀and฀

screen฀center

C฀=฀Throw฀distance

D฀=฀Vertical฀distance฀between฀lens฀center฀and฀

screen฀bottom฀(top฀of฀screen฀for฀ceiling฀ap-

plication)

฀=฀Throw฀angle

NOTE:฀The฀values฀in฀the฀tables฀are฀design฀values฀and฀

may฀vary.

[P420X/P350X]

Screen Size



Diagonal Width Height wide tele wide tele

inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm - inch mm inch mm degree - degree

25 635 20 508 15 381 0–8 0–191 25 643 - 43 1102 -8–0 -191–0

0.0–16.5 - 0.0–9.8

30 762 24 610 18 457 0–9 0–229 31 782 - 52 1333 -9–0 -229–0 0.0–16.3 - 0.0–9.7

40 1016 32 813 24 610 0–12 0–305 42 1060 - 71 1794 -12–0 -305–0 0.0–16.0 - 0.0–9.6

60 1524 48 1219 36 914 0–18 0–457 64 1616 - 107 2717 -18–0 -457–0 0.0–15.8 - 0.0–9.6

72 1829 58 1463 43 1097 0–22 0–549 77 1950 - 129 3271 -22–0 -549–0 0.0–15.7 - 0.0–9.5

80 2032 64 1626 48 1219 0–24 0–610 86 2172 - 143 3641 -24–0 -610–0 0.0–15.7 - 0.0–9.5

84 2134 67 1707 50 1280 0–25 0–640 90 2284 - 151 3825 -25–0 -640–0 0.0–15.7 - 0.0–9.5

90 2286 72 1829 54 1372 0–27 0–686 96 2450 - 161 4102 -27–0 -686–0 0.0–15.6 - 0.0–9.5

100 2540 80 2032 60 1524 0–30 0–762 107 2728 - 180 4564 -30–0 -762–0 0.0–15.6 - 0.0–9.5

120 3048 96 2438 72 1829 0–36 0–914 129 3285 - 216 5487 -36–0 -914–0 0.0–15.6 - 0.0–9.5

150 3810 120 3048 90 2286 0–45 0–1143 162 4119 - 271 6872 -45–0 -1143–0 0.0–15.5 - 0.0–9.4

180 4572 144 3658 108 2743 0–54 0–1372 195 4953 - 325 8256 -54–0 -1372–0 0.0–15.5 - 0.0–9.4

200 5080 160 4064 120 3048 0–60 0–1524 217 5509 - 361 9180 -60–0 -1524–0 0.0–15.5 - 0.0–9.4

210 5334 168 4267 126 3200 0–63 0–1600 228 5787 - 380 9641 -63–0 -1600–0 0.0–15.5 - 0.0–9.4

240 6096 192 4877 144 3658 0–72 0–1829 261 6621 - 434 11026 -72–0 -1829–0 0.0–15.4 - 0.0–9.4

270 6858 216 5486 162 4115 0–81 0–2057 294 7456 - 489 12411 -81–0 -2057–0 0.0–15.4 - 0.0–9.4

300 7620 240 6096 180 4572 0–90 0–2286 326 8290 - 543 13795 -90–0 -2286–0 0.0–15.4 - 0.0–9.4

[P350W]

Screen Size



Diagonal Width Height wide tele wide tele

inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm - inch mm inch mm degree - degree

25 635 21 538 13 337 0–8 0–202 27 682 - 46 1167 -7–1 -168–34

0.0–16.5 - 0.0–9.8

30 762 25 646 16 404 0–10 0–242 33 829 - 56 1411 -8–2 -202–40 0.0–16.3 - 0.0–9.7

40 1016 34 862 21 538 0–13 0–323 44 1123 - 75 1898 -11–2 -269–54 0.0–16.1 - 0.0–9.7

60 1524 51 1292 32 808 0–19 0–485 67 1710 - 113 2873 -16–3 -404–81 0.0–15.8 - 0.0–9.6

72 1829 61 1551 38 969 0–23 0–582 81 2063 - 136 3458 -19–4 -485–97 0.0–15.7 - 0.0–9.5

80 2032 68 1723 42 1077 0–25 0–646 90 2298 - 151 3848 -21–4 -538–108 0.0–15.7 - 0.0–9.5

84 2134 71 1809 45 1131 0–27 0–678 95 2415 - 159 4043 -22–4 -565–113 0.0–15.7 - 0.0–9.5

90 2286 76 1939 48 1212 0–29 0–727 102 2591 - 171 4336 -24–5 -606–121 0.0–15.7 - 0.0–9.5

100 2540 85 2154 53 1346 0–32 0–808 114 2885 - 190 4823 -26–5 -673–135 0.0–15.6 - 0.0–9.5

120 3048 102 2585 64 1615 0–38 0–969 137 3472 - 228 5799 -32–6 -808–162 0.0–15.6 - 0.0–9.5

150 3810 127 3231 79 2019 0–48 0–1212 171 4354 - 286 7261 -40–8 -1010–202 0.0–15.6 - 0.0–9.5

180 4572 153 3877 95 2423 0–57 0–1454 206 5235 - 343 8724 -48–10 -1212–242 0.0–15.5 - 0.0–9.5

200 5080 170 4308 106 2692 0–64 0–1615 229 5822 - 382 9699 -53–11 -1346–269 0.0–15.5 - 0.0–9.5

210 5334 178 4523 111 2827 0–67 0–1696 241 6116 - 401 10187 -56–11 -1414–283 0.0–15.5 - 0.0–9.5

240 6096 204 5169 127 3231 0–76 0–1939 275 6997 - 459 11649 -64–13 -1615–323 0.0–15.5 - 0.0–9.4

270 6858 229 5816 143 3635 0–86 0–2181 310 7878 - 516 13112 -72–14 -1817–363 0.0–15.5 - 0.0–9.4

300 7620 254 6462 159 4039 0–95 0–2423 345 8759 - 574 14575 -79–16 -2019–404 0.0–15.5 - 0.0–9.4

Screen฀center

Lens฀center

Screen฀bottom

131

6. Installation and Connections

WARNING

*฀Installing฀your฀projector฀on฀the฀ceiling฀must฀be฀done฀

by฀a฀qualied฀technician.฀Contact฀your฀NEC฀dealer฀for฀

more฀information.

*฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀install฀the฀projector฀yourself.

•฀Only฀use฀your฀projector฀on฀a฀solid,฀level฀surface.฀If฀the฀

projector฀falls฀to฀the฀ground,฀you฀can฀be฀injured฀and฀

the฀projector฀severely฀damaged.

•฀Do฀not฀use฀the฀projector฀where฀temperatures฀vary฀

greatly.฀The฀projector฀must฀be฀used฀at฀temperatures฀

between฀41°F฀(5°C)฀and฀104°F฀(40°C)฀(Eco฀mode฀se-

lected฀automatically฀at฀95°F฀to฀104°F/35°C฀to฀40°C).

•฀Do฀not฀expose฀the฀projector฀to฀moisture,฀dust,฀or฀

smoke.฀This฀will฀harm฀the฀screen฀image.

•฀Ensure฀that฀you฀have฀adequate฀ventilation฀around฀your฀

projector฀so฀heat฀can฀dissipate.฀Do฀not฀cover฀the฀vents฀

on฀the฀side฀or฀the฀front฀of฀the฀projector.

Reecting฀the฀Image

Using฀a฀mirror฀to฀reect฀your฀projector’s฀image฀enables฀

you฀to฀enjoy฀a฀much฀larger฀image฀when฀a฀smaller฀space฀

is฀required.฀Contact฀your฀NEC฀dealer฀if฀you฀need฀a฀mirror฀

system.฀If฀you’re฀using฀a฀mirror฀system฀and฀your฀image฀

is฀inverted,฀use฀the฀MENU฀and฀฀buttons฀on฀your฀

projector฀cabinet฀or฀your฀remote฀control฀to฀correct฀the฀

orientation.฀(฀page฀

95)

132

6. Installation and Connections

COMPUTER 1 IN

AUDIO IN

HDMI IN

USB(PC)

Computer cable (VGA) (supplied)

To mini D-Sub 15-pin connector on the

projector. It is recommended that you use a

commercially available distribution ampliﬁer

if connecting a signal cable longer than the

cable supplied.

A commercially available

USB cable

(compatible with USB 2.0

speciﬁcations)

NOTE:฀For฀Macintosh,฀use฀a฀commercially฀avail-

able฀pin฀adapter฀(not฀supplied)฀to฀connect฀to฀

your฀Mac’s฀video฀port.

Stereo mini-plug

audio cable (not

supplied)

 Making Connections

NOTE:฀When฀using฀with฀a฀notebook฀PC,฀be฀sure฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀and฀notebook฀PC฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀standby฀mode฀

and฀before฀turning฀on฀the฀power฀to฀the฀notebook฀PC.

In฀most฀cases฀the฀output฀signal฀from฀the฀notebook฀PC฀is฀not฀turned฀on฀unless฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀before฀being฀powered฀up.

*฀If฀the฀screen฀goes฀blank฀while฀using฀your฀remote฀control,฀it฀may฀be฀the฀result฀of฀the฀computer’s฀screen-saver฀or฀power฀manage-

ment฀software.

Enabling the computer’s external display

Displaying฀an฀image฀on฀the฀notebook฀PC’s฀screen฀does฀not฀necessarily฀mean฀it฀outputs฀a฀signal฀to฀the฀projector.

When฀using฀a฀PC฀compatible฀laptop,฀a฀combination฀of฀function฀keys฀will฀enable/disable฀the฀external฀display.

Usually,฀the฀combination฀of฀the฀“Fn”฀key฀along฀with฀one฀of฀the฀12฀function฀keys฀gets฀the฀external฀display฀to฀come฀on฀

or฀off.฀For฀example,฀NEC฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F3,฀while฀Dell฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F8฀key฀combinations฀to฀toggle฀through฀

external฀display฀selections.

Connecting Your Computer

NOTE:฀Signals฀supported฀by฀Plug฀&฀Play฀(DDC2)

INPUT

COMPUTER 1 IN COMPUTER 2 IN HDMI

analog analog digital

Yes Yes Yes

HDMI cable (not supplied)

Use High Speed HDMI

Cable.

NOTE:

•฀When฀[VIEWER],฀[NETWORK],฀or฀[USB฀DISPLAY]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE],฀sound฀from฀the฀COMPUTER฀2฀AUDIO฀IN฀mini฀jack฀

will฀be฀output฀through฀the฀speaker.

133

6. Installation and Connections

•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀connector฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.

Input฀connector

SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet

Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control

COMPUTER฀1฀IN

฀COMPUTER฀1(COMPUTER฀1)

COMPUTER฀2฀IN

฀COMPUTER฀2(COMPUTER฀2)

HDMI฀IN

฀HDMIHDMI

USB฀(PC)

฀USB฀DISPLAY(USB฀DISPLAY)

NOTE:฀The฀projector฀is฀not฀compatible฀with฀video฀decoded฀outputs฀of฀the฀NEC฀ISS-6020฀switcher.

NOTE:฀An฀image฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly฀when฀a฀Video฀or฀S-Video฀source฀is฀played฀back฀via฀a฀commercially฀available฀scan฀

converter.฀

This฀is฀because฀the฀projector฀will฀process฀a฀video฀signal฀as฀a฀computer฀signal฀at฀the฀default฀setting.฀In฀that฀case,฀do฀the฀following.

*฀When฀an฀image฀is฀displayed฀with฀the฀lower฀and฀upper฀black฀portion฀of฀the฀screen฀or฀a฀dark฀image฀is฀not฀displayed฀correctly:

฀Project฀an฀image฀to฀ll฀the฀screen฀and฀then฀press฀the฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

NOTE:฀When฀Viewing฀a฀DVI฀Digital฀Signal

•฀Use฀a฀DVI-to-HDMI฀cable฀compliant฀with฀DDWG฀(Digital฀Display฀Working฀Group)฀DVI฀(Digital฀Visual฀Interface)฀revision฀1.0฀stan-

dard.฀The฀cable฀should฀be฀within฀197"/5฀m฀long.

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀PC฀before฀connecting฀the฀DVI-to-HDMI฀cable.

•฀To฀project฀a฀DVI฀digital฀signal:฀Connect฀the฀cables,฀turn฀the฀projector฀on,฀then฀select฀the฀HDMI฀input.฀Finally,฀turn฀on฀your฀PC.

฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀not฀activate฀the฀digital฀output฀of฀the฀graphics฀card฀resulting฀in฀no฀picture฀being฀displayed.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀

restart฀your฀PC.

•฀Some฀graphics฀cards฀have฀both฀analog฀RGB฀(15-pin฀D-Sub)฀and฀DVI฀(or฀DFP)฀outputs.฀Use฀of฀the฀15-pin฀D-Sub฀connector฀may฀

result฀in฀no฀picture฀being฀displayed฀from฀the฀digital฀output฀of฀the฀graphics฀card.

•฀Do฀not฀disconnect฀the฀DVI-to-HDMI฀cable฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀running.฀If฀the฀signal฀cable฀has฀been฀disconnected฀and฀then฀

reconnected,฀an฀image฀may฀not฀be฀correctly฀displayed.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀restart฀your฀PC.

฀

NOTE:฀When฀[VIEWER],฀[NETWORK],฀or฀[USB฀DISPLAY]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE],฀sound฀from฀the฀COMPUTER฀2฀AUDIO฀IN฀mini฀

jack฀will฀be฀output฀through฀the฀speaker.

134

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting an External Monitor

You฀can฀connect฀a฀separate,฀external฀monitor฀to฀your฀projector฀to฀simultaneously฀view฀on฀a฀monitor฀the฀computer฀

analog฀image฀you’re฀projecting.

NOTE:

•฀Daisy฀chain฀connection฀is฀not฀possible.

•฀When฀audio฀equipment฀is฀connected,฀the฀projector฀speaker฀is฀disabled.

AUDIO

PHONE

MONITOR OUT (COMP. 1)

AUDIO OUT

Com-

puter cable

(VGA)

(supplied)

Stereo mini-plug audio cable

(not supplied)

Computer cable (VGA)

(not supplied)

135

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting Your DVD Player or Other AV Equipment

Connecting฀Video/S-Video฀Input

•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀connector฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.

Input฀connector

SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet

Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control

VIDEO฀IN

฀VIDEO

(VIDEO)

S-VIDEO฀IN

฀S-VIDEO

(S-VIDEO)

NOTE:฀The฀AUDIO฀IN฀L฀and฀R฀jacks฀(RCA)฀are฀shared฀between฀the฀Video฀and฀S-Video฀inputs.

NOTE:฀Refer฀to฀your฀VCR฀owner’s฀manual฀for฀more฀information฀about฀your฀equipment’s฀video฀output฀requirements.

NOTE:฀An฀image฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly฀when฀a฀Video฀or฀S-Video฀source฀is฀played฀back฀in฀fast-forward฀or฀fast-rewind฀via฀

a฀scan฀converter.

AUDIO OUTVIDEO OUT

S-VIDEO VIDEO LR

AUDIO IN

S-VIDEO IN

VIDEO IN

AUDIO IN

Audio cable (not supplied)

S-Video cable (not supplied)

Video cable (not supplied)

Audio equipment

Audio cable (not supplied)

136

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting Component Input

฀A฀component฀signal฀will฀be฀automatically฀displayed.฀If฀not,฀from฀the฀menu,฀select฀[SETUP]฀฀[OPTIONS(1)]฀

[SIGNAL฀SELECT]฀฀[COMPUTER1]฀or฀[COMPUTER2],฀and฀then฀place฀a฀check฀mark฀in฀the฀Component฀radio฀

button.

•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀connector฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.

Input฀connector

SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet

Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control

COMPUTER฀1฀IN

฀COMPUTER฀1(COMPUTER฀1)

COMPUTER฀2฀IN

฀COMPUTER฀2(COMPUTER฀2)

NOTE:฀Refer฀to฀your฀DVD฀player’s฀owner’s฀manual฀for฀more฀information฀about฀your฀DVD฀player’s฀video฀output฀requirements.

AUDIO฀IN

AUDIO฀OUT

Component

YCbCr

AUDIO฀IN

COMPUTER฀1฀IN

Audio cable (not supplied)

15-pin - to - RCA (fe-

male) × 3 cable adapter

(ADP-CV1E)

Stereo mini plug - to - RCA audio

cable (not supplied)

Component video RCA × 3

cable (not supplied)

DVD player

Audio Equipment

137

6. Installation and Connections

AUDIO IN

AUDIO OUT

VIDEO OUT

HDMI OUT

S-VIDEO VIDEO

HDMI Output

HDMI

HD MI

HDMI IN

Connecting HDMI Input

You฀can฀connect฀the฀HDMI฀output฀of฀your฀DVD฀player,฀hard฀disk฀player,฀Blu-ray฀player,฀or฀notebook฀type฀PC฀to฀the฀

HDMI฀IN฀connector฀of฀your฀projector.

NOTE:฀The฀HDMI฀IN฀connector฀supports฀Plug฀&฀Play฀(DDC2B).

Audio cable (not supplied)

HDMI cable (not supplied)

Use High Speed HDMI

Cable.

Input฀connector

SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet

Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control

HDMI฀IN

฀HDMIHDMI

TIP:฀For฀users฀of฀audio฀video฀equipment฀with฀an฀HDMI฀connector:

Select฀“Enhanced”฀rather฀than฀“Normal”฀if฀HDMI฀output฀is฀switchable฀between฀“Enhanced”฀and฀“Normal”.

This฀will฀provide฀improved฀image฀contrast฀and฀more฀detailed฀dark฀areas.

For฀more฀information฀on฀settings,฀refer฀to฀the฀instruction฀manual฀of฀the฀audio฀video฀equipment฀to฀be฀connected.

•฀When฀connecting฀the฀HDMI฀IN฀connector฀of฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀DVD฀player,฀the฀projector’s฀video฀level฀can฀be฀

made฀settings฀in฀accordance฀with฀the฀DVD฀player’s฀video฀level.฀In฀the฀menu฀select฀[HDMI฀SETTINGS]฀฀[VIDEO฀

LEVEL]฀and฀make฀necessary฀settings.

•฀If฀the฀HDMI฀input฀sound฀cannot฀be฀heard,฀in฀the฀menu฀select฀[HDMI฀SETTINGS]฀฀[AUDIO฀SELECT]฀

[HDMI].฀

138

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting to a Wired LAN

The฀projector฀comes฀standard฀with฀a฀LAN฀port฀(RJ-45)฀which฀provides฀a฀LAN฀connection฀using฀a฀LAN฀cable.฀

To฀use฀a฀LAN฀connection,฀you฀are฀required฀to฀set฀the฀LAN฀on฀the฀projector฀menu.฀Select฀[APPLICATION฀MENU]฀

[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀฀[WIRED฀LAN].฀(฀page฀

108).

Example of LAN connection

Example฀of฀wired฀LAN฀connection

LAN

Server

Hub

LAN cable (not supplied)

NOTE:฀Use฀a฀Category฀5฀or฀higher฀LAN฀

cable.

139

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting to a Wireless LAN (NP02LM series)

The฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀also฀provides฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.฀To฀use฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀connection,฀you฀are฀

required฀to฀assign฀an฀IP฀address฀to฀the฀projector.

NOTE:

A฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀is฀equipped฀with฀the฀projector฀for฀models฀distributed฀in฀North฀America฀models.฀An฀optional฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀

is฀available฀for฀models฀for฀Europe,฀Australia,฀Asia฀and฀other฀countries฀than฀North฀America.

Important:

•฀If฀you฀use฀the฀projector฀with฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀in฀the฀area฀where฀the฀use฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀equipment฀is฀

prohibited,฀remove฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀from฀the฀projector.

•฀Buy฀the฀appropriate฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀for฀your฀country฀or฀area.

NOTE:฀

•฀The฀green฀LED฀on฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀ashes฀to฀show฀that฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀is฀working.

•฀Your฀computer’s฀wireless฀LAN฀adapter฀(or฀unit)฀must฀be฀complied฀with฀Wi-Fi฀(IEEE802.11b/g/n)฀standard.

Flow฀of฀Setting฀Wireless฀LAN

Step฀1:฀Attach฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀to฀the฀projector฀if฀required.

Step฀2:฀Display฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀from฀[APPLICATION฀MENU].฀(฀page฀

107)

Step฀3:฀Select฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀฀[PROFILES]฀and฀set฀[EASY฀CONNECTION],฀

[PROFILE฀1],฀or฀[PROFILE฀2].฀(฀page฀108)

TIP:

Access฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀set฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀฀[SETTINGS]฀฀[WIRELESS]฀฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀,฀[PRO-

FILE1],฀[PROFILE2].

140

6. Installation and Connections

Example฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀connection

(Network฀Type฀฀Infrastructure)

PC with wireless

LAN card inserted

PC with built-in wireless

LAN function

Wired LAN

Wireless access point

USB Wireless LAN Unit

To฀enable฀direct฀communication฀(i.e.,฀peer-to-peer)฀between฀computers฀and฀projectors,฀you฀need฀to฀select฀the฀Ad฀

Hoc฀mode.

Use฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀make฀the฀settings.฀(฀page฀36)

PC with wireless

LAN card inserted

PC with built-in wireless

LAN function

Use฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀make฀the฀settings.฀(฀page฀36)

Example฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀connection฀(Network฀Type฀฀Ad฀Hoc)

USB Wireless LAN Unit

141

6. Installation and Connections

Prepare฀a฀Phillips฀screw฀driver฀beforehand.

1.฀Press฀the฀POWER฀button฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀set฀it฀

into฀standby฀condition,฀and฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord.

2.฀Remove฀the฀USB฀(LAN)฀port฀cover.

Loosen the screw securing the port cover.

฀•฀The฀screw฀is฀not฀removable.฀

3.฀Slowly฀pull฀out฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀into฀the฀USB฀(LAN)฀

port.

Keep the cap for later use.

4.฀Put฀the฀USB฀(LAN)฀port฀cover฀back฀into฀place.

Insert the catch of the USB (LAN) port cover into the groove of the

projector cabinet, and then tighten the screw to secure the port

cover.

To฀install฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit,฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀

use฀the฀above฀procedure.

NOTE:฀

•฀The฀green฀LED฀on฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀ashes฀to฀show฀that฀Wireless฀

LAN฀Unit฀is฀working.฀If฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀is฀incorrectly฀attached,฀

the฀blue฀LED฀will฀not฀ash.

•฀Do฀not฀press฀the฀button฀on฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit.฀The฀button฀will฀not฀

work฀with฀this฀model.

Removing and attaching the USB Wireless LAN Unit

NOTE:

•฀The฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀must฀be฀inserted฀into฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀port฀in฀the฀correct฀direction.฀It฀cannot฀be฀inserted฀

in฀the฀reverse฀direction.฀If฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀is฀inserted฀in฀the฀reverse฀direction฀with฀excessive฀force฀applied,฀the฀USB฀

port฀may฀break.

•฀Before฀touching฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit,฀touch฀a฀metallic฀object฀(such฀as฀a฀door฀knob฀or฀aluminum฀window฀frame)฀to฀discharge฀

the฀static฀electricity฀from฀your฀body.

•฀Always฀insert฀or฀remove฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀unit฀when฀the฀main฀power฀is฀turned฀off.฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀cause฀projector฀

malfunction฀or฀damage฀to฀the฀USB฀wireless฀LAN฀unit.฀If฀the฀projector฀will฀not฀work฀correctly,฀turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀disconnect฀

the฀power฀cord,฀and฀then฀connect฀it฀again.

•฀Do฀not฀insert฀other฀USB฀devices฀into฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀unit฀port.฀Do฀not฀insert฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀unit฀into฀the฀USB฀(PC)฀

port฀(Type฀B).

142

6. Installation and Connections

Attaching the Optional Cable Cover (NP01CV)

An฀optional฀cable฀cover฀(NP01CV)฀is฀available฀for฀hiding฀cables.

The฀NP01CV฀cable฀cover฀is฀designed฀for฀use฀with฀the฀P420X,฀P350X,฀and฀P350W.

CAUTION:

•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screws฀after฀attaching฀the฀cable฀cover.฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀cause฀the฀cable฀cover฀to฀come฀

off฀and฀fall,฀resulting฀in฀injury฀or฀damage฀to฀the฀cable฀cover.

•฀Do฀not฀put฀bundled฀cables฀in฀the฀cable฀cover.฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀damage฀the฀power฀cord,฀resulting฀a฀re.

Attaching the cable cover

Attach฀the฀cable฀cover฀after฀installing฀the฀projector฀on฀the฀ceiling฀and฀connecting฀cables.

Tool฀needed฀for฀attaching:

•฀Phillips฀screwdriver฀(plus-head)

1.฀Align฀two฀tabs฀on฀the฀outside฀of฀the฀cable฀cover฀with฀grooves฀of฀the฀projector฀and฀push฀the฀top฀end.

Tabs

•฀At฀the฀same฀time฀two฀tabs฀on฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀cable฀cover฀will฀be฀engaged฀in฀the฀responding฀grooves฀of฀the฀

projector.

NOTE:

•฀Be฀careful฀not฀to฀get฀cables฀caught฀in฀between฀the฀cable฀cover฀and฀the฀projector.

2.฀Tighten฀the฀cable฀cover฀screws.

•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screws.

Removing the cable cover

1.฀Loosen฀the฀cable฀cover฀screws฀until฀the฀Phillips฀screwdriver฀goes฀into฀a฀freewheeling฀condition฀

143

7. Maintenance

This฀section฀describes฀the฀simple฀maintenance฀procedures฀you฀should฀follow฀to฀clean฀the฀lters,฀the฀lens,฀the฀cabinet,฀

and฀to฀replace฀the฀lamp฀and฀the฀lters.

1 Cleaning the Filters

The฀air-lter฀sponge฀keeps฀dust฀and฀dirt฀from฀getting฀inside฀the฀projector฀and฀should฀be฀frequently฀cleaned.฀If฀the฀lter฀

is฀dirty฀or฀clogged,฀your฀projector฀may฀overheat.

NOTE:฀The฀message฀for฀lter฀cleaning฀will฀be฀displayed฀for฀one฀minute฀after฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀or฀off.฀When฀the฀message฀is฀

displayed,฀clean฀the฀lters.฀The฀time฀to฀clean฀the฀lters฀is฀set฀to฀[OFF]฀at฀time฀of฀shipment.

To฀cancel฀the฀message,฀press฀any฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀remote฀control.

The฀two-layer฀lter฀on฀the฀projector฀improves฀cooling฀and฀dust-proof฀capabilities฀compared฀with฀the฀conventional฀

models.

The฀outsides฀(intake฀side)฀of฀the฀rst฀and฀second฀layer฀lters฀remove฀dust.

To฀clean฀the฀lter,฀detach฀the฀lter฀unit฀and฀the฀lter฀cover.

CAUTION

•฀Before฀cleaning฀the฀lters,฀turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀then฀allow฀the฀cabinet฀to฀cool.฀

Failure฀to฀do฀so฀can฀result฀in฀electric฀shock฀or฀burn฀injuries.

1.฀Push฀up฀the฀buttons฀on฀the฀left฀and฀right฀to฀release฀the฀

lter฀unit฀and฀pull฀it฀out.

2.฀Remove฀the฀lter฀unit฀by฀pulling฀out฀the฀tab.

3.฀Remove฀the฀four฀lters.

(1) Turn the ﬁlter unit over and pull out the two soft accordion

ﬁlters (large and small).

Filter cover

Filter unit

144

7. Maintenance

(2) Push the left end of each ﬁlter and remove the hard two

honeycomb ﬁlters (large and small).

฀•฀฀The฀large฀lter฀cannot฀be฀removed฀by฀pushing฀on฀its฀right฀

end.

4.฀Use฀a฀vacuum฀cleaner฀to฀vacuum฀all฀the฀dust฀inside.

Get rid of dust in the accordion ﬁlter

NOTE:฀

•฀Whenever฀you฀vacuum฀the฀lter,฀use฀the฀soft฀brush฀attachment฀to฀

vacuum.฀This฀is฀to฀avoid฀damage฀to฀the฀lter.

•฀Do฀not฀wash฀the฀lter฀with฀water.฀Doing฀so฀can฀result฀in฀lter฀clog-

ging.

5.฀Remove฀dust฀from฀the฀lter฀unit฀and฀the฀lter฀cover.

Clean both outside and inside.

6.฀Attach฀the฀four฀lters฀to฀the฀lter฀unit.

(1) Insert the left end of each hard honeycomb ﬁlter (large and

small) ﬁrst and then the right end of each hard honeycomb

ﬁlter to the ﬁlter unit.

฀•฀฀The฀large฀lter฀cannot฀be฀tted฀if฀its฀right฀end฀is฀inserted.

(2) Turn the ﬁlter unit over.

฀•฀฀Attach฀the฀two฀soft฀accordion฀lters฀(large฀and฀small).฀Each฀

accordion ﬁlter has a slit on it. Align the slit with each pro-

trusion of the ﬁlter unit.

Slit

145

7. Maintenance

7.฀Put฀the฀lter฀unit฀back฀to฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀lter฀unit฀is฀placed฀in฀the฀correct฀orienta

tion.

8.฀Put฀the฀lter฀cover฀back฀to฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

Insert two catches of the top side of the ﬁlter cover into the

groove of the cabinet, and push the buttons on the left and right

to close the ﬁlter cover.

•฀Push฀the฀lter฀cover฀until฀it฀clicks฀into฀place.

9.฀Clear฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours.

Plug the power cord into the wall outlet, and then turn on the

projector.

From the menu, select [RESET]

 [CLEAR FILTER HOURS].

( page 104)

The interval time to clean the ﬁlters is set to [OFF] at time of

shipment. When using the projector as it is, you do not clear

the ﬁlter usage

146

7. Maintenance

 Cleaning the Lens

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀before฀cleaning.

•฀The฀projector฀has฀a฀plastic฀lens.฀Use฀a฀commercially฀available฀plastic฀lens฀cleaner.

•฀Do฀not฀scratch฀or฀mar฀the฀lens฀surface฀as฀a฀plastic฀lens฀is฀easily฀scratched.

•฀Never฀use฀alcohol฀or฀glass฀lens฀cleaner฀as฀doing฀so฀will฀cause฀damage฀to฀the฀plastic฀lens฀surface.

 Cleaning the Cabinet

Turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀and฀unplug฀the฀projector฀before฀cleaning.

•฀Use฀a฀dry฀soft฀cloth฀to฀wipe฀dust฀off฀the฀cabinet.

฀If฀heavily฀soiled,฀use฀a฀mild฀detergent.฀

•฀Never฀use฀strong฀detergents฀or฀solvents฀such฀as฀alcohol฀or฀thinner.฀

•฀When฀cleaning฀the฀ventilation฀slits฀or฀the฀speaker฀using฀a฀vacuum฀cleaner,฀do฀not฀force฀the฀brush฀of฀the฀vacuum฀

cleaner฀into฀the฀slits฀of฀the฀cabinet.

Vacuum the dust off the ventilation slits.

•฀Clogged฀ventilation฀slits฀may฀cause฀a฀rise฀in฀the฀internal฀temperature฀of฀the฀projector,฀resulting฀in฀malfunction.

•฀Do฀not฀scratch฀or฀hit฀the฀cabinet฀with฀your฀ngers฀or฀any฀hard฀objects

•฀Contact฀your฀dealer฀for฀cleaning฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀projector.

NOTE:฀Do฀not฀apply฀volatile฀agent฀such฀as฀insecticide฀on฀the฀cabinet,฀the฀lens,฀or฀the฀screen.฀Do฀not฀leave฀a฀rubber฀or฀vinyl฀product฀

in฀prolonged฀contact฀with฀it.฀Otherwise฀the฀surface฀nish฀will฀be฀deteriorated฀or฀the฀coating฀may฀be฀stripped฀off.฀

147

7. Maintenance

 Replacing the Lamp and the Filters

When฀the฀lamp฀reaches฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life,฀the฀LAMP฀indicator฀in฀the฀cabinet฀will฀blink฀red฀and฀the฀message฀“THE฀

LAMP฀HAS฀REACHED฀THE฀END฀OF฀ITS฀USABLE฀LIFE.฀PLEASE฀REPLACE฀THE฀LAMP฀AND฀FILTER.”฀will฀appear฀

(*).฀Even฀though฀the฀lamp฀may฀still฀be฀working,฀replace฀the฀lamp฀to฀maintain฀the฀optimal฀projector฀performance.฀After฀

replacing฀the฀lamp,฀be฀sure฀to฀clear฀the฀lamp฀hour฀meter.฀(฀page฀

104)

CAUTION

•฀DO฀NOT฀TOUCH฀THE฀LAMP฀immediately฀after฀it฀has฀been฀used.฀It฀will฀be฀extremely฀hot.฀Turn฀the฀projector฀

off฀and฀then฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord.฀Allow฀at฀least฀one฀hour฀for฀the฀lamp฀to฀cool฀before฀handling.

•฀Use฀the฀specied฀lamp฀for฀safety฀and฀performance.

•฀DO฀NOT฀REMOVE฀ANY฀SCREWS฀except฀one฀lamp฀cover฀screw฀and฀two฀lamp฀housing฀screws.฀You฀could฀receive฀

an฀electric฀shock.

•฀Do฀not฀break฀the฀glass฀on฀the฀lamp฀housing.

฀Keep฀nger฀prints฀off฀the฀glass฀surface฀on฀the฀lamp฀housing.฀Leaving฀nger฀prints฀on฀the฀glass฀surface฀might฀cause฀

an฀unwanted฀shadow฀and฀poor฀picture฀quality.

•฀The฀projector฀will฀turn฀off฀and฀go฀into฀standby฀mode฀when฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀

after฀the฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life.฀If฀this฀happens,฀be฀sure฀to฀replace฀the฀lamp.฀If฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀

the฀lamp฀after฀the฀lamp฀reaches฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life,฀the฀lamp฀bulb฀may฀shatter,฀and฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀be฀scattered฀

in฀the฀lamp฀case.฀Do฀not฀touch฀them฀as฀the฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀cause฀injury.฀If฀this฀happens,฀contact฀your฀NEC฀

dealer฀for฀lamp฀replacement.

*NOTE:฀This฀message฀will฀be฀displayed฀under฀the฀following฀conditions:

•฀for฀one฀minute฀after฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀powered฀on

•฀when฀the฀

฀(POWER)฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀POWER฀OFF฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀is฀pressed

To฀turn฀off฀the฀message,฀press฀any฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀remote฀control.

Optional฀lamp฀and฀tools฀needed฀for฀replacement:

•฀Phillips฀screwdriver฀(plus-head)

•฀Replacement฀lamp:฀

NP16LP฀(P350X)

NP17LP฀(P420X/P350W)

Flow of Replacing the Lamp and the Filters

Step 1.฀Replace฀the฀lamp฀

Step 2.฀Replace฀the฀lters฀(฀page฀150)

Step 3.

฀Clear฀the฀lamp฀usage฀hours฀and฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours฀(฀page฀104)

148

7. Maintenance

2.฀Remove฀the฀lamp฀housing.

(1)฀Loosen฀the฀two฀screws฀securing฀the฀lamp฀housing฀until฀the฀phillips฀screwdriver฀goes฀into฀a฀freewheeling฀condi-

tion.

฀•฀The฀two฀screws฀are฀not฀removable.

฀•฀฀There฀is฀an฀interlock฀on฀this฀case฀to฀prevent฀the฀risk฀of฀electrical฀shock.฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀circumvent฀this฀

interlock.

(2)฀Remove฀the฀lamp฀housing฀by฀holding฀it.

Interlock

To replace the lamp:

1.฀Remove฀the฀lamp฀cover.

(1)฀Loosen฀the฀lamp฀cover฀screw

฀•฀The฀lamp฀cover฀screw฀is฀not฀removable.

(2)฀Push฀and฀slide฀the฀lamp฀cover฀off.

CAUTION:

Make฀sure฀that฀the฀lamp฀housing฀is฀cool฀

enough฀to฀before฀removing฀it.

149

7. Maintenance

This completes the lamp replacement.

Go on to the ﬁlter replacement.

NOTE:฀When฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀after฀the฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life,฀the฀projector฀

cannot฀turn฀on฀and฀the฀menu฀is฀not฀displayed.

If฀this฀happens,฀press฀the฀HELP฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀10฀seconds฀to฀reset฀the฀lamp฀clock฀back฀to฀zero.

When฀the฀lamp฀time฀clock฀is฀reset฀to฀zero,฀the฀LAMP฀indicator฀goes฀out.

฀

4.฀Reattach฀the฀lamp฀cover.

(1)฀Slide฀the฀lamp฀cover฀back฀until฀it฀snaps฀into฀place.

(2)฀Tighten฀the฀screw฀to฀secure฀the฀lamp฀cover.

฀•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screw.

3.฀Install฀a฀new฀lamp฀housing.

(1)฀Insert฀a฀new฀lamp฀housing฀until฀the฀lamp฀housing฀is฀plugged฀into฀the฀socket.฀

(2)฀Push฀the฀top฀center฀of฀the฀lamp฀housing฀to฀secure฀it.

(3)฀Secure฀it฀in฀place฀with฀the฀two฀screws.

฀•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screws.

150

7. Maintenance

To replace the ﬁlters:

Four฀lters฀are฀packaged฀with฀the฀replacement฀lamp.

Honeycomb฀lter฀(coarse฀mesh):฀Large฀and฀small฀sizes฀(attached฀to฀the฀outside฀of฀the฀lter฀unit)

Accordion฀lter฀(ne฀mesh):฀Large฀and฀small฀sizes฀(attached฀to฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀lter฀unit)

NOTE:฀

•฀Replace฀all฀four฀lters฀at฀the฀same฀time.

•฀Before฀replacing฀the฀lters,฀wipe฀off฀dust฀and฀dirt฀from฀the฀projector฀cabinet.฀

•฀The฀projector฀is฀precision฀equipment.฀Keep฀out฀dust฀and฀dirt฀during฀lter฀replacement.

•฀Do฀not฀wash฀the฀lters฀with฀soap฀and฀water.฀Soap฀and฀water฀will฀damage฀the฀lter฀membrane.฀

•฀Put฀lters฀into฀place.฀Incorrect฀attachment฀of฀a฀lter฀may฀cause฀dust฀and฀dirt฀to฀get฀into฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀projector.฀

Before฀replacing฀the฀lters,฀replace฀the฀lamp.฀(฀page฀

148)

1.฀Push฀up฀the฀buttons฀on฀the฀left฀and฀right฀to฀release฀the฀lter฀unit฀and฀pull฀it฀out.

2.฀Remove฀the฀lter฀unit฀by฀pulling฀out฀the฀tab.

3.฀Remove฀the฀four฀lters.

(1) Turn the ﬁlter unit over and pull out the two soft accordion ﬁlters (large and small).

Filter cover

Filter unit

151

7. Maintenance

(2) Push the left end of each ﬁlter and remove the hard two honeycomb ﬁlters (large and small).

฀•฀The฀large฀lter฀cannot฀be฀removed฀by฀pushing฀on฀its฀right฀end.

4.฀Remove฀dust฀from฀the฀lter฀unit฀and฀the฀lter฀cover.

Clean both outside and inside.

5.฀Attach฀four฀new฀lters฀to฀the฀lter฀unit.

(1) Insert the left end of each hard honeycomb ﬁlter (large and small) ﬁrst and then the right end of each hard

honeycomb ﬁlter to the ﬁlter unit.

฀•฀฀The฀large฀lter฀cannot฀be฀tted฀if฀its฀right฀end฀is฀inserted.

(2) Turn the ﬁlter unit over.

฀•฀฀Attach฀the฀two฀soft฀accordion฀lters฀(large฀and฀small).฀Each฀accordion฀lter฀has฀a฀slit฀on฀it.฀Align฀the฀slit฀with฀

each protrusion of the ﬁlter unit.

6.฀Put฀the฀lter฀unit฀back฀to฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀lter฀unit฀is฀placed฀in฀the฀correct฀orientation.

7.฀Put฀the฀lter฀cover฀back฀to฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

Insert two catches of the top side of the ﬁlter cover into the groove of the cabinet, and push the buttons on the left

and right to close the ﬁlter cover.

฀Push฀the฀lter฀cover฀until฀it฀clicks฀into฀place.

This completes the ﬁlter replacement.

Go on to the clearing lamp and ﬁlter hour meters.

To clear the lamp usage hours and the ﬁlter usage hours:

1.฀Place฀the฀projector฀where฀you฀use฀it.

2.฀Plug฀the฀power฀cord฀into฀the฀wall฀outlet,฀and฀then฀turn฀on฀the฀projector.

3.฀Clear฀the฀lamp฀usage฀hours฀and฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours.

1. From the menu, select [RESET]  [CLEAR LAMP HOURS] and reset the lamp usage hours.

2. Select [CLEAR FILTER HOURS].and reset the ﬁlter usage hours. (

 page 104)

152

8. User Supportware

 Installing Software Program

Installation for Windows software

The฀software฀programs฀except฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac฀support฀Windows฀7,฀Windows฀Vista,฀and฀Windows฀

XP.

NOTE:

•฀To฀install฀or฀uninstall฀each฀software฀program,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀“Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀7,฀Win-

dows฀Vista)฀or฀“Computer฀Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀XP).

•฀Exit฀all฀running฀programs฀before฀installation.฀If฀another฀program฀is฀running,฀the฀installation฀may฀not฀be฀completed.

•฀To฀run฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀or฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀on฀Windows฀XP฀Home฀Edition฀and฀Windows฀XP฀Professional,฀“Microsoft฀

.NET฀Framework฀Version฀2.0฀or฀later”฀is฀required.฀The฀Microsoft฀.NET฀Framework฀Version฀2.0฀or฀later฀is฀available฀from฀Microsoft’s฀

web฀page.฀Download฀and฀install฀it฀on฀your฀computer

•฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀will฀be฀installed฀to฀the฀system฀drive฀of฀your฀computer.

฀If฀the฀message฀“There฀is฀not฀enough฀free฀space฀on฀destination”฀is฀displayed,฀free฀up฀enough฀space฀(about฀100฀MB)฀to฀install฀the฀

program.

1฀Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀into฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive.

The menu window will be displayed.

TIP:

If฀the฀menu฀window฀will฀not฀be฀displayed,฀try฀the฀following฀procedure.

For฀Windows฀7

1.฀Click฀“start”฀on฀Windows.

2.฀Click฀“All฀Programs”฀฀“Accessories”฀฀“Run”.

3.฀Type฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive฀name฀(example:฀“Q:\”)฀and฀“LAUNCHER.EXE”฀in฀“Name”.฀(example:฀Q:\

LAUNCHER.EXE)

4.฀Click฀“OK”.

the menu window will be displayed.

153

8. User Supportware

2฀Click฀a฀software฀program฀you฀wish฀to฀install฀on฀the฀menu฀window.

The installation will start.

•฀Follow฀the฀instructions฀on฀the฀installer฀screens฀to฀complete฀the฀installation.

TIP:

Uninstalling฀a฀Software฀Program

Preparation:

Exit฀the฀software฀program฀before฀uninstalling.฀To฀uninstall฀the฀software฀program,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀

“Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀7฀and฀Windows฀Vista)฀or฀“Computer฀Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀XP).

•฀For฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista

1฀Click฀“Start”฀and฀then฀“Control฀Panel”.

The Control Panel window will be displayed.

2฀Click฀“Uninstall฀a฀program”฀under฀“Programs”

The “Programs and Features” window will be displayed.

3฀Select฀the฀software฀program฀and฀click฀it.

4฀Click฀“Uninstall/Change”฀or฀“Uninstall”.

฀•฀When฀the฀“User฀Account฀Control”฀windows฀is฀displayed,฀click฀“Continue”.

Follow the instructions on the screens to complete the uninstallation.

•฀For฀Windows฀XP

1฀Click฀“Start”฀and฀then฀“Control฀Panel”.

The Control Panel window will be displayed.

2฀Double-click฀“Add฀/฀Remove฀Programs”.

The Add / Remove Programs window will be displayed.

3฀Click฀the฀software฀program฀from฀the฀list฀and฀then฀click฀“Remove”.

Follow the instructions on the screens to complete the uninstallation.

154

8. User Supportware

Installation for Macintosh software

Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac฀supports฀Mac฀OS฀X.

1฀Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀into฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive.฀

The menu window will be displayed.

2฀Double-click฀the฀CD-ROM฀icon.

3฀Double-click฀the฀“Mac฀OS฀X”฀folder.

4฀Double-click฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀(Intel).dmg”.

The “Image Express Utility 2” folder will be displayed.

•฀If฀your฀Mac฀is฀PowerPC-based,฀double-click฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.dmg”.

5฀Move฀the฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2”฀folder฀to฀“Applications”฀folder฀using฀a฀drag-and-drop฀operation.฀

TIP:

•฀Uninstalling฀a฀software฀program

1.฀Put฀the฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2”฀folder฀to฀the฀Trash฀icon.

2.฀Put฀the฀conguration฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀to฀the฀Trash฀icon.

•฀The฀conguration฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀is฀located฀in฀“/user/your฀user฀name/library/Preferences/jp.co.

nec.nevt. ImageExpressUtility.plist”.

155

8. User Supportware

 Using the Computer Cable (VGA) to Operate the Projector

(Virtual Remote Tool)

Using฀the฀utility฀software฀“Virtual฀Remote฀Tool”,฀Virtual฀Remote฀screen฀(or฀toolbar)฀can฀be฀displayed฀on฀your฀computer฀

screen.

This฀will฀help฀you฀perform฀operations฀such฀as฀projector’s฀power฀on฀or฀off฀and฀signal฀selection฀via฀the฀computer฀cable฀

(VGA),฀serial฀cable,฀or฀LAN฀connection.฀Only฀via฀serial฀or฀LAN฀connection฀it฀is฀also฀used฀to฀send฀an฀image฀to฀the฀

projector฀and฀register฀it฀as฀the฀logo฀data฀of฀the฀projector.฀After฀registering฀it,฀you฀can฀lock฀the฀logo฀to฀prevent฀it฀from฀

changing.

Control Functions

Power฀On/Off,฀signal฀selection,฀picture฀freeze,฀picture฀mute,฀audio฀mute*,฀Logo฀transfer฀to฀the฀projector,฀and฀remote฀

control฀operation฀on฀your฀PC.

NOTE:

*฀Audio฀mute฀function฀is฀not฀available฀on฀M420XV.

Virtual฀Remote฀screen

Remote฀Control฀WindowToolbar

This฀section฀provides฀an฀outline฀of฀preparation฀for฀use฀of฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.

For฀information฀on฀how฀to฀use฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀see฀Help฀of฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.฀(฀page฀

159)

TIP:

•฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀can฀be฀used฀with฀a฀LAN฀and฀a฀serial฀connection.

•฀For฀update฀information฀on฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀visit฀our฀website:฀

฀http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.html

NOTE:

•฀When฀[COMPUTER฀1]฀is฀selected฀from฀your฀source฀selection,฀the฀Virtual฀Remote฀screen฀or฀the฀toolbar฀will฀be฀displayed฀as฀well฀

as฀your฀computer฀screen.

•฀Use฀the฀supplied฀computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀to฀connect฀the฀COMPUTER฀1฀IN฀connector฀directly฀with฀the฀monitor฀output฀connector฀of฀

the฀computer฀to฀use฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.

฀Using฀a฀switcher฀or฀other฀cables฀than฀the฀supplied฀computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀may฀cause฀failure฀in฀signal฀communication.

฀VGA฀cable฀connector:

฀Pin฀Nos.฀12฀and฀15฀are฀required฀for฀DDC/CI.

•฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀may฀not฀work฀depending฀on฀your฀computer’s฀specications฀and฀version฀of฀graphic฀adapters฀or฀drivers.

•฀Logo฀data฀(graphics)฀that฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀the฀projector฀with฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀has฀the฀following฀restrictions:

฀(Only฀via฀serial฀or฀LAN฀connection)

-฀File฀size:฀64฀KB฀or฀less฀

-฀Image฀size฀(resolution):฀Horizontal฀699฀dots฀×฀vertical฀499฀dots฀or฀less

-฀Number฀of฀colors:฀256฀colors฀or฀less

•฀The฀logo฀data฀that฀is฀sent฀with฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀will฀be฀displayed฀at฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen.฀Its฀surrounding฀will฀be฀painted฀

out฀in฀the฀same฀color฀as฀one฀for฀1฀dot฀at฀top฀left

TIP:

•฀The฀projector’s฀COMPUTER฀1฀IN฀connector฀supports฀DDC/CI฀(Display฀Data฀Channel฀Command฀Interface).฀DDC/CI฀is฀a฀standard฀

interface฀for฀bidirectional฀communication฀between฀display/projector฀and฀computer.

156

8. User Supportware

Step 1: Install Virtual Remote Tool on the computer

NOTE:

•฀To฀install฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀“Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀7,฀Windows฀Vista฀and฀

Windows฀XP).฀

•฀Exit฀all฀running฀programs฀before฀installing฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.฀If฀another฀program฀is฀running,฀the฀installation฀may฀not฀be฀com-

pleted.฀

1฀Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀into฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive.

The menu window will be displayed.

TIP:

If฀the฀menu฀window฀will฀not฀be฀displayed,฀try฀the฀following฀procedure.

For฀Windows฀7

1.฀Click฀“start”฀on฀Windows.

2.฀Click฀“All฀Programs”฀฀“Accessories”฀฀“Run”.

3.฀Type฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive฀name฀(example:฀“Q:\”)฀and฀“LAUNCHER.EXE”฀in฀“Name”.฀(example:฀Q:\

LAUNCHER.EXE)

4.฀Click฀“OK”.

the menu window will be displayed.

2฀Click฀a฀software฀program฀you฀wish฀to฀install฀on฀the฀menu฀window.

The installation will start.

157

8. User Supportware

TIP:

Uninstalling฀Software฀Program

Preparation:

Exit฀the฀software฀program฀before฀uninstalling.฀To฀uninstall฀the฀software฀program,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀

“Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀7฀and฀Windows฀Vista)฀or฀“Computer฀Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀XP).

•฀For฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista

1฀Click฀“Start”฀and฀then฀“Control฀Panel”.

The Control Panel window will be displayed.

2฀Click฀“Uninstall฀a฀program”฀under฀“Programs”

The “Programs and Features” window will be displayed.

3฀Select฀the฀software฀program฀and฀click฀it.

4฀Click฀“Uninstall/Change”฀or฀“Uninstall”.

฀•฀When฀the฀“User฀Account฀Control”฀windows฀is฀displayed,฀click฀“Continue”.

Follow the instructions on the screens to complete the uninstallation.

•฀For฀Windows฀XP

1฀Click฀“Start”฀and฀then฀“Control฀Panel”.

The Control Panel window will be displayed.

2฀Double-click฀“Add฀/฀Remove฀Programs”.

The Add / Remove Programs window will be displayed.

3฀Click฀the฀software฀program฀from฀the฀list฀and฀then฀click฀“Remove”.

Follow the instructions on the screens to complete the uninstallation.

Connect the projector to the computer

1฀Use฀the฀supplied฀computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀to฀connect฀the฀COMPUTER฀1฀IN฀connector฀of฀the฀projector฀directly฀

with฀the฀monitor฀output฀connector฀of฀the฀computer.

2฀Connect฀the฀supplied฀power฀cord฀to฀the฀AC฀IN฀of฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀wall฀outlet.

The projector is in the standby condition.

COMPUTER 1 IN

TIP:

•฀When฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀starts฀for฀the฀rst฀time,฀“Easy฀Setup”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed฀to฀navigate฀your฀connections.

AC฀Input

Supplied computer cable (VGA)

 To wall outlet

Power cord (supplied)

158

8. User Supportware

Start Virtual Remote Tool

Start using the shortcut icon

•฀Double-click฀the฀shortcut฀icon฀

฀on฀the฀Windows฀Desktop.

Start from the Start menu

•฀Click฀[Start]฀฀[All฀Programs]฀or฀[Programs]฀฀[NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware]฀฀[Virtual฀Remote฀Tool]฀

฀[Virtual฀Remote฀Tool].

When Virtual Remote Tool starts for the ﬁrst time, “Easy Setup” window will be displayed.

Follow the instructions on the screens

When “Easy Setup” is completed, the Virtual Remote Tool screen will be displayed.

NOTE:

•฀When฀[POWER-SAVING]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀turned฀on฀via฀the฀computer฀

cable฀(VGA)฀or฀network฀(wired฀LAN/wireless฀LAN)฀connection.

TIP:

•฀The฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀screen฀(or฀Toolbar)฀can฀be฀displayed฀without฀displaying฀“Easy฀Setup”฀window.

฀To฀do฀so,฀click฀to฀place฀a฀check฀mark฀for฀“฀฀Do฀not฀use฀Easy฀Setup฀next฀time”฀on฀the฀screen฀at฀Step฀6฀in฀“Easy฀Setup”.

159

8. User Supportware

Exiting฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool

1฀Click฀the฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀icon฀

฀on฀the฀Taskbar.

The pop-up menu will be displayed.

2฀Click฀“Exit”.

The Virtual Remote Tool will be closed.

Viewing฀the฀help฀le฀of฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool

•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀taskbar

1฀Click฀the฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀icon฀

฀on฀the฀taskbar฀when฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀is฀running.

The pop-up menu will be displayed.

2.฀Click฀“Help”.

The Help screen will be displayed.

•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀Start฀Menu.

1.฀Click฀“Start”.฀“All฀programs”฀or฀“Programs”.฀“NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware”.฀“Virtual฀Remote฀Tool”.฀and฀

then฀“Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀Help”฀in฀this฀order.

The Help screen will be displayed.

160

8. User Supportware

 Projecting Your Computer’s Screen Image from the Projector

over a LAN (Image Express Utility Lite)

Using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀the฀computer’s฀screen฀image฀to฀the฀projector฀over฀a฀USB฀cable฀

or฀a฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN.

This฀section฀will฀show฀you฀an฀outline฀about฀how฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN฀and฀to฀use฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀

Lite.฀For฀the฀operation฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite,฀see฀the฀help฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite.

What you can do with Image Express Utility Lite

•฀USB฀Display

•฀Computer’s฀screen฀image฀can฀be฀projected฀via฀a฀USB฀cable,฀without฀connecting฀a฀computer฀cable฀(VGA).

•฀Just฀connecting฀the฀computer฀and฀the฀projector฀over฀a฀USB฀cable฀will฀make฀the฀USB฀Display฀function฀available฀

(Plug฀&฀Play)฀even฀without฀installing฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀on฀the฀computer.฀(฀page฀

34)

•฀Image฀transmission

•฀The฀screen฀of฀your฀computer฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀the฀projector฀via฀a฀wired฀or฀wireless฀network฀without฀a฀computer฀cable฀

(VGA).

•฀By฀using฀“EASY฀CONNECTION”฀function,฀the฀complicated฀network฀settings฀can฀be฀simplied฀and฀the฀computer฀

will฀automatically฀connect฀to฀the฀projector.

•฀The฀screen฀of฀your฀computer฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀up฀to฀four฀projectors฀at฀the฀same฀time.

•฀Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀(GCT)

See฀“❹฀Projecting฀an฀Image฀from฀an฀Angle฀(Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀in฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite)”.

Step 1: Install Image Express Utility Lite on the computer.

NOTE:

•฀To฀install฀or฀uninstall฀the฀program,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀“Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀7,฀Windows฀Vista฀

and฀Windows฀XP).฀

•฀Exit฀all฀running฀programs฀before฀installation.฀If฀another฀program฀is฀running,฀the฀installation฀may฀not฀be฀completed.฀

•฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀will฀be฀installed฀to฀the฀system฀drive฀of฀your฀computer.

฀If฀the฀message฀“There฀is฀not฀enough฀free฀space฀on฀destination”฀is฀displayed,฀free฀up฀enough฀space฀(about฀100฀MB)฀to฀install฀the฀

program.

1.฀Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀into฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive.

The menu window will be displayed.

161

8. User Supportware

TIP:

If฀the฀menu฀window฀will฀not฀be฀displayed,฀try฀the฀following฀procedure.

For฀Windows฀7:

1.฀Click฀“start”฀on฀Windows.

2.฀Click฀“All฀Programs”฀฀“Accessories”฀฀“Run”.

3.฀Type฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive฀name฀(example:฀“Q:\”)฀and฀“LAUNCHER.EXE”฀in฀“Name”.฀(example:฀Q:\LAUNCH

ER.EXE)

4.฀Click฀“OK”.

The menu window will be displayed.

2.฀Click฀a฀software฀program฀on฀the฀menu฀window.

The installation will start.

•฀Follow฀the฀instructions฀on฀the฀installer฀screens฀to฀complete฀the฀installation.฀

TIP:

•฀Uninstalling฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite

To฀uninstall฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite,฀do฀the฀same฀procedures฀stated฀as฀in฀“Uninstalling฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool”.฀Read฀“Virtual฀Remote฀

Tool”฀as฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀(฀page฀

157)

Connect the projector to a LAN.

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(฀page฀

138),฀“Con-

necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(standards฀for฀North฀America,฀optional:฀NP02LM฀series)”฀(฀page฀139)฀and฀“9฀Application฀

Menus”฀(฀page฀105)

Start Image Express Utility Lite.

1.฀On฀Windows,฀click฀“Start”฀฀“All฀programs”฀฀“NEC฀Projector฀UserSupportware”฀฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀

Lite”฀฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”.

Image Express Utility Lite will start.

฀The฀select฀window฀for฀network฀connection฀will฀be฀displayed

2.฀Select฀Network฀and฀click฀“OK”.

The select window for destination will show a list of connectable projectors.

•฀When฀connecting฀the฀computer฀directly฀to฀the฀projector฀by฀one-to-one,฀“Easy฀Connection”฀is฀recommended.

•฀When฀one฀or฀more฀networks฀for฀“EASY฀CONNECTION”฀are฀found,฀the฀“Easy฀Connection฀Selection฀Screen”฀

window฀will฀be฀displayed.

•฀To฀check฀for฀the฀network฀available฀for฀connected฀projectors,฀from฀the฀menu,฀select฀[INFO.]฀฀[WIRELESS฀

LAN]฀฀[SSID].

162

8. User Supportware

3.฀Select฀the฀projector฀you฀wish฀to฀connect,฀and฀click฀“Connect”.

The target selection window will be displayed.

4.฀Place฀a฀check฀mark฀for฀projectors฀to฀be฀connected,฀and฀then฀click฀“Connect”.

•฀When฀one฀or฀more฀projectors฀are฀displayed,฀from฀the฀menu฀on฀the฀projector,฀select฀[INFO.]฀

[WIRELESS LAN]

 [IP ADDRESS].

When connecting with the projector is establised, you can operate the control window to control the projector. (



page 35)

NOTE:

•฀When฀[POWER-SAVING]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu,฀the฀projector฀that฀is฀turned฀off฀will฀not฀be฀displayed฀

in฀the฀select฀window฀for฀destination

TIP:

Viewing฀the฀Help฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite

•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀while฀it฀is฀running.

฀Click฀the฀[?]฀(help)฀icon฀on฀the฀control฀window.

The Help screen will be displayed.

•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀le฀of฀GCT฀while฀it฀is฀running.

฀Click฀“Help฀(C)”฀

“Help” on the Cornerstone Edit screen.

The Help screen will be displayed.

•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀Start฀Menu.

฀Click฀“Start”฀

“All programs” or “Programs”  “NEC Projector User Supportware”  “Image Express Utility Lite”

 “Image Express Utility Lite Help”.

The Help screen will be displayed.

163

8. User Supportware

 Projecting an Image from an Angle (Geometric Correction Tool

in Image Express Utility Lite)

The฀Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀(GCT)฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀correct฀distortion฀of฀images฀projected฀even฀from฀an฀

angle.฀

What you can do with GCT

•฀The฀GCT฀feature฀includes฀the฀following฀three฀functions

•฀4-point฀Correction:฀You฀can฀t฀a฀projected฀image฀within฀the฀border฀of฀the฀screen฀easily฀by฀align฀the฀four฀corners฀

of฀an฀image฀to฀the฀ones฀of฀the฀screen.

•฀Multi-point฀Correction:฀You฀can฀correct฀a฀distorted฀image฀on฀the฀corner฀of฀a฀wall฀or฀irregular฀shaped฀screen฀

by฀using฀many฀separated฀screens฀to฀correct฀the฀image฀as฀well฀as฀4-point฀Correction.

•฀Parameters Correction:฀You฀can฀correct฀a฀distorted฀image฀by฀using฀a฀combination฀of฀transformational฀rules฀

prepared฀in฀advance.

This฀section฀will฀show฀an฀example฀for฀use฀with฀4-point฀Correction.

For฀information฀about฀“Multi-point฀Correction”฀and฀“Parameters฀Correction”,฀see฀the฀help฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀

Utility฀Lite.฀(฀page฀

162)฀

•฀Your฀correction฀data฀can฀be฀stored฀in฀the฀projector฀or฀your฀computer฀which฀can฀be฀restored฀when฀necessary.

•฀The฀GCT฀function฀is฀available฀with฀a฀USB฀cable,฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN฀connection,฀and฀video฀cable.฀

Projecting an Image from an Angle (GCT)

This฀section฀will฀show฀an฀example฀for฀use฀with฀USB฀Display฀(using฀a฀USB฀cable฀to฀connect฀a฀computer฀and฀the฀pro-

jector).

•

฀The฀USB฀Display฀function฀will฀automatically฀display฀the฀control฀window฀

•฀For฀a฀video฀cable฀or฀LAN฀connection,฀install฀and฀start฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀in฀your฀computer฀beforehand.฀(

page฀

34)

Preparation:฀Adjust฀the฀projector฀position฀or฀the฀zoom฀so฀that฀the฀projected฀image฀can฀cover฀the฀whole฀screen฀area.

1.฀Click฀the฀“฀

฀”฀(Picture)฀icon฀and฀then฀the฀“฀฀”฀button.

The “4-point Correction” window will be displayed.

2.฀Click฀the฀“Start฀Correction”฀button฀and฀then฀“Start฀4-point฀Correction”฀button.

A green frame and a mouse pointer ( ) will be displayed.

•฀Four฀[฀•฀]฀marks฀will฀be฀appeared฀at฀four฀corners฀of฀the฀green฀frame

164

8. User Supportware

3.฀Use฀the฀mouse฀to฀click฀the฀[

• ]฀mark฀of฀which฀corner฀you฀wish฀to฀move.

The currently selected [ •฀]฀mark฀will฀turn฀red.

(In the above example, Windows screens are omitted for clariﬁcation.)

4.฀Drag฀the฀selected฀[ • ]฀mark฀to฀the฀point฀you฀wish฀to฀correct฀and฀drop฀it.

•฀When฀you฀click฀somewhere฀within฀the฀project฀image฀area,฀the฀nearest฀[฀•฀]฀mark฀will฀go฀to฀the฀position฀where฀

the mouse cursor is.

5.฀Repeat฀Step฀3฀and฀4฀to฀correct฀the฀distortion฀of฀the฀projected฀image.

6.฀After฀completing,฀right-click฀the฀mouse.

The green frame and the mouse pointer will disappear from the projected image area. This will complete the cor-

rection.

7.฀Click฀the฀“X”฀(close)฀button฀on฀the฀“4-point฀Correction”฀window.

฀The฀“4-point฀Correction”฀window฀will฀disappear฀and฀the฀4-point฀correction฀will฀take฀effect.

8.฀Click฀the฀“฀

฀”฀button฀on฀the฀control฀window฀to฀exit฀the฀GCT.

TIP:

•฀After฀performing฀the฀4-point฀correction,฀you฀can฀save฀the฀4-point฀correction฀data฀to฀the฀projector฀by฀clicking฀“File”฀฀“Writing฀to฀

the฀projector…”฀on฀the฀“4-point฀Correction”฀window.

•฀See฀the฀Help฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀for฀operating฀“4-point฀Correction”฀window฀and฀other฀functions฀than฀GCT.฀(฀page฀

162)

165

8. User Supportware

 Projecting Images or Videos from the Projector over a LAN

(Image Express Utility 2.0)

What you can do with Image Express Utility 2.0

•฀Using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀the฀screens฀of฀your฀computers฀to฀the฀projector฀via฀wired/wire-

less฀LAN.

฀The฀difference฀from฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀is฀that฀projected฀images฀can฀be฀sent฀from฀a฀computer฀to฀not฀only฀

one฀projector฀but฀also฀to฀two฀or฀more฀projectors฀at฀the฀same฀time.

฀When฀“Meeting฀Mode”฀is฀used,฀projected฀images฀can฀be฀sent฀and฀received฀between฀two฀or฀more฀computers.

•฀High-speed,฀high-quality฀image฀transmissions฀based฀on฀NEC’s฀original฀compression฀algorithm

฀NEC’s฀original฀compression฀algorithm฀allows฀high-quality฀images฀to฀be฀sent฀over฀the฀network฀at฀high฀speed,฀from฀

your฀computer฀to฀the฀projector.

•฀Simultaneous฀projection฀by฀multiple฀projectors

฀Images฀can฀be฀sent฀from฀a฀computer฀to฀not฀only฀one฀projector฀but฀also฀to฀two฀or฀more฀projectors฀at฀the฀same฀

time.

•฀“Easy฀Connection”฀function฀for฀connecting฀wireless฀LAN

฀By฀using฀“Easy฀Connection”฀function*

,฀the฀complicated฀setting฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀can฀be฀simplied.

฀ This฀function฀can฀be฀used฀when฀Windows฀XP฀is฀used฀as฀the฀OS฀and฀when฀you฀have฀a฀“Computer฀Adminis-

trator”฀privilege.฀If฀the฀OS฀is฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista,฀input฀of฀logon฀password฀as฀“Administrator”฀may฀be฀

prompted.฀

166

8. User Supportware

•฀Projected฀images฀can฀be฀transferred฀and฀saved฀to฀computers.

฀When฀“Meeting฀Mode”฀is฀used,฀projected฀images฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀the฀computers฀of฀all฀the฀participants฀(attendants)฀

of฀a฀“Meeting”.฀The฀received฀images฀can฀be฀saved฀to฀your฀computer฀with฀a฀memo฀(text฀data)฀attached.

Attendant

Presenter

Attendant

•฀1-click฀switching฀of฀presenter

฀When฀switching฀to฀another฀presenter฀during฀the฀conference,฀the฀participants฀(attendants)฀can฀simply฀click฀a฀button฀

to฀switch฀over฀to฀the฀new฀presenter.

•฀Central฀management฀of฀the฀projecting฀computer

฀Using฀the฀Training฀Mode฀allows฀you฀to฀use฀a฀single฀computer฀(Manager)฀to฀manage฀which฀computer฀(Attendant)฀

projects.฀Possible฀operation฀includes฀switching฀projecting฀computers฀to฀project฀from,฀as฀well฀as฀temporarily฀termi-

nating฀communication฀with฀the฀projector.

Attendant฀A

Attendant฀D

(presenter)

Attendant฀BAttendant฀C

Manager

Mr. D,฀please฀start

your฀presentation.

NOTE::

The฀Training฀Mode฀is฀not฀installed฀via฀the฀“Typical”฀installation฀option฀when฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀is฀installed.

To฀use฀Training฀Mode,฀select฀“Extension”฀installation฀option฀on฀the฀install฀selection฀screen฀that฀is฀displayed฀while฀Image฀Express฀

Utility฀2.0฀installation฀is฀in฀progress,฀and฀select฀“Training฀Mode฀(Attendant)”฀or฀“Training฀Mode฀(Manager)”.

Connecting the projector to a LAN

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(฀page฀

138),฀“Con-

necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN”฀(฀page฀139)฀and฀“9฀Application฀Menus”฀(฀page฀105)

167

8. User Supportware

Basic Operation of Image Express Utility 2.0

This฀section฀explains฀the฀following฀three฀cases฀as฀examples฀of฀operating฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0.

(1)฀Transferring฀images฀to฀the฀projector

(2)฀Holding฀a฀conference

(3)฀Participating฀in฀a฀conference

Sending฀Images฀to฀Projector

•฀Connecting฀projector

1฀Turn฀on฀the฀power฀to฀the฀projector฀for฀which฀LAN฀has฀been฀set.

2฀Click฀Windows฀[Start]฀฀[All฀Programs]฀฀[NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware]฀฀[Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0]฀

฀[Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀],฀in฀that฀order.

฀The฀“Selection฀Of฀Network฀Connections”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

฀A฀list฀of฀the฀network฀equipment฀connected฀to฀your฀computer฀will฀be฀displayed.

IMPORTANT:

A฀screen฀like฀the฀one฀below฀is฀displayed฀when฀the฀software฀is฀started฀on฀a฀PC฀installed฀with฀Windows฀XP฀Service฀Pack฀2฀(SP2)฀(or฀

later).

Click฀“Unblock”฀if฀this฀is฀displayed.฀

3฀Select฀the฀network฀equipment฀that฀is฀to฀be฀used฀and฀click฀[OK].

฀Select฀the฀network฀device฀displaying฀“Easy฀Connection”฀if฀the฀product฀LAN฀setting฀is฀for฀“Easy฀Connection.”฀This฀

will call up the “Projector List” window.

168

8. User Supportware

4฀Check(

)฀the฀projector฀to฀connect฀and฀click฀[Connect].

฀If฀the฀name฀of฀the฀projector฀to฀connect฀is฀not฀on฀the฀list฀or฀if฀it฀is฀hidden,฀click฀[Update].

Click

-1

Clic

-2

The screen of your computer will be projected from the projector.

At this time, the input signal of the projector will automatically change to “NETWORK”.

•฀Transferring฀images

When฀your฀computer฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀projector,฀the฀screen฀of฀the฀computer฀is฀projected฀from฀the฀projector฀as฀is.฀To฀

make฀your฀presentation฀by฀using฀a฀PowerPoint฀le,฀open฀the฀PowerPoint฀le฀and฀start฀your฀presentation.

169

8. User Supportware

•฀Stopping฀or฀resuming฀the฀transmission฀of฀images

The฀transmission฀of฀the฀screen฀of฀the฀computer฀to฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀temporarily฀stopped฀and฀then฀resumed.

1฀Click฀the฀projector฀icon฀(

)฀on฀the฀Windows฀taskbar.

A pop-up menu will be displayed.

2฀Click฀[Stop฀Sending].

฀The฀projector฀icon฀on฀the฀taskbar฀will฀change฀(

 ).

NOTE:

Even฀if฀the฀screen฀of฀the฀computer฀is฀changed฀in฀this฀status,฀the฀image฀projected฀from฀the฀projector฀does฀not฀change.

To฀manipulate฀the฀screen฀that฀should฀not฀be฀disclosed฀(projected฀from฀the฀projector),฀stop฀transmission.

3฀Click฀the฀projector฀icon฀()฀on฀the฀Windows฀taskbar.

A pop-up menu will be displayed.

4฀Click฀[Start฀Sending].

฀The฀projector฀icon฀on฀the฀taskbar฀will฀change฀(

 ).

The transmission of the screen for the computer will be resumed, and the current screen of the computer will be

projected from the projector.

•฀End฀the฀transmission฀of฀images

Exit฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0.

1฀Click฀the฀projector฀icon฀()฀on฀the฀Windows฀taskbar.

A pop-up menu will be displayed.

2฀Click฀[Exit].

170

8. User Supportware

Holding Conferences

•฀Holding฀conferences

1฀Follow฀steps฀1฀through฀4฀in฀“Connecting฀projector”฀of฀“Sending฀Images฀to฀Projector”฀(฀page฀

167).

The screen of your computer will be projected from the projector.

•฀Disclose฀a฀le฀to฀the฀participants฀of฀the฀conference.

NOTE:

To฀disclose฀a฀le฀to฀the฀participants,฀selection฀can฀be฀made฀only฀in฀folder฀units.

Therefore,฀a฀folder฀only฀having฀les฀that฀can฀be฀disclosed฀to฀the฀participants฀must฀be฀created฀in฀advance.

1฀Click฀the฀projector฀icon฀()฀on฀the฀Windows฀taskbar.

A pop-up menu will be displayed.

2฀Before฀clicking฀[Send฀to฀PC฀and฀Projector],฀check฀that฀there฀is฀a฀“฀•฀”฀mark฀applied.

3฀Click฀the฀[Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0]฀button฀on฀the฀taskbar.

The presenter window will be opened.

4฀Click฀[Select฀Folder].

Click

171

8. User Supportware

5฀Select฀a฀folder฀saving฀the฀le฀to฀be฀disclosed฀to฀the฀participants,฀and฀click฀[OK].

The ﬁle in the selected folder will be displayed in the list of ﬁles to transfer.

6฀Click฀[Download].

The ﬁle will be shown to the participants.

NOTE:

When฀the฀computer฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀projector,฀the฀computer฀screen฀that฀is฀in฀of฀being฀progress฀is฀also฀projected฀from฀the฀projec-

tor.฀To฀manipulate฀a฀screen฀that฀should฀not฀be฀shown฀(not฀projected),฀temporarily฀stop฀the฀transmission฀(฀page฀169).

•฀Ending฀conference

1฀Click฀[File]฀in฀the฀presenter฀window,฀and฀click฀[Exit].

฀You฀can฀also฀end฀the฀conference฀by฀clicking฀[×]฀at฀the฀upper฀right฀of฀the฀presenter฀window.

Participating in Conference

•฀Participating฀in฀conferences

1฀Click฀Windows฀[Start]฀฀[All฀Programs]฀฀[NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware]฀฀[Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0]฀

฀[Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀],฀in฀that฀order.

฀The฀“Selection฀Of฀Network฀Connections”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

฀A฀list฀of฀the฀network฀equipment฀connected฀to฀your฀computer฀will฀be฀displayed.

IMPORTANT:

A฀screen฀like฀the฀one฀below฀is฀displayed฀when฀the฀software฀is฀started฀on฀a฀PC฀installed฀with฀Windows฀XP฀Service฀Pack฀2฀(SP2)฀(or฀

later).

Click฀“Unblock”฀if฀this฀is฀displayed.฀

2฀Select฀the฀network฀equipment฀that฀is฀to฀be฀used฀and฀click฀[OK].

฀Select฀the฀network฀device฀displaying฀“Easy฀Connection”฀if฀the฀product฀LAN฀setting฀is฀for฀“Easy฀Connection.”฀This฀

will call up the “ Meeting List” window.

172

8. User Supportware

3฀Click฀the฀Meeting฀Name฀to฀participate,฀and฀click฀[Connect].

Click

The computer will be connected to the selected conference and the attendant window will be displayed.

If the presenter selects “Send to PC And Projector”, the image projected from the projector is displayed in the at-

tendant window.

173

8. User Supportware

•฀Saving฀received฀images

1฀Click฀[Memo]฀in฀the฀attendant฀window.

A memo pane will be displayed.

Memo฀pane

Click

2฀Click฀[Save฀Image]฀in฀the฀attendant฀window.

The image displayed in the attendant window will be saved.

•฀The฀saved฀image฀is฀added฀to฀the฀memo฀list฀and฀a฀thumbnail฀is฀displayed.

•฀A฀memo฀can฀be฀attached฀to฀the฀saved฀image.

REFERENCE:

•฀In฀case฀of฀Windows฀XP,฀a฀created฀le฀is฀saved฀to฀“My฀Documents\ImageExpress\”฀under฀the฀default฀settings.฀In฀case฀of฀Windows฀

7/Windows฀Vista,฀“Document\ImageExpress\”฀is฀the฀default฀folder฀to฀save฀a฀created฀le.

•฀A฀folder฀is฀created฀below฀the฀default฀folder฀based฀on฀the฀time฀and฀date฀of฀the฀conference,฀and฀the฀image฀is฀saved฀to฀a฀le฀in฀the฀

created฀folder.

฀For฀example,฀if฀a฀conference฀is฀held฀at฀11:20฀on฀May฀14,฀2009,฀the฀default฀folder฀name฀on฀Windows฀XP฀will฀be฀“My฀Documents\

ImageExpress\2009-05-14_11-20_Meeting฀Records”.฀

฀In฀this฀folder,฀an฀HTML฀le฀named฀“Meeting฀Records”฀is฀created.

฀The฀saved฀image฀is฀saved฀in฀“Images”฀folder.

174

8. User Supportware

•฀Downloading฀disclosed฀le

1฀Click฀[File฀Transfer]฀in฀the฀attendant฀window.

The “File Transfer” window will be opened.

Click

2฀Select฀a฀le฀to฀download,฀and฀click฀[Download].

Downloading will begin.

The progress of the downloading is displayed at the lower left of the window.

3฀When฀downloading฀is฀complete,฀click฀[File]฀in฀the฀“File฀Transfer”฀window,฀and฀click฀[Exit].

The “File Transfer” window will be closed.

REFERENCE:

•฀If฀“Open฀After฀Downloading”฀is฀checked,฀the฀le฀is฀opened฀by฀specied฀Windows฀application฀software฀after฀downloading฀is฀com-

plete.

•฀In฀case฀of฀Windows฀XP,฀a฀created฀le฀is฀saved฀to฀“My฀Documents\ImageExpress\”฀under฀the฀default฀settings.฀In฀case฀of฀Windows฀

7/Windows฀Vista,฀“Document\ImageExpress\”฀is฀the฀default฀folder฀to฀save฀a฀created฀le.฀

•฀A฀folder฀is฀created฀below฀the฀default฀folder฀based฀on฀the฀time฀and฀date฀of฀the฀conference,฀and฀the฀image฀is฀saved฀to฀a฀le฀in฀the฀

created฀folder.

฀For฀example,฀if฀a฀conference฀is฀held฀at฀11:20฀on฀May฀14,฀2009,฀the฀default฀folder฀name฀on฀Windows฀XP฀will฀be฀“My฀Documents\

ImageExpress\2009-05-14_11-20_Meeting฀Records”.฀

175

8. User Supportware

•฀Changing฀presenter

Three฀types฀of฀settings฀may฀be฀made฀to฀change฀the฀presenter:฀“Not฀Approved”,฀“Approved”,฀and฀“Changing฀Prohibited”฀

(these฀can฀be฀selected฀only฀by฀the฀presenter).

In฀the฀following฀example,฀“Not฀Approved”฀is฀selected.

•฀Click฀[Become฀A฀Presenter]฀in฀the฀attendant฀window.

You will change from a participant to a presenter.

Click

•฀Leaving฀conference

Leave฀the฀conference฀and฀exit฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0.

•฀Click฀[File]฀in฀the฀attendant฀window,฀and฀click฀[Exit].

฀You฀can฀also฀leave฀the฀conference฀by฀clicking฀[×]฀at฀the฀upper฀right฀of฀the฀attendant฀window.

176

8. User Supportware

 Using the Projector to Operate Your Computer over a LAN

(Desktop Control Utility 1.0)

Using฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀allows฀you฀to฀remotely฀operate฀your฀computer฀placed฀at฀a฀distance฀from฀the฀projector฀

over฀a฀network฀(wired฀LAN฀or฀wireless฀LAN).

What you can do with Desktop Control Utility 1.0

•฀A฀commercially฀available฀USB฀mouse฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀to฀operate฀the฀computer.

•฀Suppose,฀for฀example,฀a฀PowerPoint฀le฀to฀be฀presented฀in฀a฀conference฀is฀saved฀to฀a฀computer฀in฀your฀ofce.฀

If฀this฀computer฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀conference฀room฀with฀LAN฀when฀the฀conference฀is฀held,฀the฀

desktop฀screen฀of฀the฀computer฀in฀your฀ofce฀(Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista/Windows฀XP)฀can฀be฀projected฀and฀the฀

Power-Point฀le฀can฀be฀presented฀by฀operating฀the฀projector.฀In฀other฀words฀the฀computer฀does฀not฀need฀to฀be฀

brought฀into฀the฀conference฀room.

IMPORTANT:

•฀You฀can฀use฀the฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀to฀operate฀a฀computer฀located฀in฀a฀separate฀room฀from฀the฀projector฀over฀a฀network.฀

Therefore,฀care฀must฀be฀exercised฀to฀prevent฀any฀third฀party฀from฀viewing฀the฀screen฀of฀your฀computer฀(important฀documents),฀

copying฀les,฀or฀turning฀off฀the฀power.

฀NEC฀assumes฀no฀liability฀for฀any฀loss฀or฀damages฀arising฀from฀information฀leak฀or฀system฀failure฀while฀you฀are฀using฀Desktop฀

Control฀Utility฀1.0.

•฀This฀will฀disconnect฀LAN฀connection฀when฀the฀computer฀goes฀in฀the฀standby฀mode฀while฀the฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀is฀being฀

used.

฀In฀the฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista,฀select฀[Control฀Panel]฀฀[Hardware฀and฀Sound]฀฀[Power฀Options].฀Set฀[Change฀when฀the฀

computer฀sleeps]฀to฀[Never].฀

฀In฀the฀Windows฀XP,฀click฀[Control฀Panel]฀฀[Performance฀and฀Maintenance]฀฀[Power฀Options]฀฀[System฀Standby]฀฀

[Never].

•฀The฀screen฀saver฀function฀is฀off฀while฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀is฀running.

Connecting the projector to a LAN

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(฀page฀

138),฀“Con-

necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN”฀(฀page฀139)฀and฀“9฀Application฀Menus”฀(฀page฀105)

177

8. User Supportware

Using the projector to operate your computer’s desktop screen

IMPORTANT:

•฀In฀case฀of฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista,฀disable฀the฀user฀account฀control฀before฀using฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0.฀

฀Windows฀Vista฀has฀“User฀Account฀Control”฀function฀to฀protect฀the฀computer.฀The฀user฀account฀conrmation฀window฀may฀be฀

displayed.฀

฀Since฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀cannot฀transfer฀the฀user฀account฀conrmation฀window,฀this฀window฀makes฀the฀operation฀unavail-

able.฀Before฀using฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0,฀it฀is฀necessary฀to฀disable฀the฀user฀account฀control฀of฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista.฀

After฀logging฀on฀with฀the฀administrator฀account,฀follow฀the฀procedure฀below฀to฀change฀the฀setting:

[Change Procedure]

<For฀Windows฀7>

1฀Click฀[Control฀Panel]฀from฀the฀Start฀Manu.

2฀Click฀[User฀Accounts฀and฀Family฀Safety].

3฀Click฀[User฀Accounts].

4฀Click฀[Change฀User฀Account฀Control฀settings].

5฀Change฀[Choose฀when฀to฀be฀notied฀about฀changes฀to฀your฀computer]฀to฀[Never฀notify]฀and฀click฀[OK].

•฀If฀restarting฀is฀requested,฀click฀[Restart฀now].

<For฀Windows฀Vista>

1฀Click฀[Control฀Panel]฀from฀the฀Start฀Menu.฀

2฀Click฀[User฀Accounts฀and฀Family฀Safety].฀

3฀Click฀[User฀Account].฀

4฀Click฀[Enable/Disable฀User฀Account฀Control].฀

5฀Remove฀the฀checkmark฀for฀[Use฀User฀Account฀Control฀(UAC)฀to฀Help฀Computer฀Protection]฀and฀click฀

[OK].฀

•฀If฀rebooting฀is฀requested,฀click฀[Reboot฀Now].฀

Upon฀completion฀of฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility,฀it฀is฀recommended฀to฀enable฀the฀user฀account฀control.฀

178

8. User Supportware

•฀Operation฀on฀computer

1฀Click฀Windows฀[Start]฀฀[All฀Programs]฀฀[NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware]฀฀[Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀

1.0]฀฀[Desktop฀Control],฀in฀that฀order.

฀The฀“Selection฀Of฀Network฀Connections”฀window฀is฀displayed.

฀This฀displays฀a฀list฀of฀the฀network฀devices฀connected฀to฀the฀computer฀you฀are฀using.

2฀Select฀the฀network฀device฀to฀use฀and฀click฀[OK].

The “Startup password settings” window will be displayed.

•฀In฀case฀of฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista,฀the฀User฀Account฀Control฀Window฀is฀displayed.฀Click฀[OK]฀or฀input฀the฀

administrator password.

Screen฀when฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀is฀started฀rst฀time฀

already

Screen if starting password has been set

IMPORTANT:

•฀Be฀sure฀to฀write฀down฀the฀starting฀password฀in฀case฀you฀forget฀it.

•฀The฀starting฀password฀must฀be฀input฀each฀time฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀is฀started.

•฀Should฀you฀forget฀the฀starting฀password,฀reinstall฀the฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0.

A฀screen฀like฀the฀one฀below฀is฀displayed฀when฀the฀software฀is฀started฀on฀a฀PC฀installed฀with฀Windows฀XP฀Service฀Pack฀2฀(SP2)฀(or฀

later).

Click฀“Unblock”฀if฀this฀is฀displayed.฀

179

8. User Supportware

3฀Input฀the฀starting฀password฀of฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0,฀and฀click฀[OK].

The “Current password” window will be displayed.

NOTE:

The฀character฀string฀displayed฀in฀the฀password฀eld฀varies฀each฀time฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀is฀started.

4฀Write฀down฀the฀character฀string฀displayed฀in฀the฀password฀eld.

Write down “PMHN” in the screen example of step 3.

5฀Click฀[OK].

฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀will฀be฀started.

Move to the room where the projector is installed, with the paper on which you have written down the password in

step 4.

180

8. User Supportware

•฀Operating฀the฀projector฀(connecting฀computer)

1฀Connect฀a฀USB฀mouse฀that฀is฀commercially฀available฀to฀the฀projector.

USB

2฀Turn฀on฀the฀power฀to฀the฀projector.

Set the LAN setting of the projector in advance.

3฀Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀unit.

The Source list will be displayed.

In case of the remote control, press the NETWORK button.

฀The฀“network฀menu”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed,proceed฀to฀step฀5.

4฀Press฀the฀SELECT฀/฀buttons฀to฀select฀[NETWORK],฀and฀then฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀“network฀menu”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

•฀The฀remaining฀operations฀can฀be฀performed฀using฀a฀USB฀mouse฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

181

8. User Supportware

5฀Click฀[DESKTOP฀CONTROL฀UTILITY].

The “DESKTOP CONTROL UTILITY menu” screen will be displayed.

6฀Click฀“ENTRY”.

A password input screen will be displayed.

7฀Input฀the฀password฀you฀have฀written฀down฀in฀step฀4฀of฀“Operation฀on฀computer”.

•฀Click฀the฀[BS]฀button฀on฀the฀right฀side฀of฀the฀[PASSWORD]฀eld฀to฀delete฀the฀character฀to฀the฀left฀of฀the฀character฀

insertion point.

8฀After฀inputting฀the฀password,฀click฀the฀฀button฀on฀the฀right฀side฀of฀the฀[PASSWORD]฀eld.

You are returned to the “DESKTOP CONTROL UTILITY” menu screen.

9฀Click฀[COMPUTER฀SEARCH].

The “COMPUTER LIST” screen will be displayed.

If the connection destination has not been found as a result of a COMPUTER SEARCH, search for the connection

destination฀by฀inputting฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀computer฀at฀the฀connection฀destination,฀click฀“Input฀IP฀Address”.

182

8. User Supportware

10฀Click฀the฀computer฀at฀the฀connection฀destination฀and฀then฀[OK].

฀The฀desktop฀screen฀of฀the฀computer฀at฀the฀connection฀destination฀will฀be฀displayed.

•฀Operating฀the฀projector฀(manipulating฀desktop฀screen)

The฀displayed฀desktop฀screen฀can฀be฀manipulated฀by฀using฀the฀USB฀mouse฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.฀If฀the฀EXIT฀

button฀of฀the฀projector฀or฀remote฀control฀is฀pressed฀while฀the฀desktop฀screen฀is฀displayed,฀an฀auxiliary฀operation฀bar฀

is฀displayed฀at฀the฀lower฀left฀of฀the฀screen.

Manipulate฀the฀auxiliary฀operation฀bar฀by฀using฀the฀buttons฀of฀the฀projector฀or฀remote฀control.

183

8. User Supportware

<1><2><3><4>

<1> (cut-off icon) .......Disconnects communication with the computer.

<2>

(Shift icon) ..........When the highlight is moved to this icon and the ENTER button is pressed, shift lock status is set.

The shift lock is canceled if the highlight is moved to this icon and the ENTER button is pressed

again.

<3>

(Ctrl icon) ............When the highlight is moved to this icon and the ENTER button is pressed, control lock status is set.

The control lock is canceled if the highlight is moved to this icon and the ENTER button is pressed

again.

<4>

(ESC icon) ...........The same operation as when the [ESC] key of the computer is pressed is performed. This icon is

used, for example, to stop a slideshow of PowerPoint.

•฀Operating฀the฀projector฀(disconnecting฀communications)

1฀Press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀while฀the฀desktop฀screen฀is฀displayed.

An auxiliary operation bar will be displayed at the lower left of the screen.

2฀Move฀the฀highlight฀to฀฀(cut-off฀icon)฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

Communication will be disconnected and you are returned to the “DESKTOP CONTROL UTILITY” menu screen.

฀To฀resume฀communication,฀click฀[COMPUTER฀SEARCH].

After that, follow step 10 on the preceding page.

REFERENCE:

Communication฀can฀also฀be฀disconnected฀by฀clicking฀the฀projector฀icon฀on฀the฀taskbar฀and฀then฀clicking฀“Disconnect”฀while฀the฀

desktop฀screen฀is฀displayed.

184

8. User Supportware

•฀Operating฀the฀projector฀(exiting฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0)

1฀Click฀the฀projector฀icon฀[

]฀on฀the฀taskbar฀while฀the฀desktop฀screen฀is฀displayed.

2฀Click฀[Exit].

฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀will฀be฀terminated.

3฀Press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀unit฀or฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

฀The฀“network฀menu”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

4฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀unit฀or฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

The on-screen menu will be displayed.

5฀Select฀an฀input฀source฀other฀than฀[NETWORK].

185

8. User Supportware



Controlling the Projector over a LAN (PC Control Utility Pro 4)

Using฀the฀utility฀software฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”,฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀controlled฀from฀a฀computer฀over฀a฀LAN.

Control Functions

Power฀On/Off,฀signal฀selection,฀picture฀freeze,฀picture฀mute,฀audio฀mute,฀adjusting,฀error฀message฀notication,฀event฀

schedule.

Screen฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4

This฀section฀provides฀an฀outline฀of฀preparation฀for฀use฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4.฀For฀information฀on฀how฀to฀use฀PC฀

Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4,฀see฀Help฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4.

TIP:

•฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀can฀be฀used฀with฀a฀serial฀connection.

Connect the projector to a LAN.

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(฀page฀

138),฀“Con-

necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(Optional:฀NP02LM฀series)”฀(฀page฀139)฀and฀“9฀Application฀Menus”฀(฀page฀105)

Start PC Control Utility Pro 4

Click฀“Start”฀฀“All฀programs”฀or฀“Programs”฀฀“NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware”฀฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”฀

“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”.

NOTE:฀

•฀For฀the฀Schedule฀function฀of฀the฀PC฀Control฀utility฀Pro฀4฀to฀work,฀you฀must฀have฀your฀computer฀running฀and฀not฀in฀standby/

sleep฀mode.฀Select฀“Power฀Options”฀from฀the฀“Control฀Panel”฀in฀Windows฀and฀disable฀its฀standby/sleep฀mode฀before฀running฀the฀

scheduler.

[Example]฀For฀Windows฀7:

Select฀“Control฀Panel”฀฀“System฀and฀Security”฀฀“Power฀Options”฀฀“Change฀when฀the฀computer฀sleeps”฀฀“Put฀the฀computer฀

to฀sleep”฀฀“Never”.฀

NOTE:฀

•฀When฀[POWER-SAVING]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀turned฀on฀via฀the฀network฀

(wired฀LAN/wireless฀LAN)฀connection.

TIP:

Viewing฀the฀Help฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4

•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀le฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀while฀it฀is฀running.

฀Click฀“Help฀(H)”฀ “Help (H) …” of window of PC Control Utility Pro 4 in this order.

The pop-up menu will be displayed.

•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀Start฀Menu.

฀Click฀“Start”฀

“All programs” or “Programs”  “NEC Projector User Supportware”  “PC Control Utility Pro 4” 

“PC Control Utility Pro 4 Help”.

The Help screen will be displayed.

186

8. User Supportware

 Converting PowerPoint ﬁles to Slides (Viewer PPT Converter

3.0)

Using฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀allows฀you฀to฀convert฀PowerPoint฀les฀into฀JPEG฀les.฀Converted฀JPEG฀les฀and฀

Index฀les฀(.idx)฀can฀be฀saved฀to฀a฀USB฀memory.฀When฀the฀USB฀memory฀inserted฀into฀the฀projector,฀these฀JPEG฀les฀

and฀Index฀les฀(.idx)฀can฀be฀displayed฀with฀the฀viewer฀function฀of฀the฀projector฀without฀connecting฀a฀computer.

NOTE:

When฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀has฀been฀installed,฀once฀start฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀once฀with฀the฀privilege฀used฀for฀installation.฀

Then฀exit฀from฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀without฀doing฀anything.

•฀Starting

Click฀Window’s฀[Start]฀฀[All฀Programs]฀฀[NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware]฀฀[Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0]฀฀[Viewer฀PPT฀

Converter฀3.0],฀in฀that฀order.

NOTE:

When฀installing฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀onto฀a฀computer฀that฀has฀PowerPoint฀installed,฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀is฀automatically฀

registered฀as฀a฀Power-Point฀add-in.

It฀is฀necessary฀to฀cancel฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀add-in฀before฀uninstalling฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0.

Refer฀to฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀Help฀to฀unregister฀the฀add-in.

Converting PowerPoint ﬁles and saving them to a USB memory

1.฀Insert฀the฀USB฀memory฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀computer.

2.฀On฀Windows,฀click฀“Start”฀฀“All฀programs”฀฀“NEC฀Projector฀UserSupportware”฀฀“Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀

3.0”฀฀“Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0”.

Viewer PPT Converter 3.0 will start.

3.฀Click฀“Brows...”฀and฀select฀a฀PowerPoint฀le฀you฀wish฀to฀convert,฀and฀then฀click฀“Open”.

4.฀฀Click฀“Next”.

187

8. User Supportware

5.฀Select฀the฀USB฀memory฀drive฀for฀“Card฀Drive”฀and฀type฀in฀“Index฀name”.

Index name must be eight alphanumeric characters or less. 2-byte character and ﬁle with a long ﬁlename cannot

be used.

6.฀Click฀“Export”.

A conﬁrmation message will be displayed.

7.฀Click฀“OK”.

Exporting a ﬁle will start.

8.฀Click฀“OK”.

9.฀Click฀“Exit”.

Viewer PPT Converter 3.0 will exit.

10.฀Remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀computer.

NOTE:

•฀Before฀removing฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀computer,฀click฀the฀“Safe฀to฀Remove฀Hardware”฀icon฀on฀the฀task-

bar.

188

8. User Supportware

 Projecting Your Mac’s Screen Image from the Projector over

a LAN (Image Express Utility 2 for Mac)

Using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac฀contained฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀the฀Mac’s฀screen฀image฀to฀the฀projector฀over฀a฀

network฀(wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN).

Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac฀runs฀on฀Mac฀OS฀X฀10.2.8฀or฀later.

It฀runs฀on฀both฀Mac฀OS฀X฀(PowerPC)฀and฀Mac฀OS฀X฀(Intel).

Hereafter,฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2฀for฀Mac”฀is฀abbreviated฀as฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2”.

What you can do with Image Express Utility 2

•฀Via฀the฀network฀images฀on฀the฀screen฀of฀your฀Mac฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀the฀projector฀and฀projected฀on฀the฀screen.

•฀One฀computer฀can฀send฀images฀to฀more฀than฀one฀projector.

Operating environment

Supported OS

Mac฀OS฀X฀10.2.8฀or฀later฀required

Mac฀OS฀X฀10.3.0฀or฀later฀recommended

Processor (CPU)

PowerPC฀G3฀600฀MHz฀processor฀required

PowerPC฀G4฀800฀MHz฀or฀higher฀recommended

Intel฀Core฀Solo฀1.5฀GHz฀or฀higher฀required

Memory

256฀MB฀or฀higher฀required

Network฀environment

Wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN฀required฀that฀supports฀TCP/IP

Only฀the฀AirPort฀and฀AirPort฀Extreme฀wireless฀LAN฀cards฀are฀guaranteed฀to฀work฀with฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.

“Easy฀Connection”฀supports฀only฀AirPort฀and฀AirPort฀Extreme.

Supported resolution

VGA฀(640฀×฀480)฀or฀higher฀required

XGA฀(1024฀×฀768)฀recommended

(1024฀×฀768฀-฀1280฀×฀800฀recommended฀for฀P350W)

Supported screen colors

32฀thousands฀of฀colors,฀16.7฀million฀colors฀required

*฀256฀or฀fewer฀colors฀are฀not฀supported.

Connecting the projector to a LAN

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(฀page฀

138),฀“Con-

necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN”฀(฀page฀139)฀and฀“9฀Application฀Menus”฀(฀page฀105)

189

8. User Supportware

Using Image Express Utility 2

Connecting฀to฀a฀projector

1฀Conrm฀that฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀turned฀on.

2฀Click฀the฀AirPort฀status฀(฀

฀)฀on฀the฀Macintosh฀menu฀bar,฀and฀click฀“Turn฀AirPort฀On”.

The AirPort status is changed to “ ” or “ ”.

•฀AirPort฀status฀types฀and฀meanings

...AirPort : Off

...AirPort : On ( in infrastructure connection )

...AirPort : On ( in adhoc connection )

REFERENCE:

When the AirPort status ( / / ) is not displayed on the menu bar:

1฀Click฀Apple฀Menu฀(฀

฀)฀and฀[System฀Preferences...].฀

The “System Preferences” window will be displayed.

2฀Click฀[Network].

฀The฀Network฀conguration฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

3฀Select฀[AirPort]฀in฀[Show].

4฀Click฀[AirPort]฀tab.

The AirPort conﬁguration item will be displayed.

5฀Check฀the฀“Show฀AirPort฀status฀in฀menu฀bar”฀check฀box฀at฀the฀bottom฀conguration฀item.

The AirPort status ( / / ) will be displayed on the menu bar.

6฀Click฀the฀[฀฀]฀button฀at฀the฀upper฀left฀on฀the฀Network฀conguration฀window.

฀The฀Network฀conguration฀window฀will฀be฀closed.

190

8. User Supportware

3฀Double-click฀the฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2”฀icon฀in฀the฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀2”฀folder.

•฀At฀the฀initial฀start,฀the฀“License฀Agreement”฀window฀is฀displayed.฀

฀Thoroughly฀read฀the฀agreement฀shown฀on฀the฀screen,฀and฀click฀“I฀accept฀the฀terms฀in฀the฀license฀agreement”฀

and the [OK] button.

Next, the “Authenticate” window will be displayed.

4฀Enter฀the฀administrator฀name฀and฀password฀of฀your฀Macintosh฀computer,฀and฀click฀the฀[OK]฀button.

The [Projector Selection] window will be displayed.

5฀Check฀the฀(฀฀)฀check฀box฀to฀the฀left฀of฀the฀projector฀name฀to฀connect฀and฀click฀[Connect].

The Macintosh computer and the projector are connected via wireless LAN, and images on the Macintosh screen

are projected from the projector.

191

8. User Supportware

Stopping/Restarting Image Transmission

•฀Stopping฀image฀transmission

1฀Click฀[Tools]฀on฀the฀menu฀bar,฀and฀click฀[Stop฀Sending].

Image transmission is temporarily stopped.

•฀Restarting฀image฀transmission

1฀Click฀[Tools]฀on฀the฀menu฀bar,฀and฀click฀[Start฀Sending].

Image transmission is started again.

Exiting Image Express Utility 2

1฀Click฀[Image฀Express฀Utility฀2]฀on฀the฀menu฀bar,฀and฀click฀[Quit฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2].

Image Express Utility 2 is exited.

192

9. Appendix

1 Troubleshooting

This฀section฀helps฀you฀resolve฀problems฀you฀may฀encounter฀while฀setting฀up฀or฀using฀the฀projector.

Indicator Messages

Power Indicator

Indicator Condition Projector฀ConditionNote

Off The main power is off

–

Blinking light Blue

0.5 sec On,

0.5 sec Off

The projector is getting ready to turn on. Wait for a moment.

2.5 sec On,

0.5 sec Off

Off Timer is enabled.

฀–

Steady light Blue The projector is turned on.

–

Orange [NORMAL] is selected for [STANDBY MODE]

–

Red [POWER-SAVING] is selected for [STANDBY

MODE]

–

Status Indicator

Indicator Condition Projector฀ConditionNote

Off

Normal or Standby ([POWER-SAVING] for

[STANDBY MODE])

–

Blinking light Red

1 cycle (0.5 sec

On, 2.5 sec Off)

Lamp cover error or lamp housing error Replace the lamp cover or lamp housing correctly.

2 cycle (0.5 sec

On, 0.5 sec Off)

Temperature error The projector is overheated. Move the projector to

a cooler location.

3 cycle (0.5 sec

On, 0.5 sec Off)

Power error Power unit is not working properly. Contact your

dealer.

4 cycle (0.5 sec

On, 0.5 sec Off)

Fan error Fans will not work correctly.

6 cycle (0.5 sec

On, 0.5 sec Off)

Lamp error Lamp fails to light. Wait a full minute and then turn

on again.

9 cycle (0.5 sec

On, 0.5 sec Off)

[DYNAMIC CONTRAST] error Dynamic Contrast function is not working properly.

Contact your dealer.

Orange

1 cycle (0.5 sec

On, 2.5 sec Off)

Network conﬂict

Both the built-in wired LAN and the wireless LAN can-

not be connected to the same network at the same

time.

To use both built-in wired LAN and wireless LAN at

the same time, connect them to different networks.

Green Re-firing the lamp (The projector is cooling

down.)

The projector is re-ﬁring.

Wait for a moment.

Steady฀light

Green

Standby ([NORMAL] for [STANDBY MODE])

–

Orange

CONTROL PANEL LOCK is on. You have pressed cabinet button when Control

Panel Lock is on.

CONTROL ID error Remote control ID and projector ID are not

matched.

Lamp Indicator

Indicator Condition Projector฀ConditionNote

Off Normal

–

Blinking light Red Lamp has reached its end of life. Lamp replace-

ment message will be displayed.

Replace the lamp.

Steady light Red Lamp has been used beyond its limit. The projector

will not turn on until the lamp is replaced.

Replace the lamp.

Green [ECO MODE] is set to [AUTO ECO], [ECO1], or

[ECO2]

–

Over-Temperature฀Protection

If฀the฀temperature฀inside฀the฀projector฀rises฀too฀high,฀the฀over-temperature฀protector฀will฀automatically฀turn฀off฀the฀lamp฀

with฀the฀STATUS฀indicator฀blinking฀(2-cycle฀On฀and฀Off.)

Should฀this฀happen,฀do฀the฀following:

•฀Unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀after฀the฀cooling฀fans฀stop.

•฀Move฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀cooler฀location฀if฀the฀room฀where฀you฀are฀presenting฀is฀particularly฀too฀warm.

•฀Clean฀the฀ventilation฀holes฀if฀they฀are฀clogged฀with฀dust.

•฀Wait฀about฀60฀minutes฀until฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀projector฀becomes฀cool฀enough.

193

9. Appendix

Common Problems & Solutions

(฀“Power/Status/Lamp฀Indicator”฀on฀page฀

192.)

Problem Check These Items

Does not turn on

or shut down

•฀ Check฀that฀the฀power฀cord฀is฀plugged฀in฀and฀that฀the฀power฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀remote฀control฀

is on. ( pages

13, 14)

•฀ Ensure฀that฀the฀lamp฀cover฀is฀installed฀correctly.฀( page 149)

•฀ Check฀to฀see฀if฀the฀projector฀has฀overheated.฀If฀there฀is฀insufcient฀ventilation฀around฀the฀projector฀or฀if฀the฀room฀

where you are presenting is particularly warm, move the projector to a cooler location.

•฀ Check฀to฀see฀if฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀after฀the฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀

life. If so, replace the lamp. After replacing the lamp, reset the lamp hours used. ( page 104)

•฀ The฀lamp฀may฀fail฀to฀light.฀Wait฀a฀full฀minute฀and฀then฀turn฀on฀the฀power฀again.

•฀ Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀when฀using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀

or higher. Using the projector at altitudes approximately 5500 feet/1600 meters or higher without setting to [HIGH

ALTITUDE] can cause the projector to overheat and the projector could shut down. If this happens, wait a couple

minutes and turn on the projector. ( page 97)

If you turn on the projector immediately after the lamp is turned off, the fans run without displaying an image for

some time and then the projector will display the image. Wait for a moment.

Will turn off •฀ Ensure฀that฀the฀[OFF฀TIMER]฀or฀[AUTO฀POWER฀OFF]฀is฀off.฀( page 93, 100)

No picture

•฀ Use฀the฀COMPUTER1,฀the฀COMPUTER2,฀the฀VIDEO฀or฀the฀S-VIDEO฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀to฀select฀your฀

source (Computer, Video or S-Video). ( page

16) If there is still no picture, press the button again.

•฀ Ensure฀your฀cables฀are฀connected฀properly.

•฀ Use฀menus฀to฀adjust฀the฀brightness฀and฀contrast.฀( page 85)

•฀ Ensure฀that฀the฀lens฀cover฀is฀open.฀( page 5)

•฀ Reset฀the฀settings฀or฀adjustments฀to฀factory฀preset฀levels฀using฀the฀[RESET]฀in฀the฀Menu.฀( page 104)

•฀ Enter฀your฀registered฀keyword฀if฀the฀Security฀function฀is฀enabled.฀( page 30)

•฀ Be฀sure฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀and฀notebook฀PC฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀standby฀mode฀and฀before฀turning฀on฀

the power to the notebook PC.

In most cases the output signal from the notebook PC is not turned on unless connected to the projector before

being powered up.

* If the screen goes blank while using your remote control, it may be the result of the computer’s screen-saver

or power management software.

•฀ See฀also฀the฀next page.

Picture suddenly

becomes dark

•฀ Check฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀the฀Forced฀ECO฀mode฀because฀of฀too฀high฀ambient฀temperature.฀If฀this฀is฀the฀case,฀

lower the internal temperature of the projector by selecting [HIGH] for [FAN MODE]. ( page 97)

Color tone or hue is

unusual

•฀ Check฀if฀an฀appropriate฀color฀is฀selected฀in฀[WALL฀COLOR].฀If฀so,฀select฀an฀appropriate฀option.฀( page

92)

•฀ Adjust฀[HUE]฀in฀[PICTURE].฀( page 85)

Image isn’t square to

the screen

•฀ Reposition฀the฀projector฀to฀improve฀its฀angle฀to฀the฀screen.฀( page

17)

•฀ Use฀the฀Keystone฀correction฀function฀to฀correct฀the฀trapezoid฀distortion.฀( page 22)

Picture is blurred

•฀ Adjust฀the฀focus.฀( page

19)

•฀ Reposition฀the฀projector฀to฀improve฀its฀angle฀to฀the฀screen.฀( page 17)

•฀ Ensure฀that฀the฀distance฀between฀the฀projector฀and฀screen฀is฀within฀the฀adjustment฀range฀of฀the฀lens.

( page

130)

•฀ Condensation฀may฀form฀on฀the฀lens฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀cold,฀brought฀into฀a฀warm฀place฀and฀is฀then฀turned฀on.฀

Should this happen, let the projector stand until there is no condensation on the lens.

Flicker appears on

screen

•฀

Set [FAN MODE] to other than [HIGH ALTITUDE] mode when using the projector at altitudes approximately 5500 feet/1600

meters or lower. Using the projector at altitudes less than approximately 5500 feet/1600 meters and setting to [HIGH ALTI-

TUDE] can cause the lamp to overcool, causing the image to ﬂicker. Switch [FAN MODE] to [AUTO]. ( page 97)

Image is scrolling

vertically, horizontally

or both

•฀ Check฀the฀computer’s฀resolution฀and฀frequency.฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀resolution฀you฀are฀trying฀to฀display฀is฀supported฀

by the projector. ( page

199)

•฀ Adjust฀the฀computer฀image฀manually฀with฀the฀Horizontal/Vertical฀in฀the฀[IMAGE฀OPTIONS].฀( page 87)

Remote control does

not work

•฀ Install฀new฀batteries.( page

•฀ Make฀sure฀there฀are฀no฀obstacles฀between฀you฀and฀the฀projector.

•฀ Stand฀within฀22฀feet฀(7฀m)฀of฀the฀projector.฀( page 9)

Indicator is lit or

blinking

•฀ See฀the฀POWER/STATUS/LAMP฀Indicator.฀( page

192)

Cross color in RGB

mode

•฀ Press฀the฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀remote฀control.฀( page

24)

•฀ Adjust฀the฀computer฀image฀manually฀with฀[CLOCK]/[PHASE]฀in฀[IMAGE฀OPTIONS]฀in฀the฀menu.฀( page 86)

For฀more฀information฀contact฀your฀dealer.

194

9. Appendix

If there is no picture, or the picture is not displayed correctly.

•฀Power฀on฀process฀for฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀PC.

฀Be฀sure฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀and฀notebook฀PC฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀standby฀mode฀and฀before฀turning฀on฀

the฀power฀to฀the฀notebook฀PC.

฀In฀most฀cases฀the฀output฀signal฀from฀the฀notebook฀PC฀is฀not฀turned฀on฀unless฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀before฀

being฀powered฀up.

NOTE:฀You฀can฀check฀the฀horizontal฀frequency฀of฀the฀current฀signal฀in฀the฀projector’s฀menu฀under฀Information.฀If฀it฀reads฀“0kHz”,฀

this฀means฀there฀is฀no฀signal฀being฀output฀from฀the฀computer.฀(฀page฀

102฀or฀go฀to฀next฀step)

•฀Enabling฀the฀computer’s฀external฀display.

฀Displaying฀an฀image฀on฀the฀notebook฀PC’s฀screen฀does฀not฀necessarily฀mean฀it฀outputs฀a฀signal฀to฀the฀projector.฀

When฀using฀a฀PC฀compatible฀laptop,฀a฀combination฀of฀function฀keys฀will฀enable/disable฀the฀external฀display.฀Usu-

ally,฀the฀combination฀of฀the฀“Fn”฀key฀along฀with฀one฀of฀the฀12฀function฀keys฀gets฀the฀external฀display฀to฀come฀on฀

or฀off.฀For฀example,฀NEC฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F3,฀while฀Dell฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F8฀key฀combinations฀to฀toggle฀through฀

external฀display฀selections.

•฀Non-standard฀signal฀output฀from฀the฀computer

฀If฀the฀output฀signal฀from฀a฀notebook฀PC฀is฀not฀an฀industry฀standard,฀the฀projected฀image฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀

correctly.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀deactivate฀the฀notebook฀PC’s฀LCD฀screen฀when฀the฀projector฀display฀is฀in฀use.฀Each฀

notebook฀PC฀has฀a฀different฀way฀of฀deactivate/reactivate฀the฀local฀LCD฀screens฀as฀described฀in฀the฀previous฀step.฀

Refer฀to฀your฀computer’s฀documentation฀for฀detailed฀information.

•฀Image฀displayed฀is฀incorrect฀when฀using฀a฀Macintosh

฀When฀using฀a฀Macintosh฀with฀the฀projector,฀set฀the฀DIPswitch฀of฀the฀Mac฀adapter฀(not฀supplied฀with฀the฀projector)฀

according฀to฀your฀resolution.฀After฀setting,฀restart฀your฀Macintosh฀for฀the฀changes฀to฀take฀affect.

฀For฀setting฀display฀modes฀other฀than฀those฀supported฀by฀your฀Macintosh฀and฀the฀projector,฀changing฀the฀DIP฀switch฀

on฀a฀Mac฀adapter฀may฀bounce฀an฀image฀slightly฀or฀may฀display฀nothing.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀set฀the฀DIP฀switch฀

to฀the฀13"฀xed฀mode฀and฀then฀restart฀your฀Macintosh.฀After฀that,฀restore฀the฀DIP฀switches฀to฀a฀displayable฀mode฀

and฀then฀restart฀the฀Macintosh฀again.

NOTE:฀A฀Video฀Adapter฀cable฀manufactured฀by฀Apple฀Computer฀is฀needed฀for฀a฀PowerBook฀which฀does฀not฀have฀a฀mini฀D-Sub฀

15-pin฀connector.

•฀Mirroring฀on฀a฀PowerBook

*฀When฀using฀the฀projector฀with฀a฀Macintosh฀PowerBook,฀output฀may฀not฀be฀set฀to฀1024฀×฀768฀unless฀“mirroring”฀

is฀off฀on฀your฀PowerBook.฀Refer฀to฀owner’s฀manual฀supplied฀with฀your฀Macintosh฀computer฀for฀mirroring.

•฀Folders฀or฀icons฀are฀hidden฀on฀the฀Macintosh฀screen

฀Folders฀or฀icons฀may฀not฀be฀seen฀on฀the฀screen.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀select฀[View]฀฀[Arrange]฀from฀the฀Apple฀

menu฀and฀arrange฀icons.

195

9. Appendix

 Speciﬁcations

This฀section฀provides฀technical฀information฀about฀projector’s฀performance.

Model฀Number฀P420X/P350X/P350W

Optical

P420XP350XP350W

LCD฀Panel0.63฀inch฀LCD฀with฀Micro฀Lens฀Array฀(Aspect฀Ratio฀4:3)0.59฀inch฀LCD฀with฀Micro฀Lens฀

Array฀(Aspect฀Ratio฀16:10)

Resolution*

1024฀×฀768฀pixels฀(XGA)1280฀×฀800฀pixels฀(WXGA)

LensManual฀zoom฀and฀focus

Zoom฀Ratio฀=฀1.7

F1.7–2.0฀f฀=฀17.4–29.0฀mm

Lens฀Shift฀(Vertical)0-0.5V0-0.6V

Lamp

265฀W฀AC

(195฀W฀in฀ECO1)

230฀W฀AC

(170฀W฀in฀ECO1)

(140฀W฀in฀ECO2)

265฀W฀AC

(195฀W฀in฀ECO1)

Light฀Output*

4200฀lumens3500฀lumens3500฀lumens

ECO1:฀75%ECO1:฀75%ECO1:฀75%

ECO2:฀60%

Contrast฀Ratio*

(full฀white:฀full฀black)

2000:1

Image฀Size฀(Diagonal)25–300฀inches/0.64฀m–7.6฀m

Projection฀Distance

(Min.–Max.)

26–543฀inches/0.65–13.8฀m27–573฀inches/0.69–14.6฀m฀

Projection฀Angle0°–16.5°฀(wide)/0°–9.8°฀(tele)

*1฀ Effective฀pixels฀are฀more฀than฀99.99%.

*2฀ This฀is฀the฀light฀output฀value฀(lumens)฀when฀the฀[PRESET]฀mode฀is฀set฀to฀[HIGH-BRIGHT].฀If฀any฀other฀mode฀is฀selected฀as฀the฀

[PRESET]฀mode,฀the฀light฀output฀value฀may฀drop฀slightly.

*3฀ Compliance฀with฀ISO21118-2005

Electrical

P420XP350XP350W

Inputs

2฀×฀RGB/Component฀(D-Sub฀15฀P),฀1฀×฀HDMI฀Type฀A฀(HDMI

฀Connector)฀HDCP฀supported*

1฀×฀S-Video฀(DIN฀4฀P),฀1฀×฀Video฀(RCA),฀1฀×฀(L/R)฀RCA฀Audio,฀2฀×฀Stereo฀Mini฀Audio

Outputs1฀×฀RGB฀(D-Sub฀15P),฀1฀×฀Stereo฀Mini฀Audio

PC฀Control1฀×฀PC฀Control฀Port฀(D-Sub฀9P)

Wired฀LAN฀Port1฀×฀RJ-45฀(10BASE-T/100BASE-TX)

Wireless฀LAN฀Port฀

(Optional)

IEE฀802.11฀b/g/n฀(optional฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀[NP02LM฀Series]฀required)

USB฀Port1฀×฀Type฀A,฀1฀×฀Type฀B

Color฀Reproduction10-bit฀signal฀processing฀(1.07฀billion฀colors)฀(HDMI,฀VIEWER,฀NETWORK:฀Colors,฀16.7฀million฀colors)

Compatible฀Signals*

Analog:฀VGA/SVGA/XGA/XGA+/WXGA/WXGA+/SXGA/SXGA+/UXGA฀

480i/480p/576i/576p/720p/1080i/1080p

HDMI:฀VGA/SVGA/XGA/WXGA/SXGA/480p/576p/720p/1080i/1080p

Video฀BandwidthRGB:฀80฀MHz฀(Max.)

Horizontal฀Resolution540฀TV฀lines:฀NTSC/NTSC4.43/PAL/PAL-M/PAL-N/PAL60

300฀TV฀lines:฀SECAM

Scan฀RateHorizontal:฀15฀kHz฀to฀100฀kHz฀(RGB:฀24฀kHz฀or฀over)

Vertical:฀50฀Hz฀to฀120฀Hz฀(HDMI:฀50฀Hz฀to฀85฀Hz)

Sync฀CompatibilitySeparate฀Sync

Built-in฀Speaker10W฀(monaural)

Power฀Requirement100–240V฀AC,฀50/60Hz

Input฀Current3.9฀-฀1.7฀A3.5฀-1.5฀A3.9฀-฀1.7฀A

196

9. Appendix

Power฀

Consump-

tion

ECO฀

MODE฀

OFF฀

(NOR-

MAL)

358฀W฀

(100-130฀V)/

343 W

(200-240฀V)

311 W

(100-130฀V)/

302 W

(200-240฀V)

358฀W฀

(100-130฀V)/

343 W

(200-240฀V)

ECO1฀

MODE

271฀W฀

(100-130฀V)/

264฀W฀

(200-240฀V)

239฀W฀

(100-130฀V)/

236฀W฀

(200-240฀V)

271฀W฀

(100-130฀V)/

264฀W฀

(200-240฀V)

ECO2฀

MODE

— 197฀W฀(100-130฀V)

195฀W฀(200-240฀V)

—

STANDBY฀

(NOR-

MAL)

9฀W฀(100-130฀V/200-240฀V)

STANDBY฀

(POWER-

SAVING)

0.2฀W฀(100-130฀V)/0.4฀W฀(200-240฀V)

*4฀ HDMI

฀(Deep฀Color,฀Lip฀Sync)฀with฀HDCP

฀What฀is฀HDCP/HDCP฀technology?

฀HDCP฀is฀an฀acronym฀for฀High-bandwidth฀Digital฀Content฀Protection.฀High฀bandwidth฀Digital฀Content฀Protection฀(HDCP)฀is฀a฀

system฀for฀preventing฀illegal฀copying฀of฀video฀data฀sent฀over฀a฀Digital฀Visual฀Interface฀(DVI).

฀If฀you฀are฀unable฀to฀view฀material฀via฀the฀HDMI฀input,฀this฀does฀not฀necessarily฀mean฀the฀projector฀is฀not฀functioning฀properly.฀

With฀the฀implementation฀of฀HDCP,฀there฀may฀be฀cases฀in฀which฀certain฀content฀is฀protected฀with฀HDCP฀and฀might฀not฀be฀dis-

played฀due฀to฀the฀decision/intention฀of฀the฀HDCP฀community฀(Digital฀Content฀Protection,฀LLC).

*5฀ An฀image฀with฀higher฀or฀lower฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution฀(P420X/P350X:฀1024฀×฀768฀/฀P350W:฀1280฀×฀

800)฀will฀be฀displayed฀with฀Advanced฀AccuBlend.

Mechanical

P420XP350XP350W

Installation

Orientation

Desktop/Front,฀Desktop/Rear,฀Ceiling/Front,฀Ceiling/Rear

Dimensions15.7"฀(W)฀×฀4.5"฀(H)฀×฀11.1"฀(D)฀/398฀mm฀(W)฀×฀115฀mm฀(H)฀×฀282฀mm฀(D)฀

(not฀including฀protrusions)

Weight8.6฀lbs/3.9฀kg

Environmental฀

Considerations

Operational฀Temperatures฀:฀41°฀to฀104°F฀(5°฀to฀40°C),฀

(ECO฀mode฀selected฀automatically฀at฀95°F฀to฀104°F/35°C฀to฀40°C)฀

20%฀to฀80%฀humidity฀(non-condensing)฀

Storage฀Temperatures฀:฀14°฀to฀122°F฀(-10°฀to฀50°C),฀

20%฀to฀80%฀humidity฀(non-condensing)

RegulationsUL/C-UL฀Approved฀(UL฀60950-1,฀CSA฀60950-1)

Meets฀DOC฀Canada฀Class฀B฀requirements

Meets฀FCC฀Class฀B฀requirements

Meets฀AS/NZS฀CISPR.22฀Class฀B

Meets฀EMC฀Directive฀(EN55022,฀EN55024,฀EN61000-3-2,฀EN61000-3-3)

Meets฀Low฀Voltage฀Directive฀(EN60950-1,฀TÜV฀GS฀Approved)

For฀additional฀information฀visit:

US฀:฀http://www.necdisplay.com/

Europe฀:฀http://www.nec-display-solutions.com/

Global฀:฀http://www.nec-display.com/global/index.html

For฀information฀on฀our฀optional฀accessories,฀visit฀our฀website฀or฀see฀our฀brochure.

The฀specications฀are฀subject฀to฀change฀without฀notice.

197

9. Appendix

71.8–76.5

(2.8–3)

398 (15.7)

115 (4.5)

282 (11.1)

11.5 (0.5)

175 (6.9)

24 (0.9)

33.8 (1.3)

130 (5.1)

150 (5.9)

200 (7.9)

134 (5.3)

 Cabinet Dimensions

Lens center

Holes for ceiling mount

Unit:฀mm฀(inch)

198

9. Appendix

Mini D-Sub 15 Pin Connector

 Pin Assignments of D-Sub COMPUTER Input Connector

Signal฀Level

Video฀signal฀:฀0.7Vp-p฀(Analog)

Sync฀signal฀:฀TTL฀level

51423

11 12 13 14 15

6978

COMPUTER 1 IN

NOTE:฀Pin฀Nos.฀12฀and฀15฀are฀required฀for฀DDC/CI.

฀

Pin No. RGB Signal (Analog) YCbCr Signal

฀1฀Red฀Cr

฀2฀Green฀or฀Sync฀on฀Green฀Y

฀3฀Blue฀Cb

฀4฀Ground

฀5฀Ground

฀6฀Red฀Ground฀Cr฀Ground

฀7฀Green฀Ground฀Y฀Ground

฀8฀Blue฀Ground฀Cb฀Ground

฀9฀No฀Connection

฀10฀Sync฀Signal฀Ground

฀11฀No฀Connection฀

฀12฀Bi-directional฀DATA฀(SDA)

Horizontal฀Sync฀or฀Composite฀Sync

฀14฀Vertical฀Sync

฀15฀Data฀Clock

199

9. Appendix

 Compatible Input Signal List

Analog RGB

Signal

Resolution

(฀dots฀)

Aspect฀Ratio

Refresh฀Rate

(฀Hz฀)

VGA640 ×4804:360/72/75/85/

iMac

SVGA800×6004:356/60/72/75/85/

iMac

XGA1024 ×768*

4:360/70/75/85/

iMac

XGA+1152 ×8644:360/70/75/85

WXGA1280 ×768*

15:960

1280×800*

16:1060

1360×768*

16:960

1366×768*

16:960

Quad-VGA1280 ×9604:360/75

SXGA1280 ×1024 5:460/75

SXGA+1400 × 1050 4:360

WXGA+1440 ×90016:1060

WXGA++1600×900*

16:960

UXGA1600× 1200 4:360

WSXGA+1680 ×1050 16:1060

HD1280 ×72016:960

Full฀HD1920 ×108016:960

MAC฀13"640 ×4804:367

MAC฀16"832 ×6244:375

MAC฀19"1024 ×7684:375

MAC฀21"1152 ×8704:375

MAC฀23"1280×1024 5:465

Component

SignalFormatAspect฀Ratio

Refresh฀Rate

(฀Hz฀)

HDTV฀(1080p)1920×108016:960

HDTV฀(1080i)1920×108016:950/60

HDTV฀(720p)1280×72016:950/60

SDTV฀(480p)720×4804:3/16:960

SDTV฀(576p)720×5764:3/16:950

SDTV฀(480i)720×4804:3/16:960

SDTV฀(576i)720×5764:3/16:950

Composite฀Video/S-Video

SignalAspect฀Ratio

Refresh฀Rate

(฀Hz฀)

NTSC4:360

PAL4:350

PAL604:360

SECAM4:350

*1฀Native฀resolution฀on฀XGA฀model฀(P420X/P350X)฀

*2฀Native฀resolution฀on฀WXGA฀model฀(P350W)

*3฀The฀projector฀may฀fail฀to฀display฀these฀signals฀correctly฀when฀[AUTO]฀

is฀selected฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO]฀in฀the฀on-screen฀menu.

฀The฀factory฀default฀is฀[AUTO]฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].฀To฀display฀these฀

signals,฀select฀[16:9]฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].

NOTE:

•฀An฀image฀with฀higher฀or฀lower฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution฀(P420X/P350X:฀1024฀×฀768฀/฀P350W:฀1280฀×฀800)฀

will฀be฀displayed฀with฀Advanced฀AccuBlend.

•฀Sync฀on฀Green฀and฀Composite฀sync฀signals฀are฀not฀supported.

•฀Signals฀other฀than฀those฀specied฀in฀the฀table฀above฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly.฀If฀this฀should฀happen,฀change฀the฀refresh฀

rate฀or฀resolution฀on฀your฀PC.฀Refer฀to฀Display฀Properties฀help฀section฀of฀your฀PC฀for฀procedures.

HDMI

Signal

Resolution

(฀dots฀)

Aspect฀Ratio

Refresh฀Rate

(฀Hz฀)

VGA640 ×4804:360

SVGA800×6004:360

XGA1024 ×768*

4:360

WXGA1280 ×768*

15:960

1280×800*

16:1060

1366×76816:960

Quad-VGA1280 ×9604:360

SXGA1280 ×1024 5:460

SXGA+1400 × 1050 4:360

WXGA+1440 ×90016:1060

WXGA++1600×90016:960

WSXGA+1680 ×1050 16:1060

HDTV฀(1080p)1920 ×108016:950/60

HDTV฀(1080i)1920× 108016:950/60

HDTV฀(720p)1280 ×72016:950/60

SDTV฀(480p)720×4804:3/16:960

SDTV฀(576p)720×5764:3/16:950

200

9. Appendix

NOTE:฀Contact฀your฀local฀dealer฀for฀a฀full฀list฀of฀the฀PC฀Control฀Codes฀if฀needed.

Cable Connection

Communication฀Protocol

Baud rate .........................................38400 bps

Data length

......................................8 bits

Parity ...............................................No parity

Stop bit ............................................One bit

X on/off ............................................None

Communications procedure .............Full duplex

NOTE:฀Depending฀on฀the฀equipment,฀a฀lower฀baud฀rate฀may฀be฀recommended฀for฀long฀cable฀runs.

PC Control Connector (D-SUB 9P)

 PC Control Codes and Cable Connection

PC Control Codes

Function Code Data

POWER ON 02H 00H 00H 00H 00H 02H

POWER OFF 02H 01H 00H 00H 00H 03H

INPUT SELECT COMPUTER 1 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 01H 09H

INPUT SELECT COMPUTER 2 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 02H 0AH

INPUT SELECT HDMI 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 1AH 22H

INPUT SELECT VIDEO 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 06H 0EH

INPUT SELECT S-VIDEO 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 0BH 13H

INPUT SELECT VIEWER 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 1FH 27H

INPUT SELECT NETWORK 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 20H 28H

INPUT SELECT USB DISPLAY 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 22H 2AH

PICTURE MUTE ON 02H 10H 00H 00H 00H 12H

PICTURE MUTE OFF 02H 11H 00H 00H 00H 13H

SOUND MUTE ON 02H 12H 00H 00H 00H 14H

SOUND MUTE OFF 02H 13H 00H 00H 00H 15H

NOTE฀1:฀Pins฀1,฀4,฀6฀and฀9฀are฀no฀used.

NOTE฀2:฀Jumper฀“Request฀to฀Send”฀and฀“Clear฀to฀Send”฀together฀on฀both฀ends฀of฀the฀cable฀to฀simplify฀cable฀connection.

NOTE฀3:฀For฀long฀cable฀runs฀it฀is฀recommended฀to฀set฀communication฀speed฀within฀projector฀menus฀to฀9600฀bps.

15243

67 98

To GND of PC

To RxD of PC

To TxD of PC

To RTS of PC

To CTS of PC

201

9. Appendix

No image is displayed from your PC or video equipment to the

projector.

Still no image even though you connect the projector to the PC

ﬁrst, then start the PC.

Enabling your notebook PC’s signal output to the projector.

•฀ A฀combination฀of฀function฀keys฀will฀enable/disable฀the฀exter-

nal฀display.฀Usually,฀the฀combination฀of฀the฀“Fn”฀key฀along฀

with฀one฀of฀the฀12฀function฀keys฀turns฀the฀external฀display฀

on฀or฀off.฀

No image (blue or black background, no display).

Still no image even though you press the AUTO ADJUST

button.

Still no image even though you carry out [RESET] in the

projector’s menu.

Signal cable’s plug is fully inserted into the input connector

A message appears on the screen.

( _____________________________________________ )

The source connected to the projector is active and available.

Still no image even though you adjust the brightness and/or

the contrast.

Input source’s resolution and frequency are supported by the

projector.

 Troubleshooting Check List

Before฀contacting฀your฀dealer฀or฀service฀personnel,฀check฀the฀following฀list฀to฀be฀sure฀repairs฀are฀needed฀also฀by฀

referring฀to฀the฀“Troubleshooting”฀section฀in฀your฀user’s฀manual.฀This฀checklist฀below฀will฀help฀us฀solve฀your฀problem฀

more฀efciently.

*฀Print฀this฀page฀and฀the฀next฀page฀for฀your฀check.

Frequency of occurrence  always  sometimes (How often?_____________________)  other (__________________)

Power

No power (POWER indicator does not light blue) See also “Status

Indicator (STATUS)”.

Power cord’s plug is fully inserted into the wall outlet.

Main power switch is pressed to the ON position.

Lamp cover is installed correctly.

Lamp Hours Used (lamp operation hours) was cleared after

lamp replacement.

No power even though you press and hold the POWER button

for 1 second.

Shut down during operation.

Power cord’s plug is fully inserted into the wall outlet.

Lamp cover is installed correctly.

[AUTO POWER OFF] is turned off (only models with the [AUTO

POWER OFF] function).

[OFF TIMER] is turned off (only models with the [OFF TIMER]

function).

Video and Audio

Image is too dark.

Remains unchanged even though you adjust the brightness

and/or the contrast.

Image is distorted.

Image appears to be trapezoidal (unchanged even though you

carry out the [KEYSTONE] adjustment).

Parts of the image are lost.

Still unchanged even though you press the AUTO ADJUST

button.

Still unchanged even though you carry out [RESET] in the

projector’s menu.

Image is shifted in the vertical or horizontal direction.

Horizontal and vertical positions are correctly adjusted on a

computer signal.

Input source’s resolution and frequency are supported by the

projector.

Some pixels are lost.

Image is ﬂickering.

Still unchanged even though you press the AUTO ADJUST

button.

Still unchanged even though you carry out [RESET] in the

projector’s menu.

Image shows ﬂickering or color drift on a computer signal.

Still unchanged even though you change [FAN MODE] from

[HIGH ALTITUDE] to [AUTO].

Image appears blurry or out of focus.

Still unchanged even though you checked the signal’s resolution

on PC and changed it to projector’s native resolution.

Still unchanged even though you adjusted the focus.

No sound.

Audio cable is correctly connected to the audio input of the

projector.

Still unchanged even though you adjusted the volume level.

AUDIO OUT is connected to your audio equipment (only models

with the AUDIO OUT connector).

Other

Remote control does not work.

No obstacles between the sensor of the projector and the

remote control.

Projector is placed near a ﬂuorescent light that can disturb the

infrared remote controls.

Batteries are new and are not reversed in installation.

Buttons on the projector cabinet do not work (only models with the

[CONTROL PANEL LOCK] function)

[CONTROL PANEL LOCK] is not turned on or is disabled in

the menu.

Still unchanged even though you press and hold the EXIT button

for a minimum of 10 seconds.

202

9. Appendix

In the space below please describe your problem in detail.

Information on application and environment where your projector is used

Projector

Model number:

Serial No.:

Date of purchase:

Lamp operating time (hours):

Eco Mode:  OFF  AUTO ECO

 ECO1  ECO2

Information on input signal:

Horizontal synch frequency [ ] kHz

Vertical synch frequency [ ] Hz

Synch polarity H  (+)  (−)

V  (+)  (−)

Synch type  Separate  Composite

 Sync on Green

STATUS Indicator:

Steady light  Orange  Green

Flashing light [ ] cycles

Remote control model number:

Signal cable

NEC standard or other manufacturer’s cable?

Model number: Length: inch/m

Distribution ampliﬁer

Model number:

Switcher

Model number:

Adapter

Model number:

Projector

DVD player

Installation environment

Screen size: inch

Screen type:  White matte  Beads  Polarization

 Wide angle  High contrast

Throw distance: feet/inch/m

Orientation:  Ceiling mount  Desktop

Power outlet connection:



Connected directly to wall outlet

 Connected to power cord extender or other (the

number of connected equipment______________)



Connected to a power cord reel or other (the number

of connected equipment______________)

Computer

Manufacturer:

Model number:

Notebook PC  / Desktop 

Native resolution:

Refresh rate:

Video adapter:

Other:

Video฀equipment

VCR, DVD player, Video camera, Video game or other

Manufacturer:

Model number:

203

9. Appendix

 TravelCare Guide

TravelCare - a service for international travelers

This฀product฀is฀eligible฀for฀“TravelCare”,฀NEC’s฀unique฀international฀warranty฀and฀repair฀service.

For฀more฀information฀on฀TravelCare฀service,฀visit฀our฀website฀(in฀English฀only).

http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/pj_support/travel_care.html

NEC NP-P350W REPLACED BY NP-P401W 3500-lumen Widescreen Entry-Level Professional Installation Projector

Product's Documents

User Manual

Specifications

NEC NP-P350W REPLACED BY NP-P401W Questions and Answers